PDF - Athena Controls
Table of Contents
Panel Mount Controllers
Analog Series
Analog Series 86 ..........................................................................56-57
C-Series
Analog Series 86 Limit ...................................................................... 24
C-Series 32C ....................................................................................4-5
Analog Series 88 ..........................................................................58-59
C-Series 16C ....................................................................................6-7
Analog Series 88 Limit ...................................................................... 24
C-Series 18C and 19C .....................................................................8-9
C-Series 25C ................................................................................10-11
C-Series OTC25 ...........................................................................12-13
Controller Software
C-Series OTC25 Limit ....................................................................... 14
Multi-Comm™ Remote
Monitoring and Control Software ..................................................60-61
Legacy Series
Maestro powered by ThingWorx™ ................................................62-63
Legacy Series 16 ..........................................................................16-17
Legacy Series 18 and 19 ..............................................................18-19
Power Controllers
Legacy Series 25 ..........................................................................20-21
Series 19 and 39 SCR – 40, 60 and 80 Amps ..............................64-65
Analog Series
Series 19P and 39P - 125, 200 and 250 Amps ............................66-67
Analog Series 4000 ......................................................................22-23
Series 19Z and 39Z – 125, 200 and 250 Amps ...........................68-69
Analog Series 4000 Limit .................................................................. 24
Solid-State Contactors Series ZC and PC ...................................70-71
Analog Series 2000 ......................................................................26-27
Solid-State Staging Controllers Series SC and SU .....................72-73
Manual Station Temperature Controller Series 90 ......................74-75
P-Series
P-Series P116 ..............................................................................28-29
P-Series P108 ..............................................................................28-29
P-Series P104 ..............................................................................28-29
P-Series PDAC .............................................................................30-33
Hot Runner Controllers
Non-Modular Hot Runner Controllers
BEDROS™ – 32 Zones Max .........................................................76-77
BEDROS XL – 64 Zones Max.......................................................78-79
Embedded Mount Controllers
Series RMB Hot Runner Controllers .............................................80-81
C-Series
Modular Single-Zone Controllers
1ZC DIN Mount .............................................................................34-35
How to Order a Modular Hot Runner Control System ...................... 82
Controller Selection Guide ................................................................ 83
Foundation Series
Foundation Series Matrix ................................................................... 37
Model F1C (Single-Zone)/F3C (Tri-Zone)
DIN Rail Universal Temperature / Process Control.......................38-39
Series RMA ..................................................................................84-85
Series RMB ..................................................................................86-87
Series RMC ..................................................................................88-89
Series IMP ....................................................................................90-91
Model F10 (Single-Zone)/F30 (Tri-Zone)
Master Modules DIN Rail Universal
Temperature/Process Control.......................................................40-41
MFL and MFH Ordering Information ................................................. 93
Model F10 & F30 Add-On
Expansion Slave Modules ............................................................42-43
MFL and MFH Hot Runner Control
System Component Chart ................................................................ 94
Foundation Series DIN Rail Mounted
Accessory Modules ......................................................................44-45
Modular Dual-Zone Controllers
Model 20 (Dual-Zone)/40 (Four-Zone)
Universal Temperature/Process Control ......................................46-47
Series RMT ...................................................................................96-97
MFL and MFH Mainframe Configurations ........................................ 92
How to Order a Modular Hot Runner Control System ...................... 95
Model 20/40 and 2C/4C Digital Display Boards ...........................48-49
MFT Mainframe Configurations ......................................................... 98
Model 2C (Dual-Zone)/4C (Four-Zones)
Universal Temperature/Process Control ......................................50-51
MFT Mainframe Ordering Codes ...................................................... 99
MFT Hot Runner Control System Component Chart ...................... 100
Model EMC 10 Single-Channel On/Off Control ............................52-53
Model 15C Dual-Channel On/Off Control .....................................54-55
2
Back to Index
A Higher Level
of Control
Table of Contents
Hot Runner Controllers (continued)
Drilled Thermowells.......................................................................... 133
Velocity, Temperature and Pressure Data....................................... 134
Hot Runner Control System Accessories
Closure (Blanking) Panels .............................................................. 101
Universal Floor Stand ..................................................................... 101
BEDROS Floor Stand ...................................................................... 101
Module Replacement Fuses ........................................................... 101
How to Size Circuit Breakers and Transformer Kits ........................ 102
Mold Power and Thermocouple
Cables Ordering Information ........................................................... 103
Mold Power and Thermocouple
Connectors Ordering Information .................................................... 104
Mold Terminal Mounting Junction
Boxes Ordering Information ............................................................. 105
Prewired Mold Junction
Boxes Ordering Information ............................................................. 106
Connectors and Cables for Portable Controllers.............................. 107
Drilled Thermowells...................................................................135-137
Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs)..................................... 138
RTDs (Connector-Type)................................................................... 139
RTDs (Head-Type)........................................................................... 140
RTDs (Lead Wire-Type)................................................................... 141
Connection Heads.....................................................................142-143
Terminal Blocks................................................................................ 144
Vacuum Sealing Fittings................................................................... 145
Convenience Connectors Standard Size and Miniature Size.............................................146-147
Convenience Connectors Strip Panels and Terminal Blocks..................................................... 148
Convenience Connectors Strip Panels and Mounting Frame.................................................... 149
Insulators.......................................................................................... 150
Horizontal Portable Mainframes
Series IMP/P and RMC/P Horizontal Portable Controllers .............. 108
Connectors and Cables for Horizontal Portable Controllers ............ 109
Retractable Cord Sets...................................................................... 151
Bare Thermocouple Wire.................................................................. 152
Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire............................153-154
Sensors
Thermocouple Application Data....................................................... 155
Temperature Sensors....................................................................... 110
Technical Data
Custom Probe Quote Form.............................................................. 111
Tu-Pak® Thermocouple Assemblies................................................. 112
Tu-Pak Industrial Head-Type Thermocouple Assemblies................ 113
Tu-Pak Quick Disconnect Thermocouple Assemblies...................... 114
Tu-Pak Lead Wire-Type Thermocouple Assemblies........................ 115
Ceramic-Type Protection Tube Assemblies..................................... 116
Thermocouple Technical Data...................................................156-160
Thermocouple Engineering Data...............................................161-173
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals.......................174-178
Glossary....................................................................................179-181
Appendix: Engineering Drawings
for BEDROS, RMB Series 1, 2, 3, 6 and 12 .............................182-201
Industrial Process/Pressure Vessel Thermocouples.................117-118
Bearing Metal Thermocouples.......................................................... 119
Straight-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies..................................... 120
Angled-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies....................................... 121
Metal Protection Tubes..................................................................... 122
Replacement Elements – Base Metal Type..................................... 123
Noble Metal Thermocouple Assemblies........................................... 124
Thermocouple Replacement Elements............................................ 125
Ceramic and Non-Metallic Protection Tubes.................................... 126
Vacuum Furnace Thermocouples.............................................127-128
Wire-Type Thermocouples............................................................... 129
Trademark/Copyright Information
Alumel™ is a trademark of Hoskins Manufacturing Co.
DOWTHERM™ is a trademark of DOW Chemical
G SERIES® is a registered trademark of D.M.E. Co.
SMART SERIES® is a registered trademark of D.M.E. Co.
YUDO® is a registered trademark of YudoCo, Ltd.
Tri-Zone™ is a trademark of Athena Controls, Inc.
Tu-Pak® is a registered trademark of Athena Controls, Inc.
Platinel® is a registered trademark of Englehard Industries
Windows® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation
Multi-Comm™, Platinum™, SafeChange™, CompuStep®,
and CompuCycle® are trademarks of Athena Controls, Inc.
Bayonet-Style Thermocouples......................................................... 130
Teflon® is a registered trademark of DuPont
Melt-Bolt Thermocouples.................................................................. 131
INCOE® is a registered trademark of Incoe Corporation
Pharmaceutical Thermocouples....................................................... 132
Monel® is a registered trademark of INCO Alloys International Inc.
Modbus® is a registered trademark of Allen Bradley
Fast Heat® is a registered trademark of Fast Heat Inc.
Tophel™, Nial™, and Cupron™ are trademarks of AMAX Inc.
Chromel™ is a trademark of Hoskins Manufacturing Co.
Note - we strive to bring you the most consistent, reliable and current
equipment possible but we are at the mercy of component
availability. As such specifications for all our products are subject to
change without notice.
Back to Index
3
C-Series 32C Universal Temperature/Process Controller
The Athena 32C is a 1/32 DIN panel mounted,
auto-tuning controller that can be used for precise
control of a single loop with two independent outputs
field-configurable as direct acting, reverse acting or
alarm. An LED display provides visual indication of
various controller functions.
s Field-Configurable Universal Inputs
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s Decimal Display in 0.1° for Measured Temperatures
Under 1000°F or °C
s On/Off through Full PID Operation (P, PI, PD, PID)
s Adjustable Hysteresis and Deadband
s Outputs Configurable as Alarms
s Field-Configurable Process and Deviation Alarms
(Latching or Non-Latching)
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s UL, cUL and CE Approvals
s Special and Custom Options Available
Range Information
Input
Range
Input
Range
“J”
-148°F to 1400°F (-100°C to 760°C)
100 ohm RTD
-328°F to 1562°F (-200°C to 850°C)
“K”
-220°F to 2462°F (-140°C to 1350°C)
100 ohm RTD (Decimal)
-199°F to 392°F (-128°C to 200°C)
“T”
-202°F to 752°F (-130°C to 400°C)
Current Linear
(Scaleable)
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA
Millivolt Linear
(Scaleable) 0 to 50mV/10 to 50mV
Ordering Information
3 2 C
Input Calibration
Code
T=Thermocouple
R=RTD
M = Millivolt Linear
C = Current Linear
Output 1 (Heating/Cooling)
Output 2 (Heating/Cooling)
(See Note)
(See Note)
Code
Code
0 = None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = Pulsed 20Vdc or 17mA
T = Solid-State Relay
0 = None
S = Pulsed 20Vdc or 17mA
T = Solid-State Relay
Note: Both Outputs MUST be Field Configured to be either Direct Acting or Reverse Acting
4
Back to Index
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series 32C Universal Temperature/Process Controller
Operating Limits
Ambient Temperature
Relative
Humidity Tolerance
Line Voltage Power
Power Consumption
Mechanical Characteristics
32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C)
90% R.H. maximum, non-condensing
85 to 265 Vac, 50/60 Hz
120 to 375 Vdc, (auto polarity)
Less than 6 VA (instrument)
Display
Front Panel Rating
Connections
Numeric Range
Front Panel Cutout
4-digit 0.39˝ (10 mm) LED display
NEMA 4X (IP65)
Screw Terminals
-1999 to 9999
0.874˝ x 1.771˝ (22.19 mm x 45 mm)
Panel Mount
Controllers
Technical Specifications
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold-End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
+ 0.2% of full scale, +1 digit
1.0 count/0.1 count
±1.0 count
5 µV/°C (maximum)
0.05°C/°C ambient
100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
3.5 Hz (270 ms)
Control Characteristics
Setpoint Limits
Alarms
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Deadband
Manual Control
Auto-Tune
Span of sensor
Adjustable for high/low;
selectable process or deviation
1 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 sec
0 to 2400 sec
0.3 to 120 sec
1 to span of sensor
Range of sensor
Operator initiated
Operator initiated
Output 1
Output-1 LED Indication
(Output-1 action)
Inputs
Thermocouple
RTD
Linear
Decimal Position
J, K, T
Maximum lead resistance,
100 ohms for rated accuracy
Platinum 2-wire, 100 ohms at 0°C,
DIN curve standard (0.00385)
0-50mV/10-50mV
4-20mA/0 to 20mA
Selectable: none, 1/10, 1/100
Outputs
B
S
T
5 A/3 A (120/240Vac) normally open
20Vdc pulsed or 17mA
1 A , Solid-state relay
Back to Index
Four-Digit LED Display
Displays measured
process value, setpoint,
or parameter labels and
settings.
Output 2
LED Indication
(Output-2 action)
Mode Key Used to access Standby,
Tune, Run or Manual modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through parameters
or to access Menu Levels
5
C-Series 16C Universal Temperature/Process Controller
s Field-Configurable Universal Inputs
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s 8-Level Ramp/Soak Control
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s Decimal Display in 0.1° for Measured Temperatures
Under 1000° F or C
s On/Off Through Full PID Operation (P, PI, PD, PID)
s Adjustable Hysteresis and Deadband
s Outputs Configurable as Alarms
s Field-Configurable Process or Deviation Alarms;
Latching or Non-Latching; Band and Inverse Band
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
The Athena 16C is a 1/16 DIN panel mounted,
auto-tuning controller that can be used for precise
control of a single loop with two independent outputs
field-configurable as direct acting, reverse acting or
alarm. RS-232 or RS-485 communications interfaces
are available, and two digital LED displays provide
visual indication of various controller functions.
s UL, cUL, and CE Approvals
s Options Include Multi-Function Contact/Digital
Input, Transducer Excitation, and Auxiliary Output
s Special and Custom Options Available
s DIN Rail Option
Range Information
Input
®
Range
Input
Range
“B”
32°F to 3308°F (0°C to 1820°C)
“R”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“C”
32°F to 4199°F (0°C to 2315°C)
“S”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“E”
-238°F to 1832°F (-150°C to 1000°C)
“T”
-454°F to 752°F (-270°C to 400°C)
“J”
-328°F to 1400°F (-200°C to 760°C)
Platinel® II
-148°F to 2250°F (-100°C to 1232°C)
“K”
-454°F to 2462°F (-270°C to 1354°C)
100 ohm RTD
-328°F to 1562°F (-200°C to 850°C)
“N”
-450°F to 2372°F (-268°C to 1300°C)
100 ohm RTD (Decimal)
-328.0°F to 707.0°F (-200.0°C to 375.0°C)
“NNM”
32°F to 2570°F (0°C to 1410°C)
Millivolt Linear 0 to 50mV/10 to 50mV
(Scaleable)
0 to 10mV/0 to 50mV
0 to 100mV
Ordering Information
Input Calibration
Code
T=Thermocouple
R =RTD
S = Decimal RTD
B = TC and RTD
M =Millivolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C =Current Linear
A =All
6
UL
Current Linear (Scaleable)
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA
Volt Linear (Scaleable)
0 to 1V/0 to 5V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
1 6 C
Output 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G =4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G =4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Back to Index
Standard Options
Code Options
CodeOptions
Digital Input w/Alarm
40 = Switch Closed
00 = None
41 = Switch Open
Alarms
42 = 5 V Input
10 = Dual SSR, N.O.
Communication
RS-485 Modbus®
20 =Dual Open Collector
Protocolw/Contact/Digital Input
21 = Dual 24 Vdc
45 = RS-485, No Switch
22 = Dual SSR, N.C.
46 = Switch Closed
23 = Relay, N.O.
47 = Switch Open
Communications
48 = 5 V Input
30 = RS-232
Transducer Excitation
(Athena+ Protocol)
Communication, RS-485 Athena+ 50 = 10 Vdc
Protocol w/Contact/Digital Input 51 = 12 Vdc
52 = 15 Vdc
31 = RS-485, No Switch
53 = 5 Vdc
36 = Switch Closed
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
37 = Switch Open
60 = 4 to 20 mA
38 = 5 V Input
61 = 1 to 5 V
62 = 0 to 20 mA
63 = 0 to 5 V
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series 16C Universal Temperature/Process Controller
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Outputs
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative Humidity
90%, non-condensing
Tolerance
Power100-250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption Less than 6 VA (instrument)
P
20 Vdc or 35 mA
S
20 Vdc or 17 mA
T1 A, Solid-state relay
0 to 5 Vdc
V
X
0 to 10 Vdc
Y
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac), normal closed relay
Alarm Type
Performance
Accuracy±0.20% of full scale (±0.10% typical),
±1 digit
1.0 count / 0.1 count
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
±1.0 count
Temperature Stability 5 µV/°C (maximum)
TC Cold-End Tracking 0.05°C/°C ambient
Noise Rejection
100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
Process Sampling
10 Hz (100 ms)
Digital Filtering
Adjustable 0.1 to 10 sec
Control Characteristics
Setpoint Limits
Span of Sensor
AlarmsAdjustable for high/low; selectable
for process or deviation
2 to span of sensor
Proportional Band
Integral
0 to 9600 sec
Derivative
0 to 2400 sec
Cycle Time
0.2 to 120 sec
Control Hysteresis
1 to span of sensor
Dead Band
(Output 1 & 2)
Range of Sensor
1 to 9999 min
Ramp to Setpoint
Auto-Tune
Operator initiated from front panel
Operator initiated from front panel
Manual Control
Dual SSR: Alarm 1: 24-240 Vac,
1 A Alarm 2: 24 Vac Only
Dual Open collector, 24 V, 20 milliamps
Dual 24 V, 20 mA
Dual SSR: Alarm 1: NC, 24-240 Vac,
1 A Alarm 2: 24 Vac Only
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
10
20
21
22
23
Mechanical Characteristics
DisplayDual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED display
Process Value: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
Numeric Range
-1999 to 9999
Front-Panel Rating NEMA 4X (IP65)
Front-Panel Cutout 1.771˝ x 1.771˝ (45 mm x 45 mm)
Connections Screw Terminals
Specifications subject to change without notice.
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
1600
1600
PV
SV
Inputs
ThermocoupleB, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance 100 ohms for
rated accuracy
Platinum 2- and 3-wire, 100 ohms at 0°C,
RTD
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Linear0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5 V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Outputs
B
E
F
G
A/3 A (120/240 Vac), normally open
5
0-20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load 500 ohm
impedance, max.
4-20 mA, full output to load 800 ohm
impedance, max.
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
1600
1600
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Mode Key Used to access Standby,
Tune, Run or Manual modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through parameters
or to access Menu Levels
Back to Index
7
C-Series 18C and 19C Universal
Temperature/Process Controllers
s Field-Configurable Universal Inputs
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s 8-Level Ramp/Soak Control
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s Decimal Display in 0.1° for Measured Temperatures
Under 1000° F or C
s On/Off through Full PID Operation (P, PI, PD, PID)
s Adjustable Hysteresis and Deadband
s Outputs Configurable as Alarms
s Field-Configurable Process or Deviation Alarms;
Latching or Non-Latching; Band and Inverse Band
The Athena 18C and 19C are available as 1/8 DIN
(18C) vertical or 1/8 DIN (19C) horizontal models.
Both panel mounted, auto-tuning controllers can be
used for precise control of a single loop with two
independent outputs field-configurable as direct
acting, reverse acting, and 2 alarms. RS-232 or
RS-485 communications interfaces are available for
both models, and two digital LED displays provide
visual indication of various controller functions.
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s UL, cUL, and CE Approvals
s Options Include Remote Analog Setpoint, MultiFunction Contact/Digital Input, Transducer
Excitation, and Auxiliary Output
s Special and Custom Options Available
Range Information
Input
®
UL
Range
Input
Range
“B”
32°F to 3308°F (0°C to 1820°C)
“R”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“C”
32°F to 4199°F (0°C to 2315°C)
“S”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“E”
-238°F to 1832°F (-150°C to 1000°C)
“T”
-454°F to 752°F (-270°C to 400°C)
“J”
-328°F to 1400°F (-200°C to 760°C)
Platinel® II
-148°F to 2250°F (-100°C to 1232°C)
“K”
-454°F to 2462°F (-270°C to 1354°C)
100 ohm RTD
-328°F to 1562°F (-200°C to 850°C)
“N”
-450°F to 2372°F (-268°C to 1300°C)
100 ohm RTD (Decimal)
-328.0°F to 707.0°F (-200.0°C to 375.0°C)
“NNM”
32°F to 2570°F (0°C to 1410°C)
Millivolt Linear 0 to 50mV/10 to 50mV
(Scaleable)
0 to 10mV/0 to 50mV
0 to 100mV
Current Linear (Scaleable)
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA
Volt Linear (Scaleable)
0 to 1V/0 to 5V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
Ordering Information
1 8 C
1 9 C
Input Calibration
Code
T =Thermocouple
R =RTD
S = Decimal RTD
B = TC and RTD
M =Millivolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C =Current Linear
A =All
8
Output 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
C = Relay, N.O. w/o snubber
D = 0 to 7 mA
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
C = Relay, N.O. w/o snubber
D = 0 to 7 mA
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Alarm 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T= Solid
-State
Relay
Alarm 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T =Solid
-State
Relay
Back to Index
Option 1
Communications Code
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
Code
0= None
A = RS-232 Athena +
B = RS-485 Athena +
E =RS-485
Modbus
PA = 4 to 20 mA
PB = 1 to 5 V
PC = 0 to 20 mA
PD = 0 to 5 V
Remote Analog Setpoint
SA = 0 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SB = 1 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SC = 0 to 20 mA w/ switch
SD = 4 to 20 mA w/ switch
SE = Switch only
SF = 1 to 10 Vdc w/ switch
Option 2
Code
0=None
Transducer
Excitation
1 = 10 Vdc
2 = 12 Vdc
3 = 15 Vdc
4 = 5 Vdc
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series 18C and 19C Universal
Temperature/Process Controllers
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Outputs
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative Humidity Tolerance
90%, non-condensing
Line Voltage100 to 250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption
Less than 6 VA (instrument)
Alarm Outputs
Accuracy±0.20% of full scale (±0.10% typical),
±1 digit
Setpoint Resolution
1 count / 0.1 count
Repeatability
±1 count
Temperature Stability 5 µV/°C (maximum)
TC Cold-End Tracking 0.05°C/°C ambient
Noise Rejection
100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
Process Sampling
10 Hz (100 ms)
Digital Filtering
Adjustable 0.1 to 10
Control Characteristics
Mechanical Characteristics
DisplayDual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED display
Process Value: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
-1999 to 9999
Numeric Range
Front Panel Rating NEMA 4X (IP65)
3.622˝ x 1.771˝ (92 mm x 45 mm)
Front Panel Cutout
Connections Screw terminals
Specifications subject to change without notice.
01
A1
A2
F1
PV
SV
F2
1900
1900
PV
SP
01 02 A1 A2 F1 F2
ThermocoupleB, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance,
100 ohms for rated accuracy
RTDPlatinum 2- and 3-wire, 100 ohms at
0°C, (DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Linear0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5
V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Outputs
P
S
1800
1800
02
Inputs
G
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
24 V, 20 mA
SSR, NC, 24-240 Vac
B
S
T
Setpoint Limits
Span of Sensor
AlarmsAdjustable for high /low;
selectable process or deviation
Proportional Band
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 sec
Integral
Derivative
0 to 2400 sec
Cycle Time
0.2 to 120 sec
Control Hysteresis
1 to span of sensor
Dead Band
(Output 1 & 2)
Range of sensor
Ramp to Setpoint
1 to 9999 min
Operator initiated from front panel
Auto-Tune
Manual Control
Operator initiated from front panel
D
E
F
0 to 5 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
1 A, normally closed relay
V
X
Y
Performance
B
C
1 A, Solid-state relay
T
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac) normally open
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac) normally open
w/o snubber
0 - 7 mA
0-20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load 500 ohm
impedance max
4-20 mA, full output to load 800 ohm
impedance max
20 Vdc or 35 mA
20 Vdc or 17 mA
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
1800
1800
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
Back to Index
Mode Key Used to access
Standby, Tune, Run or Manual
modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through parameters
or to access Menu Levels
9
C-Series 25C Universal Temperature/Process Controller
s Field-Configurable Universal Inputs
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s 8-Level Ramp/Soak Control
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s Decimal Display in 0.1° for Measured Temperatures
Under 1000° F or C
s On/Off through Full PID Operation (P, PI, PD, PID)
s Adjustable Hysteresis and Deadband
s Outputs Configurable as Alarms
s Field-Configurable Process or Deviation Alarms;
Latching or Non-Latching; Band and Inverse Band
The Athena 25C is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted, autotuning controller that can be used for precise control
of a single loop with two independent outputs field
-configurable as direct acting, reverse acting, and 2
alarms. RS-232 or RS-485 communications interfaces
are available, and two digital LED displays provide
visual indication of various controller functions.
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s UL, cUL, and CE Approvals
s Options Include Remote Analog Setpoint, MultiFunction Contact/Digital Input, Transducer
Excitation, and Auxiliary Output
s Special and Custom Options Available
Range Information
Input
®
UL
Range
Input
Range
“B”
32°F to 3308°F (0°C to 1820°C)
“R”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“C”
32°F to 4199°F (0°C to 2315°C)
“S”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“E”
-238°F to 1832°F (-150°C to 1000°C)
“T”
-454°F to 752°F (-270°C to 400°C)
“J”
-328°F to 1400°F (-200°C to 760°C)
Platinel® II
-148°F to 2250°F (-100°C to 1232°C)
“K”
-454°F to 2462°F (-270°C to 1354°C)
100 ohm RTD
-328°F to 1562°F (-200°C to 850°C)
“N”
-450°F to 2372°F (-268°C to 1300°C)
100 ohm RTD (Decimal)
-328.0°F to 707.0°F (-200.0°C to 375.0°C)
“NNM”
32°F to 2570°F (0°C to 1410°C)
Current Linear (Scaleable)
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA
Volt Linear (Scaleable)
0 to 1V/0 to 5V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
Millivolt Linear 0 to 50mV/10 to 50mV
(Scaleable)
0 to 10mV/0 to 50mV
0 to 100mV
Ordering Information
2 5 C
Input Calibration
Code
T =Thermocouple
R =RTD
S = Decimal RTD
B = TC and RTD
M =Millivolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C =Current Linear
A =All
10
Output 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Alarm 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T= Solid
-State
Relay
Alarm 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T= Solid
-State
Relay
Back to Index
Communications
Code
0= None
A = RS-232 Athena +
B = RS-485 Athena +
E =RS-485
Modbus
Option 1
Code
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
PA = 4 to 20 mA
PB = 1 to 5 V
PC = 0 to 20 mA
PD = 0 to 5 V
Remote Analog Setpoint
SA = 0 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SB = 1 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SC = 0 to 20 mA w/ switch
SD = 4 to 20 mA w/ switch
SE = Switch only
SF = 0 to 10 Vdc w/ switch
Option 2
Code
0=None
Transducer
Excitation
1 = 10 Vdc
2 = 12 Vdc
3 = 15 Vdc
4 = 5 Vdc
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series 25C Universal Temperature/Process Controllers
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
S
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative
90%, non-condensing
Humidity Tolerance
Line Voltage100 to 250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption
Less than 6 VA (instrument)
T
V
X
Y
Outputs
Accuracy±0.20% of full scale (±0.10% typical),
±1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
±1 count
Temperature Stability 5 µV/°C (maximum)
TC Cold-End Tracking 0.05°C/°C ambient
100 dB common mode
Noise Rejection
70 dB series mode
10 Hz (100 ms)
Process Sampling
Digital Filtering
Adjustable 0.1 to 10
Control Characteristics
Mechanical Characteristics
DisplayDual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED display
Process Value: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
Numeric Range
-1999 to 9999
Front Panel Rating NEMA 4X (IP65)
3.622˝
x 3.622˝ (92 mm x 92 mm)
Front Panel Cutout
Connections Screw terminals
3.950"
(100.33 mm)
01
01
02
02
A1
A1
3.950"
(100.33 mm)
A2
A2
F1
F1
25 00
2500
4.654"
(118.21 mm)
3.937"
(100 mm)
0.717"
(8.21 mm)
PV
PV
SV
SV
3.600"
(91.44 mm)
F2
F2
XT25
Inputs
ThermocoupleB, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance,
100 ohms for rated accuracy
RTDPlatinum 2- and 3-wire, 100 ohms at
0°C, (DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Linear0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5
V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Outputs
P
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
24 V, 20 mA
SSR, NC, 24-240 Vac
B
S
T
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Setpoint Limits
Span of Sensor
AlarmsAdjustable for high /low;
selectable process, or deviation
2 to span of sensor
Proportional Band
Integral
0 to 9600 sec
0 to 2400 sec
Derivative
Cycle Time
0.2 to 120 sec
Control Hysteresis
1 to span of sensor
Dead Band
(Output 1 & 2)
Range of sensor
1 to 9999 min
Ramp to Setpoint
Auto-Tune
Operator initiated from front panel
Operator initiated from front panel
Manual Control
G
A , Solid-state relay
1
0 to 5 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
1 A, normally closed relay
Alarm Outputs
Performance
B
E
F
20 Vdc or 17 mA
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac) normally open
0-20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load 500 ohm
impedance max
4-20 mA, full output to load 800 ohm
impedance max
20 Vdc or 35 mA
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
Back to Index
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
2 500
2500
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Mode Key Used to access
Standby, Tune, Run or Manual
modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through
parameters or to access Menu Levels
11
C-Series OTC25 Digital Temperature Controller
s Accepts Type J (OTC25-N &L) or Type J and K
(OTC25-P) Thermocouple Input
s Adjustable Output Hysteresis to Prevent Rapid
Cycling Around Setpoint Temperature
s Adjustable Deviation Alarm Flashes When
Measured Temperature Exceeds or Falls Below
Setpoint Temperature
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Front Bezel, Splash-Proof and
Resistant to Dust
s Discrete Status Indicators Illuminate When
Temperature Display, Setpoint Display, Limit
Display, or Heat/Cool Output is Active
s RU, cRU, CE, and FM Approvals
The Athena OTC25 is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted,
digital controller that can be used for precise control
of a single loop with two independent outputs. The
controller accepts thermocouple input, and a large
easy-to-read digital LED display is selectable for
either setpoint or process temperature.
®
C
®
(Limit Control)
Ordering Information
O T C 2 5
Control Type1
N = On/Off
1
L = Limit
P = PID
12
Output 12
0 = None
B = Electro-mechanical
Relay
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
T = 2 A Solid-State Relay
Output 2
0 = None
B = Electromechanical Relay
T = 1 A Solid-State Relay
Standard Options
Code
00 = None
01 = No Name Overlay
02 = 12 V Supply
03 = No Name Overlay & No Name Serial
Number
Data - Tag
1
On/Off and limit control versions (OTC25-N and OTC25-L) are only available
with Type J thermocouple input.
2
Limit control versions (OTC25-L) may only be ordered with electromechanical
relay (Type “B”) outputs in Output 1.
Back to Index
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series OTC25 Digital Temperature Controller
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Ambient Temperature
Relative
Humidity Tolerance
Line Voltage
Power Consumption
Panel Cutout: 3.622” sq. (92 mm)
32°F to 140°F (0°C to 60°C)
90% R.H. maximum, non-condensing
100 to 250 Vac
50/60 Hz
Less than 6 VA (instrument)
3.780"
(96 mm)
3.780"
(96 mm)
Performance
Accuracy
±0.3% of FS, ± one digit
Temperature
Stability
5 µV/°C maximum
TC Cold End
Tracking
0.05°C/°C ambient
Noise RejectionCommon mode > 100 dB
Series mode > 70 dB
3.7 Hz (270 ms)
Process Sampling
250
ACTUAL
ACTUAL
SETPOINT
3.5"
(88.9 mm)
°F
02
HEAT
Front Panel Controls and Indicators
250
Control Characteristics
Setpoint Limits
Control Hysteresis
Display Offset
Deviation Alarm
01
SETPOINT
0.25"
(6.35 mm)
0°F to 900°F (0°C to 482°C)
2°F to 252°F (1°C to 140°C)
-126°F to +126°F (-70°C to 70°C)
Off, 1°F to 252°F (Off,1°C to 140°C)
ACTUAL
SETPOINT
Three-Digit
LED Display
HEAT
Displays measured
temperature, setpoint, or
parameter labels
and settings.
Inputs
Thermocouple
OTC25-N Type J
OTC25-L Type J
OTC25-P Type J or K
Maximum lead resistance, 100 ohms
for rated accuracy
Outputs
Lower Key Used to scroll down through available
parameter settings, decrease values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change menu levels
(Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter Key/Access Key Used to index through
parameters or to access Menu Levels
5 A @ 120 Vac, 3 A @ 240 Vac
electromechanical relay
TSolid-state relay, 2 A (Output 1),
1 A (Output 2)
S
Pulsed 20 Vdc
B
Mechanical Characteristics
Display
Discrete Indicators
Front Panel Rating
Connections
Front Panel Cutout
3-digit, 0.56˝ (14.2 mm)
Orange
Setpoint: Amber
Actual: Amber
O1: Orange
O2: Orange
Limit: Orange
NEMA 4X (IP65)
Fast-on style
3.622˝ x 3.622˝ (92 mm x 92 mm)
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Back to Index
13
C-Series Limit Controller
OTC25-L 1/4 DIN
s Type J Thermocouple Input
s 100 to 250 Vac Supply Voltage
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s FM File No. J.I. 0B3 A 2.AF Class 3545
For ordering code and specifications, see pages 12-13.
14
Back to Index
Back to Index
15
Legacy Series 16 Universal Temperature/Process Controller
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s On/Off through Full PID Operation (P,PI,PD,PID)
s Auto-Tuning, Heat or Cool
s Adjustable Hysteresis & Heat/Cool Spread
s Field-Configurable Process, Deviation, or
Latching or Non-Latching Alarms
s Remote Setpoint Select Option
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s Optional Process Variable Retransmission
The Athena Legacy 16 is a 1/16 DIN panel mounted,
auto-tuning controller that can be used for precise
control of a single loop with two independent outputs.
The controller accepts thermocouple, RTD, voltage, or
current input. RS-232 or RS-485 communications are
available, and two digital LED displays provide visual
indication of various controller functions.
s DIN Rail Option
s cUL and CE Approvals
Ordering Information
1 6
Input
“E” TC
“E” TC
“J” TC
“J” TC
“K” TC
“K” TC
“N” TC
“N” TC
“R” TC
“R” TC
“S” TC
“S” TC
“T” TC
“T” TC
100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD
1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD
1 to 5 V 0 to 5 V
10 to 50 mV
0 to 50 mV
4 to 20 mA*
0 to 20 mA*
0 to 10 Vdc
2 to 10 Vdc
0 to 1 Vdc
16
Range
0 to 1292° F -18 to 700° C
0 to 1400° F 0 to 750° C
0 to 2460° F 0 to 1349° C
0 to 2370° F
0 to 1300° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
-200 to 600° F
-100 to 300° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Code
EF
EC
JF
JC
KF
KC
NF
NC
RF
RC
SF
SC
TF
TC
PF
PC
DF
DC
XF
XC
ZF
ZC
L1
L4
L2
L5
L3
L6
L7
L8
L9
Special Options
Output 1 (Heating)
Configuration
Code
0 = None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T = Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2 (Cooling)
Configuration
Code
0 = None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA (500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA (800 ohm max)
P = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T = Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Back to Index
00 = None
Consult Factory
Standard Options
Code Options
00 = None
Alarms
10 = Dual SSR, N.O.
20 =Dual Open
Collector
21 = Dual 24 Vdc
22 = Dual SSR, N.C.
23 = Relay, N.O.
Communications
30 = RS-232
(Athena+ Protocol)
Communication, RS-485 Athena+
Protocol w/Contact/Digital Input
31 = RS-485, No Switch
36 = Switch Closed
37 = Switch Open
38 = 5 V Input
Digital Input w/Alarm
40 = Switch Closed
41 = Switch Open
42 = 5 V Input
Communication RS-485 Modbus®
Protocolw/Contact/Digital Input
45 = RS-485, No Switch
46 = Switch Closed
47 = Switch Open
48 = 5 V Input
Transducer Excitation
50 = 10 Vdc
51 = 12 Vdc
52 = 15 Vdc
53 = 5 Vdc
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
60 = 4 to 20 mA
61 = 1 to 5 V
62 = 0 to 20 mA
63 = 0 to 5 V
*Milliamp ranges are available with 2.52 ohm resistor (supplied).
Legacy Series 16 Universal Temperature/Process Controller
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Outputs
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative
90% non-condensing
Humidity Tolerance
Line Voltage 100 to 250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption
Less than 6 VA (instrument)
G
4-20 mA, full output to load
800 ohm impedance max
20 Vdc or 35 mA
P
S
20 Vdc or 17 mA
T1 A , Solid-state relay
V
0 to 5 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
X
Y
1 A , normally closed relay
Performance
Accuracy
+0.20% of full scale (+ 0.10% typical),
+ 1 digit
Setpoint
1 count/0.1 count
Resolution
Repeatability
+1.0 count
Temperature
5 mV/°C maximum
Stability
TC Cold
End Tracking
0.05°C/°C ambient
Noise Rejection100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
Process Sampling
10 Hz (100 ms)
Adjustable 0.1 to 10
Digital Filtering
Alarm Outputs
Alarm 1: Dual SSR, 24-240 Vac,
1 A Alarm 2: 24 Vac Only
Dual Open collector, 24 V, 20 mircoamps
Dual 24 V, 20 mA
Alarm 1: Dual SSR, NC, 24-240 Vac,
1 A Alarm 2: 24 Vac Only
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
10
20
21
22
23
Mechanical Characteristics
DisplayDual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED Display
Process: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
Numeric Range
-1999 to 9999
Front Panel Rating NEMA 4X (IP65)
Front Panel Cutout 1.771˝ x 1.771˝ (45 mm x 45 mm)
Connections
Screw Terminals
Control Characteristics
Setpoint LimitsSpan of Sensor
Alarms
Adjustable for high/low; selectable
for process or deviation
0 to 900 sec
Rate
Reset
0 to 2400 sec
Cycle Time 0=200 ms; 1-120 sec
Gain
0 to 400
Gain Ratio
0 to 2.0 (in 0.1 increments)
Control Hysteresis
1 to 100 (on/off configuration)
0 to 100 (above setpoint)
Spread (Output 2)
Ramp to Setpoint
0 to 100 min
Auto-Tune
Operator initiated from front panel
Manual Control
Operator initiated from front panel
Specifications subject to change without notice.
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
160
160
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Inputs
ThermocoupleB, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance, 100 ohms for
rated accuracy
RTDPlatinum 2- and 3-wire, 100 ohms at 0°C,
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Linear0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5 V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Outputs
#1 Reverse-acting (Heating)
#2 Direct-acting (Cooling)
B
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), normally open
E
0-20 mA
F
4-20 mA, full output to load 500 ohm
impedance max
PV
SV
01
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
02
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
F1
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
Back to Index
A1
A2
F2
160
160
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Mode Key Used to access
Standby, Tune, Run or Manual
modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through
parameters or to access Menu Levels
17
Legacy Series 18 and 19
Universal Temperature/Process Controller
s Switch-Selectable Inputs
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s Auto-Tuning, Heat or Cool
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s On/Off Through Full PID Operation (P,PI,PD,PID)
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof
Front Panel
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s Adjustable Hysteresis & Heat/Cool Spread
The Athena Legacy 18 and 19 Controllers are available
as 1/8 DIN (18) vertical or 1/8 DIN (19) horizontal models.
Both panel mounted, auto-tuning controllers can be used
for precise control of a single loop with two independent
outputs. The controllers accept thermocouple, RTD, voltage,
or current input. RS-232 or RS-485 communications are
available, and two digital LED displays provide visual
indication of various controller functions.
s Field-Configurable Process, Deviation, or
Latching Alarms
s Optional Process Variable Retransmission
s Remote Setpoint Select, Non-Linear Inputs, or
Other Special Options
s cUL and CE Approvals
Ordering Information
1 8
1 9
Input
“E” TC
“E” TC
“J” TC
“J” TC
“K” TC
“K” TC
Platinel® II
Platinel II
“N” TC
“N” TC
“R” TC
“R” TC
“S” TC
“S” TC
“T” TC
“T” TC
100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD
1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD
1 to 5 V 0 to 5 V
10 to 50 mV
0 to 50 mV
4 to 20 mA*
0 to 20 mA*
0 to 10 Vdc
2 to 10 Vdc
0 to 1 Vdc
18
Range
0 to 1292° F -18 to 700° C
0 to 1400° F 0 to 750° C
0 to 2460° F 0 to 1349° C
0 to 2372° F
-18 to 1300° C
0 to 2370° F
0 to 1300° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
-200 to 600° F
-100 to 300° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Code
EF
EC
JF
JC
KF
KC
LF
LC
NF
NC
RF
RC
SF
SC
TF
TC
PF
PC
DF
DC
XF
XC
ZF
ZC
L1
L4
L2
L5
L3
L6
L7
L8
L9
Output 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
C = Relay, N.O.,
without snubber
D = 0 to 7 mA
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
(500 ohm max)
G =4 to 20 mA
(800 ohm max)
P= Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
C = Relay, N.0.
without snubber
D = 0 to 7 mA
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
(500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA
(800 ohm max)
P= Pulsed 20 Vdc
or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Back to Index
Alarm 1
Code
0= None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T =Solid-State
Relay
Alarm 2
Code
0= None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T =Solid-State
Relay
Communications
Code Athena+
0= None
A = RS-232 Athena+
B = RS-485 Athena+
Option 1
Code
00 = None
Heater Break Alarm
(Requires Current Transformer)
HA = 5 to 60 A
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
PA = 4 to 20 mA
PB = 1 to 5 V
PC = 0 to 20 mA
PD = 0 to 5 V
Remote Analog Setpoint
SA = 0 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SB = 1 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SC = 0 to 20 mA w/ switch
SD = 4 to 20 mA w/ switch
SE = Switch only
SF = 0 to 10 Vdc w/ switch
Option 2
Code
0= None
Transducer Excitation
1 = 10 Vdc
2 = 12 Vdc
3 = 15 Vdc
4 = 5 Vdc
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
Legacy Series 18 and 19
Universal Temperature/Process Controller
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Outputs
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative Humidity
90% non-condensing
Tolerance
Line Voltage
100 to 250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption Less than 6 VA (instrument)
P
S
T
V
X
Y
Alarm Outputs
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature
Stability
TC Cold
End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
Digital Filtering
+0.20 % of full scale, (+ 0.10% typical),
+ 1 digit
1 count/0.1 count
+1.0 count
B
S
T
Mechanical Characteristics
Display
0.05°C/°C ambient
100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
10 Hz (100 ms)
Adjustable 0.1 to 10
Numeric Range
Front Panel Rating
Front Panel Cutout
Connections
01
1800
1800
02
A1
A2
F1
PV
SV
F2
1900
1900
PV
SP
01 02 A1 A2 F1 F2
Inputs
Linear
Dual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED Display
Process Value: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
-1999 to 9999
NEMA 4X, (IP65)
3.622˝ x 1.771˝ (92 mm x 45 mm)
Screw Terminals
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Setpoint Limits
Span of Sensor
AlarmsAdjustable for high/low,
selectable process or deviation
0 to 900 sec
Rate
Reset
0 to 2400 sec
0 = 200 ms; 1 to 120 sec
Cycle Time
Gain
0 to 400
Gain Ratio
0 to 2.0 (in 0.1 increments)
Control Hysteresis
1 to 100 (on/off configuration)
Spread (Output 2)
0 to 100 (above setpoint)
Ramp to Setpoint
1 to 100 min
Auto-Tune
Operator initiated from front panel
Manual Control
Operator initiated from front panel
RTD
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
24 V, 20 mA
SSR, NC, 24-240 Vac
5 mV/°C (maximum)
Control Characteristics
Thermocouple
20 Vdc or 35 mA
20 Vdc or 17 mA
1 A , Solid-state relay
0 to 5 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
1 A , normally closed relay
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance,
100 ohms for rated accuracy
Platinum 2- and 3-wire,
100 ohms at 0°C,
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5
V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Outputs
Output #1 Reverse Acting (heating)
Output #2 Direct Acting (cooling)
B
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), normally open
E
0 - 20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load
F
500 ohm impedance max.
G
4-20 mA, full output to load
800 ohm impedance max.
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
1800
1800
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
Back to Index
Mode Key Used to access
Standby, Tune, Run or Manual
modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through parameters
or to access Menu Levels
19
Legacy Series 25 Universal Temperature/Process Controller
s User-Selectable Ramp to Setpoint
s Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
s NEMA 4X (IP65) Dust and Splash-Proof Front Panel
s On/Off through Full PID Operation (P,PI,PD,PID)
s Auto-Tuning, Heat or Cool
s Adjustable Hysteresis & Heat/Cool Spread
s Field-Configurable Process, Deviation, or
Latching Alarms
s Remote Setpoint Select Option
s Dual Output/Dual Alarm Capabilities
s Optional Process Variable Retransmission
The Athena Legacy 25 is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted,
auto-tuning controller that can be used for precise
control of a single loop with two independent outputs.
The controller accepts thermocouple, RTD, voltage, or
current input. RS-232 or RS-485 communications are
available, and two digital LED displays provide visual
indication of various controller functions.
s cUL and CE Approvals
Ordering Information
2 5
Input
“E” TC
“E” TC
“J” TC
“J” TC
“K” TC
“K” TC
Platinel® II
Platinel® II
“N” TC
“N” TC
“R” TC
“R” TC
“S” TC
“S” TC
“T” TC
“T” TC
100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD 100 ohm RTD
1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD 1000 ohm RTD
1 to 5 V 0 to 5 V
10 to 50 mV
0 to 50 mV
4 to 20 mA*
0 to 20 mA*
0 to 10 Vdc
2 to 10 Vdc
0 to 1 Vdc
20
Range
0 to 1292° F -18 to 700° C
0 to 1400° F
0 to 750° C
0 to 2460° F
0 to 1349° C
0 to 2372° F
-18 to 1300° C
0 to 2370° F
0 to 1300° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
0 to 3200° F
0 to 1750° C
-200 to 600° F
-100 to 300° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
-328 to 1562° F
-200 to 850° C
-199.0 to 450.0° F
-100.0 to 225.0° C
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Scaleable
Code
EF
EC
JF
JC
KF
KC
LF
LC
NF
NC
RF
RC
SF
SC
TF
TC
PF
PC
DF
DC
XF
XC
ZF
ZC
L1
L4
L2
L5
L3
L6
L7
L8
L9
Output 1
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
(500 ohm max)
G =4 to 20 mA
(800 ohm max)
P= Pulsed 20 Vdc or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Output 2
Code
0=None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
(500 ohm max)
G = 4 to 20 mA
(800 ohm max)
P= Pulsed 20 Vdc
or 35 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
or 17 mA
T =Solid-State Relay
V = 0 to 5 Vdc
X = 0 to 10 Vdc
Y = Relay, N.C.
Back to Index
Alarm 1
Code
0= None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T =Solid-State
Relay
Alarm 2
Code
0= None
B = Relay, N.O.
S = 24 V
T =Solid-State
Relay
Communications
Code Athena+
0= None
A = RS-232 Athena+
B = RS-485 Athena+
Option 1
Code
00 = None
Heater Break Alarm
(Requires Current Transformer)
HA = 5 to 60 A
Aux Output/PV Retransmit
PA = 4 to 20 mA
PB = 1 to 5 V
PC = 0 to 20 mA
PD = 0 to 5 V
Remote Analog Setpoint
SA = 0 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SB = 1 to 5 Vdc w/ switch
SC = 0 to 20 mA w/ switch
SD = 4 to 20 mA w/ switch
SE = Switch only
SF = 0 to 10 Vdc w/ switch
Option 2
Code
0= None
Transducer Excitation
1 = 10 Vdc
2 = 12 Vdc
3 = 15 Vdc
4 = 5 Vdc
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
Legacy Series 25 Universal Temperature/Process Controller
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Outputs
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Relative Humidity
90% non-condensing
Tolerance
Line Voltage
100 to 250 Vac
125 to 300 Vdc
24 Vac/dc optional
Power Consumption Less than 6 VA (instrument)
G
P
S
T
V
X
Y
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature
Stability
TC Cold
End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
Digital Filtering
+0.20 % of full scale, (+ 0.10% typical),
+ 1 digit
1 count/0.1 count
+1.0 count
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), mechanical relay
24 V, 20 mA
SSR, NC, 24-240 Vac
Mechanical Characteristics
Display
Dual, 4-digit 0.36˝ (9.2 mm) LED Display
Process Value: Orange
Setpoint Value: Green
-1999 to 9999
NEMA 4X, (IP65)
3.622˝ x 3.622˝ (92 mm x 92 mm)
Screw Terminals
Numeric Range
Front Panel Rating
Front Panel Cutout
Connections
Specifications subject to change without notice.
01
02
A1
A2
F1
2500
2500
PV
SV
F2
Output 1
LED indication
of Heat cycle
(Output 1 action)
Inputs
Linear
B
S
T
0.05°C/°C ambient
100 dB common mode
70 dB series mode
10 Hz (100 ms)
Adjustable 0.1 to 10
Setpoint Limits
Span of Sensor
AlarmsAdjustable for high/low,
selectable process or deviation
0 to 900 sec
Rate
Reset
0 to 2400 sec
0 = 200 ms; 1 to 120 sec
Cycle Time
Gain
0 to 400
Gain Ratio
0 to 2.0 (in 0.1 increments)
Control Hysteresis
1 to 100 (on/off configuration)
Spread (Output 2)
0 to 100 (above setpoint)
Ramp to Setpoint
1 to 100 min
Auto-Tune
Operator initiated from front panel
Manual Control
Operator initiated from front panel
RTD
Alarm Outputs
5 mV/°C (maximum)
Control Characteristics
Thermocouple
4-20 mA, full output to load
800 ohm impedance max.
20 Vdc or 35 mA
20 Vdc or 17 mA
1 A , Solid-state relay
0 to 5 Vdc
0 to 10 Vdc
1 A , normally closed relay
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T, Platinel II
Maximum lead resistance,
100 ohms for rated accuracy
Platinum 2- and 3-wire,
100 ohms at 0°C,
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/4-20 mA,
0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100 mV, 0-1 V/0-5
V,
0-10 V, 1-5 V
Output Options
Output 2
LED indication
of Cool cycle
(Output 2 action)
Alarm 1
LED indication
of Alarm 1 condition
Alarm 2
LED indication
of Alarm 2 condition
Function 1
LED indication of
Special Function 1
Function 2
LED indication of
Special Function 2
Output #1 Reverse Acting (heating)
Output #2 Direct Acting (cooling)
B
5 A /3 A (120/240 Vac), normally open
E
0-20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load
F
500 ohm impedance max.
Back to Index
01
02
A1
A2
F1
F2
2500
2500
PV
SV
Process Value
Displays measured
process temperature
in °F or °C or process
value in engineering
units
Setpoint Value
Displays programmed
setpoint temperature
in °F or °C or setpoint
value in engineering
units
Mode Key Used to access Standby,
Tune, Run or Manual modes.
Lower Key Used to scroll down through
available parameter settings, decrease
values or change menu levels (Hold for
fast-step progression)
Raise Key Used to scroll up through available
parameter settings, increase values or change
menu levels (Hold for fast-step progression)
Parameter/Access Key Used to index through parameters
or to access Menu Levels
21
Analog Series 4000 Short Case Temperature Controllers
The Athena 4000 is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted, short
metal case enclosed controller that can be used for
accurate proportional temperature control of most
processes. The controller accepts thermocouple or
RTD input, and offers a choice of standard single
outputs for energizing most common output devices.
A single, digital filtered LED display provides visual
indication of various controller functions.
s Noise-Immune Analog Circuitry
s 25-turn Setpoint Pots-Optional Second
(Alarm) Setpoint
s Adjustable Bandwidth and Manual Reset to
Eliminate Offset Error
s 3-Mode PID Available
s Available as FM-Approved Limit Controller
(Limit Control)
Ordering Information
4
0
0
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Sensor Input
Code
0 = Thermocouple
2 = RTD
STANDARD RANGE CODE
Thermocouple
Setpoint I
Output type
(Plug-In)
Code
B = SPDT Relay, 7 A/5 A
F = 4-20 mAdc
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
T = SPST SS Relay, 1 A
L = Limit Control*
Code Setpoint II Alarms
Control Options Code
B = High deviation alarm only*
C = Low deviation alarm only*
D = High and low deviation alarm*
E = Full scale process alarm*
O = Proportional
(Standard)
A = 3-mode (PID)
Example
Model 4000-B-E-05C = a controller with a thermocouple sensor input; and SPDT relay output (non plug-in) for
setpoint I; a full scale process alarm for setpoint II; and a thermocouple J input range of 0 to 500°C.
*Not available on 4200
22
Back to Index
Set Range
Type
01F
0 to +999°F “J”
05C
0 to +500°C “J”
02F
0 to +1999°F “K”
0 to +999°C “K”
01C
RTD (3-wire, 100 ohms)
01F
06C
22F
22C
09F
09C
0 to +999°F
0 to +600°C
-199.9 to +199.9°F
-199.9 to +199.9°C
0 to +199.9°F
0 to +199.9°C
Athena’s ZC/PC solid state contactors, Series 19 and 39 SCR power
controllers, can be added to boost ac load switching capacity.
Analog Series 4000 Short Case Temperature Controllers
Technical Specifications
Line Voltage Power Consumption
120/240 V +10%, 50/60 Hz +15%
Setpoint Resolution
Less than 5 VA
Calibration
Accuracy
Common
Mode Rejection* Maximum error +1°C with 240 V, 60
Hz applied as a common mode signal
between sensor input and chassis ground
Series
Mode Rejection*Maximum error +1°C with series mode
signal of 100 mV pk-to-pk at 60 Hz
Sensor
Break Protection
scale standard, zero output for open
Up
sensor
Thermocouple
Maximum
lead resistance 100Ω for rated
accuracy, cold junction compensation
standard
RTD
100
ohms (0°C) Platinum, DIN coefficient
standard
Setpoints
Momentary
switch displays Set I or Set II
(optional), 25-turn pot provides 1 or 0.1
settability, range dependent;
Set I-Adjustable over full span;
Set II-process alarm (-E) adjustable over
full span. Deviation alarm (-B,-C,-D),
consult factory
Setpoint
Repeatability
B
Differential
Indication
Operating Ambient
a. T
/C input 3 V/°F ambient to input
b. R
TD input 0.1% for 80°F to 130°F
(27° to 55°C)
Process Indication
Filtered
LED, 3 or 3-1/2 digits, 2 readings
per second update; readability is 1°F,
1°C, 0.1°F or 0.1°C, range dependent
Dimensions
Front Panel - 3.780 sq. in. (96 mm 2)
Case - 4.646˝ (118 mm)
Depth Behind Panel - 3.780˝ (92 mm)
Panel Cut-out - 3.622 sq. in. (92 mm2)
*Note: Applies to all units with exception of “F” output controllers
when used with other than Athena SCRs or stagers.
F
4-20 mAdc
into 1000 ohms
maxmum; not
isolated from
thermocouple
Setpoint 2
S
T
L
Pulsed dc for
SPST SS relay, Limit Controller
driving SS
zero voltage
contactors
switched 1 A
0-20 V, open ckt
120/240 Vac,
0-20 mA, short ckt 10 A inrush,
not isolated from
2-4 mA
thermocouple
leakage
B,C,D
E
SPDT relay 3 A
@ 120 Vac
resistive
(4000 only)
SPDT relay 3 A
@ 120 Vac
resistive
Not applicable
On/Off
(see differential)
On/Off
(see differential)
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Standard-adjustable for full proportional bandwidth
(eliminated if PID is ordered)
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Past = 0.1 sec rate, 48 sec reset; medum = 18 sec rate, 90 sec reset;
Slow = 65 sec rate, 300 sec reset
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
0-5° adjustable
Not applicable
±°F or ±°C
1% maximum
of unit span
Proportional
Band
Optional 3-mode
(PID) action
Ambient Stability
Setpoint 1 (Plug-in)
SPDT relay
resistive load
rating
7 A/120 V
5 A/240 V
50 VA inductive
Manual reset
(Offset)
/C input +0.4% of span over 10%
a. T
to 90% of range
b. R
TD inputs +0.1% of span for 1°F
or 1°C ranges; +0.2% of span for
0.1°F or 0.1°C ranges
+0.1% to +0.2% of span
Output Type
Output cycle time
(Switch selectable)
1 or 0.1 (Range dependent)
Adjustable for .2-5% of span
On-off
5-10-15 sec
Continuous
Proportioning
0.5-1.0-1.5 sec
0.5-1.0-1.5
5-10-15 sec
Red LED “ON” when output signal is present or relay is energized
30°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Back to Index
23
Analog Series Limit Controllers
Analog Series
4000 1/4 DIN
s Type J, K Thermocouple
s 120 to 240 Vac Supply Voltage
s Optional auto reset on power-up
s FM File No. J.I. 1Y7A2.AF Class 3545
For ordering code and specifications, see pages 22-23.
Analog Series
86 and 88
s Type J, K, T Thermocouple Input;
Platinum RTD Input (86 only)
s 120 to 240 Vac Supply Voltage
s Track Mounting (Case mounting available on
Series 86)
s Optional remote reset switch
For 86 ordering code and specifications, see pages 56 -57.
For 88 ordering code and specifications, see pages 58-59.
24
s FM File No. J.I. 0W9A6.AF Class 3545
Back to Index
Back to Index
25
Analog Series 2000 Full Feature Temperature Controllers
The Athena 2000 is a 1/4 DIN panel mounted, full
featured, metal case enclosed controller that can
be used for accurate proportional control of most
processes. The Controller accepts thermocouple or
RTD input and offers a choice of standard single
outputs for energizing most common devices. A dual
meter dial display provides visual indication of various
controller functions.
s Noise-Immune Analog Circuitry
s Simple to Use (No Programming Required)
s Adjustable Bandwidth and Reset
s Optional PID
s Adjustable High/Low Alarm
s Linearized Analog Setpoint
s Limit Controller Configuration Available
Ordering Information
2
0
0
Sensor Input Code
0= Thermocouple
2= RTD
Output type (Plug-In)
B = SPDT Relay 7 A /5 A
F = 4-20mA dc
S = Pulsed dc 20 Vdc
T = SPST SS Relay, 1 A
L = Limit Control (Now-FM)
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Control Options
O= Proportional/ on-off
(Standard)
A= 3-mode (PID)
STANDARD RANGE CODE
(Special analog temperature setpoints available, consult factory)
Alarms (STD) Code
B= High alarm only
C= Low alarm only
D= High and low alarm
O= None
Thermocouple
Code 14F
03F
04F
13F
16F
08F
01F
03C
05C
51F
02F
25F
01C
30F
Set Range
-100 to +400°F
0 to +300°F
0 to +400°F
-100 to +350°F
100 to +600°F
0 to +800°F
0 to 1000°F
0 to +300°C
0 to 500°C
500 to +1500°F
0 to +2000°F
0 to +2500°F
0 to +1000°C
0 to 3000°F
Platinum RTD (3-wire, 100Ω @ 0°C)
R30
0 to 300°F
R60
0 to 600°F
R10
0 to 1000°F
R06
0 to 600°C
26
Back to Index
Type
T
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
K
K
K
R
Analog Series 2000 Full Feature Temperature Controllers
Technical Specifications
On/off or nominal 5°F to 50°F (3°C to 30°C)
Line Voltage
120/240 V ± 10% to ± 15%, 50-60 Hz
Proportional Band
Power Consumption
Less than 5 VA
Offset
(manual reset)Adjustable over 100% of proportional band
SetpointAnalog-Single turn
potentiometer 270° rotation
Setpoint
0.2% span
IndicationTemperature: Deviation meter ±50°F
or ±30°C of setpoint
Load: Red LED output light
Alarm: Red LED
Accuracy
±0.5% of span at calibration points
Cold Junction
Compensation
Automatic, electrical
Setpoint
Repeatability
±0.3% of span
Thermocouple
Failsafe, open sensor, output zero,
Break Protection
Upscale indication on meter
Input
J,K,R,T, thermocouples
Platinum RTD DIN standard
Sensor Lead
Thermocouple, maximum lead resistance
Resistance
100Ω for specified accuracy
Output Type
Limit
SPDT relay 3 A
Controller @ 120 V
resistive
Output cycle time
(Switch selectable)
Proportional Band
B
Rate (derivative)
0.5 to 40 sec
Reset (integral)
0.7, 1, 2 or 4 min via internal switches
Common ModeMaximum error ±1°C with 240 V, 60 Hz
applied
RejectionAs a common mode signal between
sensor input and chassis ground
Series
Mode RejectionMaximum error = 1°C with series mode
signal of 100 mV pk-to-pk at 60 Hz
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
DimensionsFront Panel - 3.780 sq. in. (96 mm2)
Depth Behind Panel - 3.780˝ (96 mm)
Panel cutout - 3.622 sq. in. (92 mm2)
F
S
T
SPST SS relay,
zero voltage switched 1 A
120/240 Vac, 10 A inrush,
2-4 mA leakage.
Pulsed dc for driving
SS contactors 0-20 V, open
ckt; 0-20 mA, short ckt; not
isolated from
thermocouple
4-20 mAdc into 1000Ω
maximum; not isolated from
thermocouple
SPDT relay
Resistive load rating:
7 A/120 V
5 A/240 V,
50 VA inductive
On-off, 5-10-15
sec
Continuous
Proportioning
0.5-1.0-1.5
sec
0.5-1.0-1.5 5-10-15 sec
On-off or nominal
5°F-50°F (3°C-30°C) (front panel adjustment)
Back to Index
L
Alarm
Output (field
changeable modules)
N/A
N/A
On-off
2°F
differential
27
P Series Universal Temperature/
Process Controllers
P Series controllers are advanced, affordable panel controls that
aid the drive to improve OEE and sustainability. The products offer
the precision you need and communicate easily with existing modbus
factory floor networks. They will also help you monitor heater life,
so you’ll have less downtime and greater throughput. P Series
controllers are easy to use, customize and operate.
Athena P Series auto tuning controllers
are panel mounted and can be used
for precise control of a single loop with
independent outputs. RS-485 communications
interface is available and a large digital
LED display provides visual indication
of various control functions.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
P104
P108
P116
Field configurable universal inputs
On/off through full PID operation
Ramp soak timer and soft start
Heater failure detection
High-visibility color LED display
Digital setpoint retransmission
Analog retransmission
Modbus RTU digital communications
Ordering Information
–
P
Series
P116 (1/16 DIN)
P108 (1/8 DIN)
P104 (1/4 DIN)
–
–
Input Calibration
A = All
Output 4 Code
0 = None
B = Relay
–
Communications
0 = None
Special Options
00 = None
A = CT and digital input
AZ = 24 Vac/dc
E = RS-485, CT and digital input
P116
P108, P104
28
–
Code
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
SBB =
Pulsed 20 Vdc
Relay
Relay
BBB =
Relay
Relay
Relay
BBE =
Relay
Relay
Analog isolated
STB =
Pulsed 20 Vdc*
Solid state relay*
Relay*
Code
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
SB0 =
Pulsed 20 Vdc
Relay
None
BB0 =
Relay
Relay
BE0 =
Relay
Analog isolated
ST0 =
Pulsed 20 Vdc*
Solid state relay*
* Not available on 24 V AC/DC units. Code combinations for outputs 1, 2 and 3 are fixed.
P Series Universal Temperature/Process Controllers
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Inputs
Ambient Temperature: 32 °F to 140 °F
(0 °C to 60 °C)
Relalative Humidity Tolerance: 90%, non-condensing
Power: 100-230 Vac, +/- 15% (48-62 Hz);
24 Vac, -15% to +10% optional;
24 Vdc, -15% to +20%, +/- 5% ripple optional
Power Consumption: 6 W (P116); 8 W (P104 & P108)
Themocouple: B, C, J, K, L, N, R, S, T
RTD: 3-wire, Pt 100, DIN 43760
Linear: -10 to 80 mV, 0 to 10 Vdc
Performance
Accuracy: +/- 0.25% of full scale; +/- 1 digit
Setpoint Resolution: 0.1 degree, <1000 degrees;
1 degree, >999 degrees
Drift with Temperature: <50 ppm typical
TC Cold-End Tracking: <+/- 1 °C at 25 °C ambient
Noise Rejection: 48-63 Hz, >-120 dB, common mode;
48-63 Hz, >-93 dB, series mode
Process Sampling: 250 ms
Control Characteristics
Control Types: PID, on/off; Auto, manual, standby
Alarm: 3, Absolute high & low; Deviation high, low or
band; Auto or manual latching, non-latching
Outputs
Logic: ON 12 Vdc @ 44 mA;
OFF <300 mV @ 100 mA
Relay: Form A, Max 2 A @ 264 Vac resistive;
Min 100 mA @ 12 Vdc
Triac: 0.75 A (rms) 30-264 V (rms) resistive load
Analog: 0-20 mA into <500 ohms
Alarm Type
Type: Absolute high & low; Deviation high,
low or band
Latching: Auto or manual latching, non-latching
Output Assignment: Relay or digital output
Communications
Protocol: Isolated 485 Modbus RTU
Mechanical Characteristics
Display: Dual, 4-digit LED Display;
Process value: green; Setpoint value: amber
Front Panel Rating: NEMA 4X (IP65)
Front Panel Cutout:
P116: 1.771” x 1.771” (45 mm x 45 mm)
P108: 1.771” x 3.622” (45 mm x 92 mm)
P104: 3.622” x 3.622” (92 mm x 92 mm)
Connections: Screw terminals
29
PDAC Universal Temperature/
Process Digital Recorder
With the Athena PDAC, food processing and consumer packaged
goods (CPG) manufacturing facilities no longer need to collect data
manually. The PDAC digital data recorder provides information
integrity and accuracy that can ensure FSMA-compliant processes.
With integrated, accurate tracking and reporting, PDAC keeps process
data safer and transfers it wherever needed and in the required format.
Process data can be stored in any format…an open CSV format or a
secure, check-summed format for data integrity.The Athena PDAC is a ¼ DIN panel-mounted digital recorder that offers four
high-accuracy universal inputs for data recording. This secure data sampling and
recording device is enhanced by a full-color ¼ VGA 320 x 240 pixel display to bring
crystal clear operator interface to even the smallest machine.
Standard Ethernet communication fits easily into a data network, allowing files to
be transferred for further analysis and archiving. The PDAC recorder is ideal for
applications where data storage is critical.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
30
Secure data recording
4 universal input channels
3.5 in TFT color screen
NEMA 4 (IP65) rating
2 alarms per channel
50 MB memory for data storage
Recording destinations: internal flash, FTP server or USB memory stick
Modbus TCP/IP master/slave
8 Hz sample and recording rate
Multiple I/O options
Ethernet communications
PDAC Universal Temperature/Process Digital Recorder
Technical Specifications
Operating Limits
Ambient Temperature: 32 °F to 131 °F (0 °C to 55 °C)
Humidity Range: 85%, non-condensing
Protection: Front panel: IP65; Front panel washdown: IP66,
NEMA 4X (International)
Altitude: <2,000 m
Atmosphere: Not suitable for use in explosive or
corrosive atmospheres
Supply Voltage: Standard: 100 to 230 Vac
+/- 15% at 48 to 62 Hz; Low voltage: 24 Vac (+ 10% to 15%)
at 48 to 62 Hz, or 24 Vdc (+ 20% to 15%)
Power Dissipation: 9 W max
Fuse Type: No internal fuse fitted
Analog Input
General
Number of Inputs: Four
Input Types: dc V, dc mV, dc mA, (external shunt
required), Thermocouple, RTD (2-wire and 3-wire),
Digital (contact closure)
Input Type Mix: Freely configurable
Sample Rate: 8 Hz (125 ms)
Conversion Method: 16 bit delta sigma
Input Ranges: See Table 1 and Table 2
Mains Rejection (48 to 62 Hz): Series Mode: > 95 dB;
Common Mode: > 179 dB
Common Mode Voltage: 250 Vac max
Series Mode Voltage: 280 mV at lowest range;
5 V peak to peak at highest range
Input Impedance: 40 mV, 80 mV, 2 V ranges
> 100 M Ω; 62.5 k Ω for input voltages > 5.6 V;
667 k Ω for input voltages < 5.6 V
Overvoltage Protection:
C
ontinuous: +/- 30 V RMS
T
ransient (< 1 ms): +/- 200 V peak to peak
between terminals
Sensor Break Detection:
T
ype: ac sensor break on each input giving
quick response with no associated dc errors
Recognition Time: < 3 seconds
inimum Break Resistance: 40 mV, 80 mV ranges:
M
5 k Ω; other ranges: 12.5 k Ω
Shunt (mA inputs only): 1 Ω to 1 k Ω mounted externally
Additional Error Due to Shunt: 0.1% of input
Isolation:
C
hannel to Channel: 300 V RMS or
dc (double insulation)
C
hannel to Common Electronics: 300 V RMS or
dc (double insulation)
C
hannel to Ground: 300 V RMs or dc
(double insulation)
Dielectric Strength:
T
est: BS EN 61010, 1 minute type test
C
hannel to Channel: 2500 Vac
C
hannel to Ground: 1500 Vac
Table 1 Voltage Input Ranges
Maximum Error
(Instrument
at 25 °C)
Low
Range
High
Range
Resolution
-40 mV
40 mV
1.9 μV
4.6 μV + 0.053%
of reading
13 ppm of input per °C
-80 mV
80 mV
3.2 μV
7.5 μV + 0.052%
of reading
13 ppm of input per °C
-2 V
2V
82 μV
420 μV + 0.044%
of reading
13 ppm of input per °C
- 3V
10 V
500 μV
1.5 mV + 0.063%
of reading
45 ppm of input per °C
Temperature
Performance
Table 2 Ohms (RTD) Input Ranges
Low
Range
High
Range
Resolution
0Ω
400 Ω
20 mΩ
Maximum Error
(Instrument
at 25 °C)
120 mΩ + 0.023%
of reading
Temperature
Performance
25 ppm of input per °C
Resistance Input Ranges
Temperature Scale: ITS-90
Types, Ranges & Accuracies: See Table 3
Maximum Source Current: 200 μA
Pt100 Figures:
R
ange: 0 to 400 Ω (-200 to 850 °C)
R
esolution: 0.05 °C
C
alibration Error: +/- 0.31 °C to +/- 0.023% of
measurement in °C at 25 °C ambient
Temperature Coefficient: +/- 0.01 °C/°C
+/- 25 ppm/°C measurement in °C from 25 °C ambient
M
easurement Noise: 0.05 °C peak to peak with 1.6 s
input filter
L
inearity Error: 0.0033% (best fit straight line)
L
ead Resistance: 0 to 22 Ω matched lead resistance
B
ulb Current: 200 μA nominal
Table 3 RTD Type Details
RTD Type
Overall Range
(°C)
Standard
Max. Linearization
Error (°C)
Cu10
-20 to 400
General Electric Co.
0.02
Cu53
-70 to 200
RC21-4-1966
0.01
JPT100
-220 to 630
JIS C1604:1989
0.01
Ni100
-60 to 250
DIN 43760:1987
0.01
Ni120
-50 to 170
DIN 43760:1987
0.01
Pt100
-200 to 850
IEC 751
0.01
Pt100A
-200 to 600
Eurotherm Recorders SA
0.09
PDAC Universal Temperature/Process Digital Recorder
Thermocouple Data
Temperature Scale: ITS-90
CJC:
ypes: Off, internal, external, remote
T
R
emote CJC Source: Any input channel
Internal CJC Error: < 1 °C max, with instrument at 25 °C
Internal CJC Rejection Ratio: 40:1 from 25 °C
Upscale/Downscale Drive: High, low or none
independently configurable for each channel’s
sensor break detection
Table 4 Thermocouple Types, Ranges and Accuracies
Type
B
Overall Range
(°C)
0 to +1820
Standard
Max. Linearization
Error (°C)
IEC 584.1
0 to 400 = 1.7
400 to 1820 = 0.03
0.12
C
0 to +2300
Hoskins
D
0 to +2495
Hoskins
0.08
E
-270 to +1000
IEC 584.1
0.03
G2
0 to +2315
Hoskins
0.07
J
-210 to +1200
IEC 584.1
0.02
K
-270 to +1372
IEC 584.1
0.04
L
-200 to +900
DIN 43710:1985
(to IPTS-68)
0.02
N
-270 to +1300
IEC 584.1
0.04
R
-50 to +1768
IEC 584.1
0.04
S
-50 to +1768
IEC 584.1
0.04
T
-270 to +400
IEC 584.1
0.02
U
-200 to +600
DIN 43710:1985
0.08
NiMo/NiCo
-50 to +1410
ASTM E1751-95 0.06
Platinel
0 to +1370
Engelhard
0.02
Mi/NiMo
0 to +1406
Ipsen
0.14
Pt20%Rh/Pt40%/Rh 0 to +1888
ASTM E1751-95 0.07
Relay and Logic I/O
O/P1, O/P2 and O/P3 Logic I/O and Relay Specifications
Active (current on) Current Sourcing Logic Output
(O/P1 or O/P2 only)
Voltage O/P Across Terminals: +11 V min; +13 V max
Short Circut Output Current: 6 mA min (steady state);
44 mA max (switch current)
Inactive (current off) Current Sourcing Logic Output
(O/P1 or O/P2 only)
Voltage Output Across Terminals: 0 mV min; 300 V max
Output Source Leakage Current into Short Circuit:
0 μA min; 100 μA max
Active (current on) Contact Closure Sourcing
Logic Input (O/P1 only)
Input Current: Input at 12 V: 0 mA min; 44 mA max
Input at 0 V: 6 mA min (steady state);
44 mA max (switch current)
Open Circuit Input Voltage: 11 V min; 13 V max
Open Circuit (inactive) Resistance: 500 Ω min; ∞ max
Closed Circuit (active) Resistance: 0 Ω min; 150 Ω max
Relay Contacts
Contact Switching Power (Resistive): Max 2 A at 230 V
RMS +/- 15%; Min 100 mA at 12 V
Current Through Terminals: 2 A
Digital Inputs
Dig InA and Dig InB Contact Closure Logic Input
Contact Closure
Short Circuit Sensing Current (Source): 5.5 mA min;
6.5 mA max
Open Circuit (inactive) Resistance: 600 Ω min; ∞ max
Closed Circuit (active) Resistance: 0 Ω min; 300 Ω max
DC Output (Option)
O/P1, O/P2 and O/P3 DC analog outputs
Current Outputs (O/P1, O/P2 and O/P3)
Output Ranges: Configurable within 0 to 20 mA
Load Resistance: 500 Ω max
Calibration Accuracy: < +/- 100 μA +/- 1% of reading
Voltage Outputs (O/P3 only)
Output Ranges: Configurable within 0 to 10 V
Load Resistance: 500 Ω min
Calibration Accuracy: < +/- 50 mV +/- 1% of reading
General
Isolation: 300 Vac double insulated from instrument
and other I/O
Resolution: > 11 bits
Thermal Drift: < 100 ppm/°C
Ethernet Communications
Type: 10/100 Base-T Ethernet (IEEE 802.3)
Protocols: Modbus TCP/IP master/slave,
Ethernet/IP client/server
Cable Type: Category 5
Maximum Length: 100 m (110 yd)
Termination: RJ45; Green LED illuminated shows link
connected; Amber LED flashing shows link activity
USB Port
Number of Ports: One at rear of instrument
Standard: USB 1.1
Transmission Speeds: 1.5 MBit/sec (low-speed device)
Maximum Current: < 100 mA
Peripherals Supported: Memory stick (8 GB max),
Bar code reader, QWERTY keyboard
Technical Specifications (continued)
Update/Archive Rates
Sample Rate (input/output): 8 Hz
Trend Update: 8 Hz max
Archive Sample Value: Latest value at archive time
Display Value: Latest value at display update time
Mechanical Characteristics
Battery Backup
Stored Data: Time, date
Replacement Period: Three years typical
Real-Time Clock Data:
Support Time: Minimum of 1 year with unit unpowered
Temperature Stability: 0 to 55 °C ≤ +/- 3.5 ppm
RTC Aging: First year to 10th year < +/- 5 ppm
Type: Poly-carbonmonofluoride/lithium
(BR2330) (PA260195)
Replace battery with Panasonic BR2330/BE only. Use of
another battery may present a risk of fire or explosion.
See owner’s manual for safety instructions.
Caution: Battery may explode if mistreated. Do not
recharge, disassemble or dispose of in fire.
Approvals and Compliance Details
General: CE and cUL, EN61010
PV Input: AMS 2750D compliant
RoHS: EU; China
Packaging: BS 61131-2 section 2.1.3.3
Physical
Panel Mounting: 1/4 DIN
Weight (Instrument only): 0.44 kg (15.52 oz)
Panel Cutout Dimensions: 92 mm (3.62 in) x 92 mm
(both 0.0 to 0.8)
Depth Behind Panel: 90 mm (3.54 in) excluding wiring
Operator Interface
Display: 3.5 in TFT color display
(320 pixels wide x 240 pixels high)
Controls: Four navigation pushbuttons below the
display screen (Page, Scroll, Lower and Raise)
Ordering Information
P
D
A
Series
PDAC (1/4 DIN)
C
–
–
–
Input Calibration
A = All
–
Communications
TS = Modbus TCP/IP slave
Special Options
00 = None
TM = Modbus TCP/IP master
AZ = 24 Vac/dc
ES = Ethernet/IP* client/server
TE = M
odbus CP Master and
Ethernet/IP*
* Consult factory
Code
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
SBB =
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc B = Relay
B = Relay
LRD =
L = Logic
R = Relay
D = ISO dc output
LLR =
L = Logic
L = Logic
R = Relay
RDD =
R = Relay
D = ISO dc
D = ISO dc
DDD =
D = ISO dc
D = ISO dc
D = ISO dc
LDD =
L = Logic
D = ISO dc
D = ISO dc
Code combinations for outputs 1, 2 and 3 are fixed.
33
C-Series 1ZC DIN Rail Universal
Temperature/Process Controller
The Athena 1ZC is a DIN rail mounted, auto-tuning
controller that can be used for precise control of a
single control loop with two independent outputs
configurable as direct-acting, reverse-acting or alarm.
A bidirectional RS-485 serial communications interface
is standard. Discrete LED displays become illuminated
whenever associated outputs are active and provide
system status. A wide range of sensor inputs are
supported and many types of outputs are available.
s Miniature DIN Rail Mountable Enclosure Stackable
to Required Number of Zones
s Each Zone Independently Powered 100-250 V
50/60 Hz
s RS-485 Modbus® Serial Communications
s Easy Communications Bus Wiring
s Auto-Tune
s Each Output Universally Configurable as
Heat/Cool or Alarm
s Accepts RTD (2 and 3 Wire), Thermocouple, and
Linear Inputs
s Loop Break Alarm
s Pluggable Terminal Block for Easy Wiring and
Controller Replacement
s Optically Isolated Inputs and Outputs
s UL, cUL, and CE Approvals
Range Information
Input
®
UL
Range
Input
Range
“B”
32°F to 3308°F (0°C to 1820°C)
“R”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“C”
32°F to 4199°F (0°C to 2315°C)
“S”
-58°F to 3214°F (-50°C to 1768°C)
“E”
-238°F to 1832°F (-150°C to 1000°C)
“T”
-454°F to 752°F (-270°C to 400°C)
“J”
-328°F to 1400°F (-200°C to 760°C)
Platinel® II
-148°F to 2250°F (-100°C to 1232°C)
“K”
-454°F to 2462°F (-270°C to 1354°C)
100 ohm RTD
-328°F to 1562°F (-200°C to 850°C)
“N”
-450°F to 2372°F (-268°C to 1300°C)
100 ohm RTD (Decimal)
-328.0°F to 707.0°F (-200.0°C to 375.0°C)
“NNM”
32°F to 2570°F (0°C to 1410°C)
Millivolt Linear 0 to 50mV/10 to 50mV
(Scaleable)
0 to 10mV/0 to 50mV
0 to 100mV
Current Linear (Scaleable)
4 to 20mA, 0 to 20mA
Volt Linear (Scaleable)
0 to 1V/0 to 5V
0 to 10V
0 to 5V
Ordering Information
1 Z C
Input Calibration
T = Thermocouple
R = RTD
M = Millivolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C = Current Linear
S = Decimal RTD
Output 1
O = None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
T = Solid-State Relay, 1 A
Output 2
O = None
B = Relay, N.O.
E = 0 to 20 mA
F = 4 to 20 mA
S = Pulsed 20 Vdc
T = Solid-State Relay, 1 A
Note: Athena’s Multi-Comm™ Software supplied with 1ZC Controller
34
Back to Index
Communications Type
B = RS-485 Athena+
E = RS-485 Modbus
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
C-Series 1ZC DIN Rail Universal
Temperature/Process Controller
Technical Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Relative
Humidity Tolerance
Power
Power Consumption
32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Display
90%, non-condensing
100-250 V 50/60 Hz (single-phase)
125 to 300 Vdc
Less than 6 VA
Connections
Mounting
LED displays for Sensor Error, RXD,
TXD, Output 1, Output 2, Power/Run
Screw terminals
Use 1.378˝ (35 mm) x
.29˝ (7.5 mm) DIN Rail
.89˝
(22.6 mm)
4.76˝ (121.0 mm)
Performance
2.38˝ (60.5 mm)
Setpoint Resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold-End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
±0.20% of full scale
(±0.10% typical), ±1 digit
1 count/0.1 count
±1 count
5 µV/°C (maximum)
0.05°C/°C ambient
100 dB common mode
10 Hz (100 ms)
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Auto-Tune
Manual Control
2.95˝ (75.0 mm)
Accuracy
4.33˝ (110.0 mm)
Embedded Mount
Controllers
Mechanical Characteristics
Operating Limits
Mounting Clearance Requirements
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 sec
0 to 2400 sec
0 = 200 ms; 1 to 120 sec
1 to span of sensor
Operator initiated
Operator initiated
˝
Inputs
Linear
E
F
S
T
4.33˝ (110.0
mm)
1ZC Contact
Identification
Contact #/Description*
Outputs
B
.89˝
(22.6 mm)
4.76˝ (121.0 mm)
5 A/3 A (120/240 Vac),
normally open relay
0 to 20 mA
4-20 mA, full output to load with 500
ohm impedance, max.
20 Vdc pulsed output
1 A , Solid-state relay
1Power
2 Output 2
3 Output 1
TXD
4
RXD
5 Sensor Error
2.95˝ (75.0 mm)
RTD
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T,
Platinel® II Maximum lead
resistance 100 ohms for
rated accuracy
Platinum 2- and 3-wire, 100 ohms at
0°C, DIN curve standard (0.00385)
0-50 mV/10-50 mV, 0-20 mA/
4-20 mA, 0-10 mV/0-50 mV, 0-100
mV, 0-1 V/0-5 V, 0-10 V, 1-5 V
2.38˝ (60.5 mm)
Thermocouple
*Specifications subject to change without notice.
Communications Type
B
E
RS-485 Athena+
RS-485 Modbus
Back to Index
35
36
Back to Index
Foundation Series Matrix
FOUNDATION SERIES: 24Vdc CONTROL
OEM CODE
F10
F30
F15
20
40
DISTRIB CODE
F1C
F3C
15C
2C
4C
AGENCY
APPROVAL
cETLus, CE, FCC
cETLus, CE, FCC
cETLus, CE, FCC
UL
UL
CE Class A EMI
Compliance
CE Class A EMI Compliance
CE Class A EMI
Compliance
CONTROL I/O
Single Universal Input:
TC, RTD, Linear
Three Universal Input:
TC, RTD, Linear
Two Universal Input:
TC, RTD, Linear
Two Universal Input:
TC, RTD, Linear
Four Universal Input:
TC, RTD, Linear
2 Digital Outputs:
Heat, Cool, Alarm
6 Digital Outputs:
Heat, Cool, Alarm
4 Digital Outputs:
Heat, Cool, Alarm
4 Digital Outputs:
Heat, Cool, Alarm
6 Digital Outputs:
Heat, Cool, Alarm
COMMUNICATIONS
RS485 Standard
RS485 Standard
No
RS232, RS485,
USB & Ethernet
RS232, RS485,
USB & Ethernet
DISPLAY
F10 via F34
F30 via F34
Display Driver
Display Driver
Generic 2 Zone Control
with Integrated Display
Advanced 2 Zone Control
Board
Advanced 4 Zone Control
Board
Expansion Module
Expansion Module
F1C Not Available
F3C Not Available
MOUNTING
Standard DIN
Rail Mount
Standard DIN
Rail Mount
Panel Mount
Panel Mount Version
with Piggyback Display,
Sub Panel Mount
with Remote Display
Sub Panel Mount
with Remote Display
EXPANSION SLAVE
MODULES
Available for F10 Only
Available for F30 Only
None
RS232 Option Board
RS232 Option Board
F31: 3 Analog Inputs
F31: 3 Analog Inputs
RS485 Option Board
RS485 Option Board
F32: 2 Analog Outputs
F32: 2 Analog Outputs
USB Option Board
F33: 8 Digital Inputs
F33: 8 Digital Inputs
Ethernet Option Board
USB Option Board
Ethernet Option Board
F34: Display Driver
Module
F34: Display Driver
Module
Analog Output Option
Board
F35: 6 Digital Outputs
F35: 6 Digital Outputs
Analog Output Option
Board
3 Digital Input Option
Board 3 Digital Output
Option Board 4 Analog
Input Option Board
ACCESSARY
MODULES
SIMILAR PRODUCT
F36: Dual PWM
to Analog Output
F36: Dual PWM
to Analog Output
F37:Remote
Excitation
F37:Remote
Excitation
F38: RS485 to USB
Convertor
F38: RS485 to USB
Convertor
F1C No Display: 1ZC
F3C No Display: (3) 1ZC’s
F10 With Display: 16C
F30 With Display:
(3) 16C’s
None
PWM to Analog
Output Board
PWM to Analog
Output Board
(2) 32C’s
(2) 16C’s
(4) 16C’s
Back to Index
37
Model F1C (Single-Zone) and
F3C (Tri-Zone) DIN Rail Universal
Temperature/Process Controls
The Athena F1C and F3C are DIN rail mounted, autotuning controls that can be used for precise control
of processes. The control outputs can be configured
as direct-acting, reverse-acting or alarm. A bidirectional
RS-485 communications interface is standard. Discrete
status LED displays are provided for system status.
Requires an HMI, Athena’s multicom or other
Modbus RTU software to load I/O parameters
Foundation Series DIN rail mounted accessory
modules can be added for additional configurations
1 or 3 zones of control featuring C Series control
capabilities and Athena algorithms
DIN rail mounted enclosures stackable to
required number of zones
Accepts RTD (2 or 3 wire), thermocouples
and linear inputs
Each independently powered 24Vdc control can
integrate with your HMI using Modbus RTU
Agency Approvals: cETLus, CE and FCC,
CE Class A EMI compliance
F1C Temperature Control Application
F3C Temperature Control Application
Input
T1
Isolated RS-485 Modbus RTU protocol
TC / RTD / Linear
Outputs 1-2
PID
Inputs
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Control
Outputs 1-6
T1
TC / RTD / Linear PID
T2
TC / RTD / Analog
PID
T3
TC / RTD / Analog
PID
Control
DI-1
DI-2
Digital Input
Digital Input
Ordering Information
F
C
—
—
Foundation Series Control
Input Calibration
1 = Single-Zone
T = Thermocouple
V = Volt Linear
3 = Tri-Zone
R = RTD
C = Current Linear
S = Decimal RTD
U = Calibrate All
Standard Options
M = Millivolt Linear
38
—
Back to Index
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
Special Options
0 = None
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Output Specifications
Ambient Temperature
F1C
Relative Humidity
Power
32 deg F to 122 deg F
(0 deg C to 50 deg C)
90% non-condensing
24Vdc, +10/-15%
F1C External fuse required
2.25A for 24Vdc input power
F3C External fuse required
3A for 24Vdc input power
F3C
Note: Each output must be protected from overload by a 1A fast-blow external fuse.
Mechanical Characteristics
Dimensions
F1C
F3C
Connections
Mounting
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
126 ms X number of active zones +1
Terminal #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Operator Initiated
Operator Initiated
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
RTD
Linear
Digital Inputs
(F3C only)
3.9”H x 0.70”W x 4.39”D
3.9”H x 1.39”W x 4.39”D
Mating Plugs with screw terminals
DIN Rail
F1C Terminal Identification
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
2 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
6 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 3A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
B, C, E, J, K, N,NNM, R, S, T
Platinel II. Maximum lead resistance
100 ohms for rated accuracy
grounded or ungrounded
2 & 3 wire 100 ohm RTD
100 ohms at 0 deg C
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Option: 1000 ohm RTD (consult factory)
0-10mV, 0-50mV, 10-50mV, 0-100mV
0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
0-20mA, 4-20mA
Dry contacts, Isolated 5V source
AC or DC Frequency Inputs
1 2 3
4 5 6
24Vdc Gnd
24Vdc Gnd
+ 24Vdc
Output 2
GND
Output 1
“A” RS485
“Gnd” RS485
“B” RS485
RTD EXT
TC+
TC-
7 8 9
10 1112
F3C Terminal Identification
Terminal #
Terminal #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
24Vdc Gnd
24Vdc Gnd
+ 24Vdc
RTD EXT
TC+
TC“B” RS485
“Gnd” RS485
“A” RS485
RTD EXT
TC+
TC-
Back to Index
Output 1
Output 2
Output 3
RTD EXT
TC+
TCOutput 4
Output 5
Output 6
DI-1(+)
DI-2(+)
DI (-)
123456
7 8 9 101112
131415161718
192021222324
39
Model F10 and F30 Master
Modules DIN Rail Universal
Temperature Process Controls
The Athena F10 and F30 Master Modules are DIN
rail mounted, auto-tuning universal process controls.
Designed with the OEM in mind, they are the industry’s
most affordable custom control. Athena will work with
you to design the perfect solution including preloaded
parameters, custom software, custom display solutions,
and enhanced I/O. Use these controls independently
or in combination with other machine controllers. Add
our expansion slave modules for more capability. The
Master comes standard with RS-485 communications
to communicate with HMI and the Industrial Internet.
Master controls can be used with add-on expansion
slave modules to configure a custom control solution
Custom application software available or can provide
Athena’s C Series process control software
Can be paired with Athena’s standard panel mount
displays, most touchscreens, or HMI through
485 Modbus RTU
Isolated RS-485 Modbus RTU protocol
Accepts RTD (2 or 3 wire), thermocouples and
linear inputs
DIN Rail mounted Master enclosures can be
combined with expansion slave modules through
a pass-through port, up to 5 control loops per set
Agency Approvals: cETLus, CE and FCC,
CE Class A EMI compliance
F10 Temperature Control Application
Input
T1
F30 Temperature Control Application
Outputs 1-2
TC / RTD / Linear
PID
Control
Inputs
Outputs 1-6
T1
TC / RTD / Linear PID
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
T2
TC / RTD / Analog
PID
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Pass-through
expansion port
T3
TC / RTD / Analog
PID
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Heat, Cool or Alarm
Control
DI-1
DI-2
Pass-through
expansion port
Digital Input
Digital Input
Ordering Information
F
0
—
—
Foundation Series Control
Input Calibration
1 = Single-Zone
T = Thermocouple
V = Volt Linear
3 = Tri-Zone
R = RTD
C = Current Linear
S = Decimal RTD
U = Calibrate All
Standard Options
M = Millivolt Linear
40
—
Back to Index
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
Special Options
0 = None
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Output Specifications
Ambient Temperature
F10
Relative Humidity
Power
32 deg F to 122 deg F
(0 deg C to 50 deg C)
90% non-condensing
24Vdc, +10/-15%
F1C External fuse required
2.25A for 24Vdc input power
F3C External fuse required
3A for 24Vdc input power
F30
Note: Each output must be protected from overload by a 1A fast-blow external fuse.
Mechanical Characteristics
Dimensions
F10C
F30C
Connections
Mounting
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
126 ms X number of active zones +1
Terminal #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Operator Initiated
Operator Initiated
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
RTD
Linear
Digital Inputs
(F30 only)
3.9”H x 1.08”W x 4.39”D
3.9”H x 1.78”W x 4.39”D
Mating Plugs with screw terminals
DIN Rail
F10C Terminal Identification
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
2 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
6 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 3A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
B, C, E, J, K, N,NNM, R, S, T
Platinel II. Maximum lead resistance
100 ohms for rated accuracy
grounded or ungrounded
2 & 3 wire 100 ohm RTD
100 ohms at 0 deg C
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Option: 1000 ohm RTD (consult factory)
0-10mV, 0-50mV, 10-50mV, 0-100mV
0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
0-20mA, 4-20mA
Dry contacts, Isolated 5V source
AC or DC Frequency Inputs
1 2 3
4 5 6
24Vdc Gnd
24Vdc Gnd
+ 24Vdc
Output 2
GND
Output 1
“A” RS485
“Gnd” RS485
“B” RS485
RTD EXT
TC+
TC-
7 8 9
10 1112
F30C Terminal Identification
Terminal #
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
24Vdc Gnd
24Vdc Gnd
+ 24Vdc
RTD EXT
TC+
TC“B” RS485
“Gnd” RS485
“A” RS485
RTD EXT
TC+
TC-
Back to Index
Terminal #
13 Output 1
123456
14 Output 2
7 8 9 101112
15 Output 3
RTD EXT
16
17 TC+
18 TC19 Output 4
20 Output 5
21 Output 6
22 DI-1(+)
131415161718
23 DI-2(+)
192021222324
24 DI (-)
41
Model F10 and F30 Add-On
Expansion Slave Modules
Connected intelligent modules that
communicate directly with master control
Must be used with F10 or F30 Foundation
Series Master Control
Maximum four expansion modules can
be used in any combination
DIN rail mounted enclosures
Powered through expansion port
Agency Approvals: cETLus, CE and FCC,
CE Class A EMI compliance
Product Description
Ordering Information
F31 Analog Input Expansion Module
The Athena F31 is an Analog Input Add-On Expansion
Module that can expand the F10 and F30 control modules’
capabilities. The module accepts three additional analog
inputs and two digital inputs that can be used as inputs
to control loops or any non-control loop such as remote
monitoring. The module is self-powered through the
controller expansion bus. The module accepts RTD
(2 or 3 wire), Thermocouples and Linear Inputs.
F 3 1
—
—
Input Calibration
—
Special Options
0 = None
Standard Options
T = Thermocouple
V = Volt Linear
R = RTD
C = Current Linear
S = Decimal RTD
U = Calibrate All
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
M = Millivolt Linear
F32 Analog Output Expansion Module
42
The Athena F32 is an analog Output Add-On Expansion
Module that can expand the F10 and F30 control modules’
capabilities. The module provides two isolated 16-bit DACcontrolled analog outputs. The modules are available with
either current (0-20mA) or voltage (0-10Vdc) outputs. The
module is self-powered through the controller expansion
bus. The outputs are isolated 0-20mA 4-20mA, 0-10Vdc,
2-10Vdc.
F 3 2
Back to Index
—
—
—
Output One Calibration
Output Two Calibration
Standard Options
V = Volt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C = Current Linear
C = Current Linear
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
U = Calibrate All
U = Calibrate All
Product Description
Ordering Information
F33 Digital Input Expansion Module
The Athena F33 is an Digital Input Add-On Expansion
Module that can expand the F10 and F30 control modules’
capabilities. The module has eight digital inputs that can
used for various control functions that can be integrated
with the control process. The module is self-powered
through the controller expansion bus.
F 3 3
—
Standard Options
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
F34 LED Display Driver Expansion Module
The Athena F34 is a display driver module that can drive
ten eight-segment LED digits and ten digital switches. The
module can be used with any of the standard LED display
boards that Athena has designed as well as custom
displays requested by the customer. The module is selfpowered through the controller expansion
bus. The module also contains four
digital inputs that can be used as
inputs to control loop or any
non-control loop such as
remote monitoring.
F 3 4
—
Standard Options
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
F35 Digital Output Expansion Module
The Athena F35 is a digital 24Vdc output that contains six
independent outputs that can be used for heat, cool or
alarm outputs. The module also has two digital inputs that
can be configured for floating dry contact, isolated open
collector and isolated 5Vdc inputs. The module requires
an external 24Vdc power supply.
F 3 5
—
Standard Options
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
Note: A maximum of four expansion modules can be
added to an F10 or F30 control module.
Back to Index
43
Foundation DIN Rail Mounted
Accessory Modules
Can be used as individual stand-alone modules
DIN rail mounted enclosures
Can function with any control
Power 24Vdc
Available for sale individually or in conjunction
with other Athena products to configure the
custom system to meet your specifications
Agency Approvals: cETLus, CE and FCC,
CE Class A EMI compliance
Product Description
Ordering Information
F36 Dual PWM to Analog Output Module
The Athena F36 Dual PWM to Analog Output Module
accepts PWM digital inputs and converts to 4-20mA,
0-20mA, 2-10Vdc or 0-10Vdc outputs. The
PWM input can be either 24Vdc or
5Vdc. The input
level and output type are
both jumper selected. The
input signal cycle time period
must be 200mS.
F37 Remote Excitation Power
Supply Expansion Module
The Athena F37 has two fully isolated
sensor excitation power supplies
and each power supply can be
ordered as 24Vdc @ 40mA,
15Vdc @ 40ma, 10Vdc @
40mA, 5Vdc @ 40mA or 5Vdc
@ 100mA.
44
F 3 6
—
—
Output One Calibration
Output Two Calibration
Standard Options
VL = 0 - 10 Volts
VL = 0 - 10 Volts
VS = 2 - 10 Volts
VS = 2 - 10 Volts
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
CL = 0 - 20mA
CL = 0 - 20mA
CS = 4 - 20mA
CS = 4 - 20mA
F 3 7
Back to Index
—
—
—
—
Output One
Output Two
Standard Options
X05 = 5Vdc @ 50mA
X05 = 5Vdc @ 50mA
X10 = 10Vdc @ 50mA
X10 = 10Vdc @ 50mA
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
X15 = 15Vdc @ 50mA
X15 = 15Vdc @ 50mA
X24 = 24Vdc @ 40mA
X24 = 24Vdc @ 40mA
XH5 = 5Vdc @ 100mA
XH5 = 5Vdc @ 100mAl
Product Description
Ordering Information
F38 RS485 to USB Convertor
Expansion Module
The Athena F38 module converts RS485 differential signal
to USB. The module is self-powered through the USB
port. The RS485 port is isolated from
the USB port. The USB connector
is a USB-MINI 5-pin and the
RS485 port has communications
ground and termination options.
Back to Index
F 3 8
—
Standard Options
0 = No Plugs
P = Plugs
45
Model 20 (Dual-Zone) and
40 (Four-Zone) Universal
Temperature/Process Control
The Athena Foundation series embedded Multi-Loop
PID Controls offer the designer unlimited custom design
possibilities. The controls are available in a two-zone
and four-zone configuration with universal RTD, TC
and linear inputs with each PID loop capable of being
independently auto-tuned. The controls have expansion
ports to add communications, additional I/O, and various
display options.
Small size (20 – 3”x5”, 40 – 4.5”X7”) control
boards provide maximum flexibility in embedded
machine design applications
Autotune provides precise tuning of PID algorithms
Low-voltage, energy-efficient 18Vac/24Vdc control
boards designed to UL 508 standards
Agency Approvals: UL
Ambient 0-70 °C temperature rating enables
control to withstand environment and extremes
20 Temperature/Process Control Application
Inputs
Inputs
Outputs 1-4
Outputs 1-6
T1
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Cool
T1
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Cool
T2
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Alarm
T2
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Heat
T3
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
T4
TC / RTD / Linear
DI-1, 2, 3, 4
Digital Input
on/off PID
Alarm
Alarm
DI-1, 2, 3
Digital Input
Expansion Display
Port
Port
46
40 Temperature/Process Control Application
Back to Index
Expansion Display
Ports (3)
Port
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Input Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Thermocouple
Relative Humidity
Power
32 deg F to 122 deg F
(0 deg C to 70 deg C)
90% non-condensing
18Vac / 24Vdc
20 External fuse required
2.25A for 24Vdc input power
40 External fuse required
3A for 24Vdc input power
RTD
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
Linear
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
126 ms X number of active zones +1
Digital Inputs
Output Specifications
20
40
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T
Platinel II. Maximum lead resistance
100 ohms for rated accuracy
grounded or ungrounded
Two- & three-wire 100 ohm RTD
100 ohms at 0 deg C
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Option: 1000 ohm RTD (consult factory)
(three-wire RTD requires two channels
for input)
0-10mV, 0-50mV, 10-50mV, 0-100mV
0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
0-20mA, 4-20mA
24Vdc
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Operator Initiated
Operator Initiated
4 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
each configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
6 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
each configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
Note: Each output must be protected from overload by a 1A fast-blow external fuse.
Mechanical Characteristics
Dimensions
Connections
20
3” x 5” (77mm x 143mm)
40
4.5” x 7” (115mm x 178mm)
Mating plugs with screw terminals
Ordering Information
2 0
—
—
—
—
—
—
0 0 0
4 0
—
—
—
—
—
—
0 0 0
Input Calibration
T = Thermocouple
R = RTD
S = Decimal RTD
M = Millvolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C = Current Linear
A = Calibrate All
Expansion Port
00 = None
02 = RS232
04 = RS485
0B = USB
0E = Ethernet
1A = Analog out, 10V
2A = Analog out, 20mA
3A = Analog out, 5V
4A = Analog out, 6V
5A = Analog out, Iso 10V
6A = Analog out, Iso 20mA
Expansion Port
Display
00 = None
AI = Analog Input (4)
1A = Analog Output, 10Vdc
2A=Analog Output, 20mA
3A=Analog Output, 5Vdc
DI=Digital Input (3)
DO=Digital Output (3)
0 = None
H = Horizontal
V = Vertical
4 = Small Square
C = Big Square
W = Wide Horizontal
Back to Index
Options
000 = None
47
Model 20/40 and 2C/4C
Digital Display Boards
The digital display boards provide an interface with the
20/40 and 2C/4C control boards. Custom displays can
be made to meet custom applications.
Product Description
Ordering Information
2C Horizontal Two-Zone Display
The horizontal display can be utilized with the 2C/20
control which allows the user to operate each zone of
the control independently. The display has four sevensegment displays, four pushbuttons and four status
LEDs for each zone. The display can be panel mounted
with the optional metal bezel and overlay and is connected
to the control via a ribbon cable. This display also supports
the 2C/20 control being mounted directly to the back
side of the display assembly, eliminating the need for
the ribbon cable.
When ordering the horizontal display with a 2C, add
option W in the display slot (reference 2C/4C data sheet
for ordering code). When ordering for an existing control
board, order display and mounting kit 614A119U01.
1/4 DIN Size Display
48
The 1/4 DIN display can be utilized with the 2C/20 and
4C/40 control and has one four-digit seven-segment
display for set point and one four-digit seven-segment
display for process
temperature, six pushbuttons
and status LEDs. The “Z”
pushbutton on the display
is used to scroll through
the individual zone control
settings. The display can
be panel mounted with the
optional metal bezel and
overlay and is connected to
the control via a ribbon cable.
When ordering with a 2C/20 or 4C/40 control board, add
option 4 in the display slot (reference 2C/4C data sheet
for ordering code). When ordering for an existing control
board, order display and mounting kit 614A112U01.
Back to Index
Product Description
Ordering Information
Dual-Zone 1/4 DIN Size Display
The dual-zone 1/4 DIN display can be utilized with the
2C/20 control. The display has two four-digit sevensegment displays (one for zone 1 and one for zone 2),
six pushbuttons and status LEDs. The “Z” pushbuttons
on the display are used to access either of the individual
zone control settings through the individual zone settings.
The display can be panel mounted with the optional metal
bezel and overlay and is connected to the controller via
a ribbon cable.
When ordering with a 2/20C control board, add option
B in the display slot (reference 2C/4C data sheet for
ordering code). When ordering
for an existing control board,
order display and mounting
kit 614A113U01.
Back to Index
49
Model 2C (Dual-Zone) and
4C (Four-Zone) Universal
Temperature/Process Control
The Athena embedded Multi-Loop PID Control offers two
(2C) or four (4C) loops of PID control for less cost than
four separate loop control with similar capabilities. The
control offers universal RTD, TC and linear inputs with
each PID loop capable of being independently autotuned.
The control has a digital display output port and an
expansion port (one on 2C, two on 4C) for
optional expansion cards.
Small size (2C – 3”x5”, 4C – 4.5”X7”) control
boards provide maximum flexibility in embedded
machine design applications
Autotune provides precise tuning of PID algorithms
Low-voltage, energy-efficient 18Vac/24Vdc control
boards designed to UL 508 standards
Agency Approvals: UL
Ambient 0-70 °C temperature rating enables
control to withstand environment extremes
2C Temperature/Process Control Application 4C Temperature/Process Control Application
Inputs
Outputs 1-6
T1
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Cool
T1
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Cool
T2
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Alarm
T2
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
Heat
Heat
T3
TC / RTD / Linear
on/off PID
T4
TC / RTD / Linear
DI-1, 2, 3, 4
Digital Input
on/off PID
Alarm
Alarm
DI-1, 2, 3
Digital Input
Expansion Display
Port
Port
50
Inputs
Outputs 1-4
Back to Index
Expansion Display
Port
Port
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Input Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Thermocouple
Relative Humidity
Power
32 deg F to 122 deg F
(0 deg C to 70 deg C)
90% non-condensing
18Vac / 24Vdc
2C External fuse required
2.25A for 24Vdc input power
4C External fuse required
3A for 24Vdc input power
RTD
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
Process Sampling
Linear
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
126 ms X number of active zones +1
Digital Inputs
Output Specifications
2C
4 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
6 Outputs, 24Vdc sourcing, 1A Max
configurable as Heat, Cool or Alarm
4C
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T
Platinel II. Maximum lead resistance
100 ohms for rated accuracy
grounded or ungrounded
Two- & three-wire 100 ohm RTD
100 ohms at 0 deg C
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Option: 1000 ohm RTD (consult factory)
(three-wire RTD requires two channels
for input)
0-10mV, 0-50mV, 10-50mV, 0-100mV
0-1V, 0-5V, 1-5V, 0-10V
0-20mA, 4-20mA
24Vdc optically isolated
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Operator Initiated
Operator Initiated
Note: Each output must be protected from overload by a 1A fast-blow fuse.
Mechanical Characteristics
Dimensions
Connections
2C
3” x 5” (77mm x 143mm)
4C
4.5” x 7” (115mm x 178mm)
Mating plugs with screw terminals
Ordering Information
2 C
4 C
—
—
—
Input Calibration
Expansion Port
T = Thermocouple
R = RTD
S = Decimal RTD
M = Millvolt Linear
V = Volt Linear
C = Current Linear
A = Calibrate All
00 = None
02 = RS232
04 = RS485
0B = USB
0E = Ethernet
—
—
—
Display
1A = Analog out, 10V
2A = Analog out, 20mA
3A = Analog out, 5V
4A = Analog out, 6V
5A = Analog out, Iso 10V
6A = Analog out, Iso 20mA
—
Back to Index
—
0 = None
H = Horizontal
V = Vertical
4 = Small Square
C = Big Square
W = Wide Horizontal
—
0 0 0
Options
000 = None
0 0 0
51
Model EMC10 Single-Channel
On/Off Control
Athena’s new EMC10 Control offers one channel of on/off
control in a low-cost open-board configuration. The control
can be configured to accept thermistor input. The control
has a four-segment integral display and push buttons.
Small control board size, 4.0” x 4.0” x 1.0”
Panel and sub-panel mount
Low-voltage, energy-efficient 18Vac or 24Vdc
control board is designed to UL 873 standards
Displays degrees “F” or “C”
UL Approved, CSA-C22. 2 #24
EMC10 Temperature Control Application
Input
T1
Output
TC / RTD / Thermistor
on/off
Heat
Control
Ordering Information
E M C 1 0
—
4
—
Input = Thermistor, range 25 °F to 135 °F
52
Back to Index
2
—
0 1
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Input Specifications
Ambient Temperature
2252 ohms @ 25 deg C
NTC Thermistor
Relative Humidity
Power
Power Consumption
32 deg F to 131 deg F
(0 deg C to 50 deg C)
90% non-condensing
18Vac or 24Vdc
≤ 100mA @ 18Vac for control / display
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
Output Specifications
Standard
One 24Vdc sinking (total current 85mA max)
Display
Standard
Four seven-segment displays
Control Characteristics
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Operator Initiated
Back to Index
53
Model 15C Dual Channel
On/Off Control
Athena’s new 15C Control offers two channels of control
in a low-cost open-board configuration. The control can be
configured to accept T/C (type “J” or “K”), RTD or Analog
inputs. The control has a four-segment integral display
and push buttons.
Small control board size, 3.0” X 3.0” X 1”
Panel mount, 4” sq metal bezel
Low-voltage, energy-efficient 18Vac or 24Vdc
control board is designed to UL 508 standards
Displays degrees “F” or “C”
Agency Approvals: cETLus, CE and FCC,
CE Class A EMI compliance
15C Temperature Control Application
Inputs
T1
T2
DI-1
Outputs 1-2
TC / RTD / Analog
TC / RTD / Analog
Heat
Cool
PID
PID
Control
Digital Input
Heat
Cool
PID
PID
Ordering Information
1 5 C
—
—
Input Calibration
54
T = Thermocouple
M = Millivolt Linear
R = RTD
V = Volt Linear
H = Thermistor
C = Current Linear
S = Decimal RTD
U = Calibrate All
0
—
Display
0 = None
1 = No Name
2 = Custom, Consult Factory
Back to Index
0
Options
0 = None
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Input Specifications
Ambient Temperature
Thermocouple
Relative Humidity
Power
Power Consumption
32 deg F to 158 deg F
(0 deg C to 70 deg C)
90% non-condensing
18Vac or 24Vdc
≤ 100mA @ 18Vac for control / display
RTD
Performance
Accuracy
Setpoint resolution
Repeatability
Temperature Stability
TC Cold End Tracking
Noise Rejection
± 0.20% of full scale, ± 1 digit
1 count / 0.1 count
± 1 count
5 uV/ºC (maximum)
0.05ºC/ºC ambient
100 dB common mode
Control Characteristics
Alarms
Proportional Band
Integral
Derivative
Cycle Time
Control Hysteresis
Autotune
Manual Control
2 to span of sensor
0 to 9600 seconds
0 to 2400 seconds
0-200 ms; 1 to 120 seconds
1 to span of sensor
Linear
Digital Inputs
B, C, E, J, K, N, NNM, R, S, T
Platinel II, Maximum lead resistance
100 ohms for rated accuracy
grounded or ungrounded
Two- & three-wire 100 ohm RTD
100 ohms at 0 deg C
(DIN curve standard 0.00385)
Option: 1000 ohm RTD (consult factory)
0 - 10mV, 0 - 50mV, 10 - 50mV, 0 - 100mV
0 - 1V, 0 - 5V, 1 - 5V, 0 - 10V
0 - 20mA, 4 - 20mA
Dry contacts, isolated 5V source Note: Three-wire RTDs require use of both analog input channels.
Output Specifications
Standard
Four, 24Vdc sourcing
(at 18Vac total load 3/4Amp)
(at 24Vdc total load 3Amps).
Display
Standard
Operator Initiated
Back to Index
Four seven-segment displays
LED status per zone
Pushbutton switches
55
Analog Series 86 Non-Indicating Temperature Controller
The Athena Series 86 is a non-indicating, case or track
mounted temperature controller that can be used for
differential (on-off) to proportional control via simple
adjustment. The controller accepts thermocouple or
RTD input, and offers field changeable control outputs
for relay, SS relay, or pulsed voltage.
s Single-turn, 270° Rotation Potentiometer
s Field Changeable Control Outputs: Relay,
SS Relay or Pulsed Voltage
s Failsafe in Open Sensor Conditions
s Optional Remote Setpoint
s Optional Solid-State Contactors for Boosting
Power Handling Capacity
s Cooling Configuration Available
s Thermocouple or RTD Input
Remote Setpoint
Potentiometer (optional)
s Limit Controller Option
®
C
Ordering Information
8
6
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
STANDARD RANGE CODE
Configuration
Code
Output Type Plug-In
Code
A = Open PCB unit, setpoint pot on PCB
B = Open PCB unit, remote setpoint
C = Open PCB setpoint on PCB
with T case
D = T case setpoint on case
E = T case, setpoint remote
L = High limit controller, D configuration
with reset button on case.
“B” output relay only,
Includes FM Approval
B = SPDT Relay, 7 A /5 A
H = SPDT Relay , 15 A
(NON-PLUG-IN)
S = Pulsed dc 0-20 Vdc*
T = SPST 1 A SS relay*
*Athena’s ZC solid state contactors and Series 19 and 39 SCR power
controllers can be added to boost AC load switching capacity.
56
Thermocouple Consult factory for non-standard ranges.)
Code Set Range
Min.Min.
Divs.Divs.
(PCB)
(Remote)
T02
-225 to +225°F
25°
10°
51F
500 to +1500°F
50°
20°
02F
0 to +2000°F
100°
40°
03C
0 to +300°C
25°
5°
05C
0 to +500°C
25°
10°
03F
0 to +300°F
25°
5°
16F
100 to +600°F
25°
5°
08F
0 to +800°F
50°
10°
01F
0 to +1000°F
50°
20°
01C
0 to +1000°C
50°
20°
RTD Platinum (3-wire, 100Ω at 0°C DIN CURVE STD.)
S01
-100 to +100°C
N/A
4°
S30
0 to +300°F
25°
5°
S60
0 to +600°F
50°
10°
Back to Index
Type
T
K
K
J
J
J
J
J
J
K
US
Analog Series 86 Non-Indicating Temperature Controller
Technical Specifications
SetpointSingle-turn, 270° rotation potentiometer
(local or remote) is standard. Remote
digital thumbwheel available for RTD only
3-5/32"
1-9/16"
Setpoint Resolution1% with circuit board potentiometer, 1/4%
with remote potentiometer
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Humidity Tolerance
5 to 95%, non-condensing
Cold Junction
Compensation
Internal electrical bridge
P
R
O
P
D
I
F
F
T/C
FACTORY
ADJ
DO
NOT
TOUCH
5-5/8"
6"
Hysteresis/
Proportional BandThermocouple adjustable from hysteresis
of 5° to proportional band of 25° RTD
deadband is 3° to proportional band of 10°
Thermocouple
Break Protection
Output
Remove knob with
small screwdriver and
take off the nut holding
the scale to the pot.
Mount pot through a
3/8” hole in your panel;
put scale over shaft
and tighten nut. Turn
shaft counterclockwise
until it stops. Now
put knob back on and
line up its indicating
mark with the arrow
on scale. Tighten
knob. The unit is now
calibrated.
– +
SET
POINT
Calibration Accuracy1% at calibration points with remote
potentiometer. 2% at calibration points,
potentiometer on circuit board
Panel Mounting
External Setpoint:
PLUG-IN
OUTPUT
MODULE
Output power off with open sensor.
ype B Relay S.P.D.T. 7 A/5 A @ 120/240 V
T
Type H Relay S.P.D.T. 15 A/7 A @ 120/240 V
(NON PLUG IN) Type T S.S. Relay S.S.T.
1 A 120/240 Vac, 10 A inrush, 2-4mA leakage
Type S Pulsed dc, 0-20 Vdc open ckt. not
isolated from sensor
Supply Voltage
120/240 ± 10%V, 50-60 Hz
Power Consumption
2 watts
Line
120V
240V
N.O.
N.C. Common
Height = 2-9/16”
11/32"
1-1/64" DIA.
2 MTG. HOLES
5-5/8"
2-11/16"
7"
NOTE:
WITH RESET
BUTTON ON
“L”LIMIT
CONTROL
1/2" CONDUIT KO
2 HOLES
Mounting Case: (T Case)
Remove the two sheet metal screws
holding the cover on; take off cover.
Next remove shipping bolts from
plastic track and replace them
with your mounting hardware.
Replace cover.
Back to Index
1-21/32"
3-5/16"
57
Analog Series 88 Electronic Temperature Controller
The Athena Series 88 is a non-indicating, track
mounted temperature controller that can be used as a
superior replacement for bulb and capillary controllers.
The controller accepts thermocouple input, and offers
a 20 Amp relay output.
s On-Off or Time Proportioning
s Failsafe on Open Sensor
s No Calibration Necessary
s 1% Accuracy
s Thermocouple Input
s Track Mounted
s Cooling Processes
s Limit Controller Option
Remote Setpoint
Potentiometer (optional)
®
C
Ordering Information
8
8
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Configuration
Code
A= Open PCB unit, setpoint on
PCB, 120/240 Vac
B= Open PCB unit, remote setpoint, 120/240 Vac
L= Open PCB unit, limit controller, 120/240 Vac
Includes FM Approval
58
STANDARD RANGE
(consult factory for non-standard ranges.) CODE
Output Type
Code
A = SPDT Relay (20 A)
H = Relay 30 A, N.O.
Back to Index
Code 03F
16F
08F
01F
51F
02F
03C
05C
01C
T02
Set Range
0 to 300°F
100 to 600°F
0 to 800°F
0 to 1000°F
500 to 1500°F
0 to 2000°F
0 to 300°C
0 to 500°C
0 to 1000°C
-225 to 225°F
Type
J
J
J
J
K
K
J
J
K
T
US
Analog Series 88 Electronic Temperature Controller
Technical Specifications
Setpoint
Single-turn, 270° rotation potentiometer
(local or remote) is standard
Remote digital thumbwheel available
for RTD only
Setpoint Resolution
1% with circuit board potentiometer,
1/4% with remote potentiometer
Calibration Accuracy
1% at calibration points with remote potentiometer
2% at calibration points, potentiometer
on circuit board
V
Type B Relay S.P.D.T. 7 A/5 A @ 120/240 V
Type H Relay S.P.D.T. 15 A/7 A @ 120/240
(NON PLUG IN)
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Supply Voltage
120/240 Vac ±10%
Humidity Tolerance
5 to 95%, non-condensing
Input
Thermocouple, sensor break protection
Cold Junction
Compensation
Power Consumption
2 watts
Internal electrical bridge
Connections
Fast-on lugs
Hysteresis/
Proportional Band
Thermocouple
Break Protection
Output
Thermocouple adjustable from
hysteresis of 5° to proportional band of 25° RTD deadband is 3° to proportional
band of 10°
Output power off with open sensor
3-5/32"
1-9/16"
– +
SET
POINT
P
R
O
P
D
I
F
F
T/C
FACTORY
ADJ
DO
NOT
TOUCH
5-5/8"
6"
PLUG-IN
OUTPUT
MODULE
Line
120V
240V
N.O.
N.C. Common
Back to Index
59
Multi-Comm™ Remote Monitoring and Control Software
Athena Multi-Comm Software is designed for use with
all Infinity with Modbus®, C-Series with either Modbus
or Athena+ and Legacy Series Controllers using
Athena+, and can control up to 100 temperature or
process controllers/zones via an RS-485 network.* Up
to sixteen controllers/zones can be simultaneously
viewed on screen at one time with a color emulation of
each controller’s front panel display showing process
value and setpoint in real time.
s Pull-Down Menus and Pop-Up Windows Make
Controller Configuration and Data Analysis Easy
s Multiple Operator Security Levels and Password
Protection Prevent Unauthorized Access or
Accidental Changes to Process Parameters
s Automatic Controller Detection Locates and
Identifies Each Controller or Control Zone on
the Network
s User-Defined 10-Character Controller Labels
Allow Custom Identification of Any Controller
or Control Zone
s Storage and Retrieval of all Configuration
Parameters for all Networked Controllers or
Control Zones to a Single Data File
s Provides Each Controller or Control Zone with
Two Additional Local Alarms (Process Hi/Lo)
Without Affecting Other Alarms
s Captures and Time-Stamps Process Value and
Setpoint Data to Log File for Subsequent Storage
and Analysis
s Displays Graph Window Showing Real-Time Plot
of Process Value vs. Setpoint for Any Controller or
Control Zone on Network
*min requirements: 386SX, 1 Mb of free hard-disk space, Windows® 3.1 or later
*(client to update minimum hardware and software operating requirements)
60
Back to Index
Multi-Comm™ Remote Monitoring and Control Software
Technical Specifications
To prevent unauthorized changes to either controller
of Multi-Comm parameters, operators must follow
specific login and logout procedures. Each operator
may have an individual user ID and password, which
must be entered exactly the same each time access
is requested. Operators may be assigned different
security levels, depending on their specific access
requirements. You may specify any or all of the
following access privileges per operator:
s Change Setpoint (access to change controllers’ or
control zones setpoints)
s View/Change Parameters (access to controllers’ or
control zones parameters)
s Controller Configuration (access to Multi-Comm
configuration options)
s Super User (access to add or change operator
passwords and privileges)
Communications Setup
Multi-Comm is designed for bidirectional communications to Athena EMC, C-Series, and Legacy Series
controllers connected via an RS-485 hookup using an
available RS-232 serial port on your computer. It allows
you to easily set up your communications port, polling
frequency, and timeout frequency.
Controller Setup
Multi-Comm uses the network ID numbers you’ve
assigned to your controllers in order to communicate
to them. Using its Automatic controller detection
(ACD) feature, Multi-Comm can find and identify each
controller or control zone on the network automatically and label each controller or control zone with the
network ID you’ve assigned it. You may also change
its name to any 10-character designation.
Adding and Deleting Controllers or
Control Zones
Multi-Comm allows you to remove individual controllers
or control zones from software control and add them
back at any time.
Local Alarms
Multi-Comm provides two additional “local” alarms for
each controller or control zones on the network: one
high process alarm and one low process alarm. They
do not affect the operation of the controller’s or control
zones’ regular alarms.
Controller Software
Security Features
Data Logging
Multi-Comm will capture the process and setpoint
values of each controller or control zones on the
network and save it to an ASCII file that can be read
by any text editor or word processor. It will also give
you the option of appending or overwriting data
to an existing log file, when you specify the same
log file name at a later date. The log data, which is
time-stamped and identified with each controllers’ or
control zones’ name, may also be imported directly into
a Microsoft® Excel spreadsheet for further analysis and
graphic. Log time can be varied by the operator.
Graph Window
Multi-Comm allows an operator to visually track a
selected controller’s or control zones’ instantaneous
setpoint and process values over a period of several
minutes with an on-line graphing feature.
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Back to Index
61
Maestro powered by ThingWorx software solution
Maestro
TM
The art of precision control
Many of Athena’s temperature and process controls can work with the Maestro
powered by ThingWorx™ software platform to achieve greater productivity and
increase Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE). The Maestro software solution
provides a simple and cost-effective way to collect and tap into
process data.
Maestro powered by ThingWorx connects Athena hot runner, temperature
and process controls to the Internet of Things so that manufacturing and
engineering teams can access the event-driven data by laptop, tablet or
secure managed cloud service. The data can also be integrated into ERP
systems, CRM and quality systems, and analyzed using the latest tools.
As a Powered by ThingWorx partner, Athena uses the ThingWorx 5.0 rapid
application development platform to create custom software applications.
62
Back to Index
Maestro powered by ThingWorx software solution
Athena Controls that can be Powered by ThingWorx:
•
P-Series panel-mount controls
•
C-Series panel-mount controls
•
Series RMC hot runner controls
•
BEDROS hot runner controls
•
Foundation Series controls
Features and Benefits:
1. Rapid application development and greater customization.
2. Available in several levels of performance: base data collection, upgraded
parameter and process variable changes, advanced alarm notification, and
cloud based analytical service packages.
3. Data can be securely stored in direct network options, proprietary device
clouds, or edge micro servers.
4. Event driven data can be shared and collaborated on, integrated with ERP,
CRM and quality systems, and analyzed using the latest tools.
5. Increases Overall Equipment Effectiveness (OEE), allowing OEMs and
end users to build real value using Athena’s connected products.
6. Athena products can beprogrammed using web-enabled tablets, laptops
and smart phones, and process data can be presented on these devices.
Industrial computers and expensive LCDs on each control are no longer
required for advanced programming.
Call 800-782-6776 to discuss ordering a control powered by ThingWorx.
Back to Index
63
Power Controllers Series 19 and 39 SCR
The Athena 19 and 39 controllers are available as
zero voltage switched controllers (19Z and 39Z) and
phase-angle fired controllers (19P and 39P) that can
be used for control of resistive heater loads. The
controller provides capacity up to 80 Amps, and
extends heater life while eliminating thermal shock.
s Optically Isolated
s Diagnostic Indicators
s Self-Synchronizing to Line Frequency
s Isolated Heat Sinks
s Compact Design
s Full Protection Against Line Voltage Spikes
®
C
US
(Series 39 only)
Ordering Information
9
OPTIONS
Consult factory
00=
None
0A=
Fuses
Load Current (A)
Code
Phase
Code
040 = 40 A
060 = 60 A
080 = 80 A
1=Single
3=Three
Switching Mode
Code
P =Phase angle firing
Z =Zero switched
Soft Start/Voltage Limit
P Series Only
Code (Soft/Start Timing)
Inputs
Code
A=
C=
D=
P=
S =
4-20 mA
10-50 mA
Other mA or Voltage (Specify)
Pulsed dc (0 to 20 Vdc) Z series only
120 Vac
0=
A=
B=
C=
D=
E =
V =
Line Voltage (50/60 Hz)
Code
02 =
12 =
20 =
24 =
38 =
44 =
48 =
57 =
60 =
24 Vac
120 Vac
208 Vac
240 Vac
380 Vac
440 Vac
480 Vac
575 Vac
600 Vac
WARNING
ACCESSORIES
Manual Station with Remote Potentiometer
(Requires Input “A” 4-20 mA)
See page 42.
Branch circuit overcurrent
protection is to be provided in accordance
with national and local codes.
To Order: Determine proper line voltage; load current; type of load; options required, if any; and
input signal to power controller. Use these equations to determine load current.
For load currents above 200 A, consult Athena or your local Athena representative. Single-Phase = watts (load) = amps Load Current volts (line)
64
None
9 sec
15 sec
30 sec
60 sec
120 sec
Voltage limit
Three-Phase = watts (load) = amps
Load Current 1.73 x volts (line)
Back to Index
Power Controllers Series 19 and 39 SCR
Technical Specifications
Load
Diagnostic Indicators
Zero Voltage Switched Controllers
24 to 600 Vac
50-60 Hz
40, 60 and 80 A
2500 Vac
MOV and RC suppression
32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
for listed current rating
Resistive. 3-phase- 3 wire Delta or
Ungrounded Wye 19Z/19P-1 phase,
1 line control
39Z-3 phase, 2 lines controlled
39P-3 phase, 3 lines controlled
Shorted or open SCR reversed
signal input (mA/V)
The 19Z and 39Z SCR controllers are zero crossover fired,
high-power solid state switching devices. Zero firing eliminates
the RFI generation associated with mechanical relays. With zero
voltage firing, the output appears as bursts of full sine waves of
line voltage which provides excellent regulation to the load.
Phase Angle Fired Controllers
The 19P and 39P phase angle fired controllers turn each SCR
on for a controlled portion of a half-cycle of the line voltage.
The effective load voltage is determined by the portion of the line
voltage delivered which is proportional to the input control signal.
Additionally, the voltage is regulated as the line voltage changes.
Power Controllers
Supply Voltage
Frequency
Current Rating
Control
Signal Isolation
Transient
Voltage|Protection
Ambient Temperature
DIMENSIONS
MODEL #
Height
Width
Depth
19Z
10.25˝
4.75˝
4.0˝
19P
10.25˝
4.75˝
4.0˝
39Z
10.25˝
9.62˝
4.0˝
39P
10.25˝
14.37˝
4.0˝
Back to Index
65
Power Controllers Series 19P and 39P
The Athena 19P (single phase) and 39P (three phase)
are phase-angle fired power controllers that can be
used for control of resistive heater loads. The high
amperage series provides capacity from 125 amps
up to 250 amps and the controllers are designed to
extend heater life while eliminating thermal shock.
s Optically Isolated
s Diagnostic Indicators
s Self-Synchronizing to Line Frequency
s Isolated Heat Sinks
s Compact Design
s Protection Against Line Voltage Spikes
s Fan Cooled
®
C
US
(File No. E218665)
Ordering Information
9 P
OPTIONS
Phase Code
1 =Single
3 =Three
Line Voltage (50/60 Hz)
Code
02 = 24 Vac
04 = 48 Vac
12 = 120 Vac
20 = 208 Vac
24 = 240 Vac
38 = 380 Vac
48 = 480 Vac
60 = 600 Vac
Load Current (Amps) Code*
Input Code
Soft Start Code
(To determine load current
reference equations below)
A= 4-20 mA
C= 10-50 mA
0 = None
A= 9 sec
B= 15 sec
C = 30 sec
D= 60 sec
E= 120 sec
V = Voltage limit
125 = 125 A
200 = 200 A
250 = 250 A
Consult factory
00 = None
To Order: Determine proper line voltage, load current, and options required, if any.
Technical Specifications
*Single Phase Load Current (Amps) Equation
Total Amps
=
Total Watts (Load)
Volts (Line Voltage)­
*Three Phase Load Current (Amps) Equation
Total Amps
= Total Watts (Load)
1.73 x Volts (Line Voltage)
WARNING
Branch circuit overcurrent
protection is to be provided in accordance
with national and local codes.
66
Supply Voltage
24 to 600 Vac
Frequency
50-60 Hz
Current Rating
125 - 250 A
Input Control
Signal Isolation
2500 Vac
Transient
Voltage Protection
Inherent built in immunity
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
Load Resistive. 39P Three Phase, 3 Leg
Half Control for 3 Wire Delta or
3 Phase Ungrounded Wye
19P Single Phase, 1 Leg Control
Diagnostic Indicators
Shorted or open SCR, open or
reverse input
Cooling Specification
Fan cooled, requires 120 Vac
supply voltage
Back to Index
Power Controllers Series 19P and 39P
Phase Angle Fired Controllers
The 19P and 39P SCR Phase-Angle Fired Power Controllers turn
on each SCR for a controlled portion of a half-cycle of the line
voltage. The effective line voltage is determined by the portion
of the line voltage delivered, which is proportional to the input
control signal. Additionally, the voltage is regulated as the line
voltage changes.
L2
HEATER
3 PHASE
HEATER
19P
ONLY
L2
L1
L1
L3
.270 D
TYP-6
.270 D
TYP-6
HEATSINK/
COMPONENTS
6.000
14.600
14.600
HEATSINK/COMPONENTS
L2
20mA
INPUT
6.000
20mA INPUT
6.000
7.300
7.300
FAN
FAN
FAN
120VAC
FAN POWER
6.000
7.300
16.250
17.550
5.320
15.530
COVER
COVER
FAN
120VAC
FAN POWER
8.750
8.750
19P SINGLE PHASE
39P THREE PHASE
39P Three
Phase Controller
19P Single Phase Controller
Amperage Size 125 Amps
Amperage Size 200 and 250 Amps
Weight 13.5 lbs.
Weight 14.0 lbs.
Amperage Size 125 Amps
Amperage Size 200 and 250 Amps
Weight 35.5 lbs.
Weight 37.5 lbs.
Accessories:
If a different input code is required other than listed, reference the Athena 90M manual station data sheet
or consult Athena for your requirements.
Spare Fuses for Line Voltage Range from 24 thru 480 Vac:
Part Number
Single Phase
Three Phase
125 Amps
210A044U01
1 Required
3 Required
200 Amps
210A046U01
1 Required
3 Required
250 Amps
210A045U01
1 Required
3 Required
Spare Fuses for Line Voltage Range from 575 thru 600 Vac:
Part Number
Single Phase
Three Phase
125 Amps
210A047U01
1 Required
3 Required
200 Amps
210A006U01
1 Required
3 Required
250 Amps
210A048U01
1 Required
3 Required
Trigger Boards:
Single Phase Units
Part Number
125, 200, 250 Amps
785A432U01 - (Specify Exact Line Voltage, Single or Three Phase)
Example: 785A432U01, 240 Vac
Trigger Boards:
Three Phase Units
Part Number
125, 200, 250 Amps
785A095Uxx - (Specify Exact Line Voltage, Single or Three Phase)
Example: 785A095U01, 240 Vac
Back to Index
67
Power Controllers Series 19Z and 39Z
The Athena 19Z (single phase) and 39Z (three phase)
are zero switched power controllers that can be used
for control of resistive heater loads. The high amperage
series provides capacity from 125 amps up to 250
amps. The controllers are designed to extend heater
life while eliminating thermal shock.
s Optically Isolated
s Diagnostic Indicators
s Self-Synchronizing to Line Frequency
s Isolated Heat Sinks
s Compact Design
s Protection Against Line Voltage Spikes
s Fan Cooled
®
C
US
(File No. E218665)
Ordering Information
9
Z
0
OPTIONS
Line Voltage (50/60 Hz)
Code
Phase
Code
1 =Single
3 =Three
V1 = 24/48 Vac
V2 = 120/480 Vac
V3 = 575/600 Vac
Load Current (Amps) Code*
Input Code
(To determine load current
reference equations below)
A= 4-20 mA
C= 10-50 mA
P= Pulsed dc (10 to 20 Vdc)
S = 120 Vac
125 = 125 A
200 = 200 A
250 = 250 A
Consult factory
00 = None
To Order: Determine proper line voltage, load current, input signal and options required, if any.
Technical Specifications
*Single Phase Load Current (Amps) Equation
Total Amps
=
Total Watts (Load)
Volts (Line Voltage)­
*Three Phase Load Current (Amps) Equation
Total Amps
= Total Watts (Load)
1.73 x Volts (Line Voltage)
WARNING
Branch circuit overcurrent
protection is to be provided in accordance
with national and local codes.
68
Supply Voltage
24 to 600 Vac
50-60 Hz
Frequency
Current Rating
125 - 250 A
Input Control
Signal Isolation
2500 Vac
Transient
Voltage Protection
Inherent built in immunity
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 122°F (0°C to 50°C)
Load Resistive. 39Z Three Phase, 2 Leg
Control for 3 Wire Delta or
3 Phase Ungrounded Wye
19Z Single Phase, 1 Leg Control
Diagnostic Indicators
Open or reverse input
Cooling Specification
Fan cooled, requires 120 Vac
supply voltage
Back to Index
Power Controllers Series 19Z and 39Z
Zero Voltage Switched Controllers
The 19Z and 39Z SCR Power Controllers are zero crossover
fired, high-power solid state switched devices. Zero crossover
firing eliminates the RFI (radio frequency interference) generation
associated with mechanical relays. With zero crossover firing,
the output appears as bursts of full sine waves of line voltage
which provides excellent regulation to the load.
3 PHASE
HEATER
L1
L2
HEATER
L3
L2
L1
.270 D
TYP-6
19P
ONLY
.270 D
TYP-6
6.000
HEATSINK/
COMPONENTS
14.600
14.600
HEATSINK/COMPONENTS
L2
20mA
INPUT
6.000
6.000
7.300
20mA INPUT
7.300
FAN
FAN
FAN
120VAC
FAN POWER
120VAC
FAN POWER
6.000
7.300
12.000
13.300
5.320
11.300
COVER
COVER
8.750
8.750
19P SINGLE PHASE
39Z THREE PHASE
19Z Single Phase Controller
Amperage Size 125 Amps
Amperage Size 200 and 250 Amps
Weight 13.5 lbs.
Weight 14.0 lbs.
100410
/ REV-A
39Z Three
Phase
Controller
Amperage Size 125 Amps
Amperage Size 200 and 250 Amps
Weight 27 lbs.
Weight 27.5 lbs.
Accessories:
If a different input code is required other than listed, reference the Athena 90M manual station data sheet
or consult Athena for your requirements.
Spare Fuses for Line Voltage Range from 24 thru 480 Vac:
Part Number
Single Phase
Three Phase
125 Amps
210A044U01
1 Required
2 Required
200 Amps
210A046U01
1 Required
2 Required
250 Amps
210A045U01
1 Required
2 Required
Trigger Boards:
Single and Three Phase Units for
Line Voltage Range from 24 thru 600 Vac
125, 200, 250 Amps
Part Number
785A430U01 - (Specify Line Voltage Range, Single or Three Phase)
Example: 785A430U01, 240 Vac, Single or Three Phase
Spare Fuses for Line Voltage Range from 575 thru 600 Vac:
Part Number
Single Phase
Three Phase
125 Amps
210A047U01
1 Required
2 Required
200 Amps
210A006U01
1 Required
2 Required
250 Amps
210A048U01
1 Required
2 Required
Back to Index
69
Solid-State Contactors Series ZC and PC
The Athena ZC and PC contactors are available as
zero voltage switched (ZC) and phase angle-fired (PC)
contactors that can be used for control of resistive
heater loads. The controller provides full power rating
at 102°F (49°C) ambient temperature, and extends
heater life while eliminating thermal shock.
s All Solid-State Design – No Maintenance Required
s Soft-Start and Voltage Limit (Optional on PC)
Ordering Information
C
Model PC Only
Special Options
Code
0 = None
S = Soft Start
V = Voltage Limit
Switching Mode
Code
Z=
P=
Zero Voltage
Switched
Phase Angle
Fired
LIne Voltage
Code
Model
12 =
24 =
48 =
120 V
120-240
277-480
Mounting Configurations
Code
Maximum Load (Amps)
Code
PC
ZC or PC
ZC only
101 =
121,2=
15 =
25 = 352=
3.6”
5.5”
3.6”
3.6”
5.5”
Heatsink
Heatsink
Heatsink
Heatsink
Heatsink
Example: Model ZC-2425-1-a controller with a zero voltage switching mode; a line voltage of
120-240 V; a maximum load (amps) of a 3.6” heatsink, 240 Vac; and a case-mounted power
pack configuration.
CAUTION Possible fire hazard. Because these controls or associated equipment may not
always fail safe, an approved temperature and/or pressure safety control should be used for
safe operation.
70
Back to Index
0 = Free standing power pack
1 = Case mounted power pack3
Note:Specify (1) when unit ordered
is to be mounted on an Athena
2000 or 4000 controller.
480 Vac
480 Vac
240 Vac
240 Vac
240 Vac
NOTES:
1 Only 480 Vac available. None higher. ZC only.
2
Panel mounting only.
3
Not available on 35A model
Solid-State Contactors Series ZC and PC
Technical Specifications
Inputs
(minimum voltage)3 V input signal, minimum, is needed.
Standard Athena “S” or “F” output
controllers can energize up to three units
in series. Model ZC- 3-32 Vdc pulsed
voltage, optically isolated from output
(2500 V). Requires Athena output type “S”.
Model PC- 4-20 mA proportional current,
optically isolated from output (2500 V).
Requires Athena output type “F”.
Ambient Temperature 120°F (49°C) maximum for rated amperes
Output
Resistive loads only, 277-480 Vac is ZC
Ampere Rating
Unit Only
NoteFor greater ampere loads, consult factory.
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
3.58”
1.75”
+
+
+
+
+
+
5.50”
+
5.00”
.915”
.188”
3.125”
3.50”
TYP.
+
+
+
+
+
+
.203” DIA
TYP.-4
3.125”
.188”
3.50”
Nominal Rating Max.
Model Supply
3.6”
5.5” Peak Voltage Max.
Voltage Heat Heat Surge DropLeakage
Sink Sink
120-240
15 A
N/A
250 A
1.6 V
15 mA
ZC 120-240
25 A
35 A
650 A
1.6 V
15 mA
277-480
10 A
12 A
150 A
3.2 V
1 mA 120/240
15 A
N/A
310
5.0 V
10 mA
PC
120/240
25 A
35 A
310 8.0/5.0 V 10 mA
+
.250”
+
+
3.00”
PC (single phase only)
Options Available for PC Units Only
HEATER
“load”
“PC”
Solid
State
Contactor
Soft-Start Option0 to maximum output within 30 seconds
standard. Consult factory for slower or
faster turn-on times.
Voltage
Limit OptionOutput limit is adjustable from 35% to
95% of line input voltage.
120 or 240
Vac
“ONLY”
Input
4-20mA –
dc input +
10KΩ
(4mA input trim adjustment
factory set only)
Zero Voltage Switching
ZC - Single Phase
Series ZC contactors offer zero voltage switching for EMI/RFI
free operation. A time proportional 3-32 Vdc input signal is
required to energize these contactors (use with Athena “S”
output controller).
1
HEATER
“load”
2
“ZC”
Phase Angle-Fired Switching
4
Phase angle-fired switching provides continuously variable
voltage output by governing the point of turn-on (firing) of each
half cycle of the full AC sine wave. Low mass heating elements
such as heating lamps and hot wires are recommended
applications. Use with Athena “F” output (4-20 mA) controller.
3
240 (120)/277/480
(120/240 same unit)
3-32 Vdc –
pulsed input +
30/
Phase angle firing allows for two options not available with ZC
solid state contactors. Soft-Start provides slow turn on for high
inrush loads, such as quartz lamps and Tungsten elements.
Voltage limit restricts load current by capping the peak-to-peak
output voltage.
+
+
+
ZC - Three Phase
Back to Index
71
Solid-State Staging Controllers Series SC and SU
The Athena SC and SU controllers are available for
heat or heat/cool applications (SC and SU with Type
A Input Card) and boiler applications (SC and SU with
Type B Input Card). The controller accepts current,
voltage or resistance input, and provides solid state
output stages.
s Up-Down or Circular Mode
s Optically Isolated Input
s Logic Status Lights
s Field Changeable, Plug-in Circuit Boards
s 10-Stage Capacity
s Fused Output Stages
®
C
US
Ordering Information
S
Mode
Input
Heat Steps
Cool Steps
Code
A = 4 to 20 mA dc, or 135 ohms
B = Thermistor Input
D = 12 to 20 mA
Specify
NO (03) to (10)
Specify
NO (03) to (10)
C=Circular
U= Up-Down
NOTE
Total number of Heat and Cool steps cannot exceed 10.
Other inputs, delays and options available, consult factory.
Example:
SU-A-08-02 – Series (S) staging controller (U) up-down mode (A) 4-20 mA, or 135 Ω
, 10 sec standard input, (8) heat stages, (2) cool stages.
Determine desired mode of operation, i.e., circular, up-down,
type of input to stager and number of steps to be switched.
CIRCULAR MODE: Recommended for heating only application.
UP-DOWN MODE: Required for heating/cooling applications
and priority load sequencing.
72
Back to Index
Total Number
of Steps
OPTIONS
00=
01 =
02 =
None
Time Delay
3 sec
Time Delay
60 sec
Solid-State Staging Controllers Series SC and SU
Technical Specifications
0.25 in
(6.35 mm)
Power
Requirements
20 V, 50/60 Hz, (±10%, to ± 20% Vac)
1
4 VA plus total VA of all devices staged,
i.e., contactor coil VA
Output Capability1 amp per step continuous;
10 amps per step inrush
Signal Input
(Terminals A-B)mA dc; 4-20 mA standard for 1-5 Vdc;
60 mA and 9 V maximum input.
“A” configuration
Signal Input
(Terminals C-D-E)135 slide-wire or potentiometer; 100 to
1000 V acceptable. “A” configuration
Signal Isolation
1500 volts from power and ground
Time Delay
Adjustable 2 to 12 seconds per step;
automatic slow down near balance
CyclingAdjustable from differential to time
proportioning
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
0.25 in
(6.35 mm)
13 in
(3302
mm)
13.5 in
(342.9 mm)
4 in
(101.6 mm)
6 in
(152.4 mm)
8.8 in
(22.2 mm)
All specifications subject to change.
Type A Input
(For Heat or Heat/Cool Applications)
Type A Input
MAIN FUSE
120 VAC
Series SC and SU Staging controllers are multi-purpose units
designed for maximum flexibility and serviceability. Standard
units are designed for pilot duty sequencing of multiple stages
of heating or heating and cooling applications. Series SCA and
SUA controllers require 4-20 mAdc signals from a temperature
controller or a slide-wire potentiometer. All input signals to the
Series SC and SU controllers are optically isolated.
X1
X2
10
9
8
7
Type B Input (For Boiler Application)
6
FUSED
OUTPUTS
The Series SC and SU Staging Controllers, when ordered with
Type “B” input card, require no driver or temperature controller
input signal. The “B” input card (field interchangeable with “A”
type) makes the staging controller a complete thermistor sensing
temperature controller with a multi-stage output. Input is from a
thermistor probe connected to terminals A-B and temperature
setting potentiometer across C-D-E. A special feature of this unit
is that output power is off for “open” or shorted process sensor.
High accuracy is obtained by using narrow setpoint spans.
Available ranges: 50°F - 180°F or 100°F - 200°F.
5
4
3
2
1
CONTRACTOR
COILS
A B C D E F
POTENTIOMETER
INPUT
Vdc +
mA
INPUT
OR
ON
Type B Input
2
1
CONTACTOR
COILS
A B C D E F
THERMISTOR
CW
CT
CC W
Back to Index
I
N
C
R
500 Ω
for
SETPOINT
73
Manual Station Temperature Controller Series 90
The Athena 90 is a non-indicating, manual station
controller for low cost open loop control. The controller
allows manual setting of output level on SCR power
controllers, proportional valves, and other final control
mechanisms.
s Fully Variable 4-20 mAdc or 20 V Pulse Width
Modulation (PWM) Output
s Includes circuit board, mounting track, dial
potentiometer with 48˝ leads, scale, knob,
and female contacts.
Remote Setpoint
Potentiometer (optional)
Ordering Information
9
74
0
Input Type
Code
Output Type
Code
Supply Voltage
Code
M00 = Manual
D05= 5 Vdc
D10= 10 Vdc
D20= 20 mA
1 = 4 to 20 mA
2 =20 V PWM
101 = 120 Vac
102 = 240 Vac
104 = 480 Vac
Back to Index
Manual Station Temperature Controller Series 90
Technical Specifications
120, 240, or 480 V +10% -15%, 50/60 Hz
0-135 ohm minimum, 0-1000 ohm
maximum potentiometer (500-ohm
potentiometer supplied with 48˝ leads)
Ambient Temperature 32°F to 131°F (0°C to 55°C)
Power
Input
Dimensions
Unit
Scale Plate
5˝ L x 3.25˝ W x 2˝ H
(12.7 cm L x 8.26 cm W x 5.1 cm H)
2.75˝ W x 2.375˝ H
(6.98 cm W x 6.03 cm H)
Specifications subject to change without notice.
Back to Index
75
BEDROS™ Hot Runner Controller
For Medium-Sized Multizone Applications
Athena’s new Bedros Hot Runner control system offers
8 to 32 zones of microprocessor-based control. The
system delivers more functionality with a full featured
easy-to-use touch screen that simplifies single and
multi-zone system setup with mold storage recipe capabilities.
s Compact package design
s 8 to 32 zones of control with 15 amps per zone
s A user-friendly color touch screen with intuitive HMI
and built-in buttons for joy stick operation
s Accepts “J” or “K” thermocouple input
s Compustep® bake out feature prevents moisture
at start-up
s Built-in loop break, short, open, and reverse
thermocouple
s Slaving feature
s Adjustable set-point limits
s “Boost” mode for temporary % of power output increase
s USB or Ethernet communications
s Remote input standby function
s Remote alarm output contacts
s Mold storage recipe capabilities
s GFI protection
Ordering Information
B E D
C
Communications
Market
Zone Count
C = USB/Ethernet
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
08 = 8
12 = 12
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20
22 = 22
24 = 24
26 = 26
Future
28 = 28
30 = 30
32 = 32
Accessory
Floor Stand: Part Number BFS-000 (see page 99)
76
Back to Index
Options
Consult Factory
BEDROS™ Hot Runner Controller
For Medium-Sized Multizone Applications
Technical Specifications
Absolute Voltage Limits
Input Line Voltage
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
Tolerance
Frequency
Inputs
85 to 265 Vac
Nominal 100 to 240 Vac
32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)
Thermocouple
(T/C Sensor)
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
90%, non-condensing
50-60 Hz
Cold Junction
Compensation
(0.03°C/°C)
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
Performance
Auto Control Mode
Control Accuracy
Temperature Stability
Calibration Accuracy
Power Response Time
Process Sampling
°F/°C
CompuStep® System
Control Mode
CompuStep® System
Duration
CompuStep® System
Output Voltage
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
Operation Mode Priority
CompuCycle® system
(PWM, 200 msec)
± 0.1°F (± 0.1°C)
dependent on the total thermal
system
± 0.5% of full scale over the
ambient range
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 400 ms
100 ms
Field Configurable
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Voltages
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
Approximately 5 min.
PWM % with Zero Cross
200°F (93°C)
a: T/C open, T/C reverse,
Shutdown and open heater
override CompuStep®
b: Manual mode overrides T/C open,
T/C reverse
24-1/4˝
16-1/2˝
20˝ with connectors
62 lbs.
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Greater than 100dB
Greater than 70dB
Outputs
PWM
Dimensions
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
ungrounded
Max. 100 ohms for related accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
greater than 2500 volts
Output Drive
Hot Runner
Controllers
Operating Limits
240 Vac nominal, single phase
100 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts
@ 240 Vac per zone
Type (ABC) Fuses
Optically and transformer isolated
from ac lines. Isolation voltage is Internal solid state triac
Human Interface (HMI)
Color Touch/screen (6˝ x 4˝)
Summary of all zones including process values and set points
Configure single or multiple zones
Zone Group Naming
Mold Storage Capabilities
Network Communications
Built-in Buttons for joy stick
Dimensions (mounted on floor stand)
Height
Width
Depth
Weight, floor stand
48-1/2˝
23˝
22-1/2˝
19 lbs.
See Appendix for BEDROS connector plate layouts and wiring.
See page 103 for Standard TC and Power Cables
Back to Index
77
BEDROS™ XL Hot Runner Controller
For Medium-Sized Multizone Applications
Athena’s new Bedros Hot Runner control system offers
34 to 64 zones of microprocessor-based control. The
system delivers more functionality with a full featured
easy-to-use touch screen that simplifies single and
multizone system setup with mold storage recipe
capabilities.
s Compact package design
s 34 to 64 zones of control with 15 amps per zone
s A user-friendly color touch screen with intuitive
HMI and built-in buttons for joy stick operation
s Accepts “J” or “K” thermocouple input
s CompuStep® bake out feature prevents moisture
at start-up
s Build-in loop break, short, open, and reverse
thermocouple
s Slaving feature
s Adjustable set-point limits
s “Boost” mode for temporary % of power
output increase
s USB or Ethernet communications
s Remote input standby function
s Remote alarm output contacts
s Mold storage recipe capabilities
s GFI protection
Ordering Information
B E D
C
Communications
Market
Zone Count
C = USB/Ethernet
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
34 = 34
36 = 36
38 = 38
40 = 40
42 = 42
44 = 44
46 = 46
48 = 48
Future
50 = 50
52 = 52
54 = 54
56 = 56
58 = 58
60 = 60
62 = 62
64 = 64
Accessory
Floor Stand Included
78
Back to Index
Options
Consult Factory
BEDROS™ XL Hot Runner Controller
For Medium-Sized Multizone Applications
Technical Specifications
Inputs
Operating Limits
Absolute Voltage Limits
Input Line Voltage
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
Tolerance
Frequency
Thermocouple
(T/C Sensor)
85 to 265 Vac
Nominal 100 to 240 Vac
32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
90%, non-condensing
50-60 Hz
Cold Junction
Compensation
Performance
Auto Control Mode
Control Accuracy
Temperature Stability
Calibration Accuracy
Power Response Time
Process Sampling
°F/°C
CompuStep® System
Control Mode
CompuStep® System
Duration
CompuStep® System
Output Voltage
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
Operation Mode Priority
Voltages
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
Approximately 5 min.
PWM % with Zero Cross
200°F (93°C)
a: T/C open, T/C reverse,
Shutdown and open heater
override CompuStep®
b: Manual mode overrides T/C open,
T/C reverse
52-1/2˝ with floor stand
16-1/2˝
20˝
130 lbs.
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
(0.03°C/°C)
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Greater than 100dB
Greater than 70dB
Outputs
PWM
Dimensions
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
CompuCycle® system
(PWM, 200 msec)
± 0.1°F (± 0.1°C)
dependent on the total thermal
system
± 0.5% of full scale over the
ambient range
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 400 ms
100 ms
Field Configurable
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
ungrounded
Max. 100 ohms for related accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
greater than 2500 volts
Output Drive
240 Vac nominal, single phase
100 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts
@ 240 Vac per zone
Type (ABC) Fuses
Optically and transformer isolated
from ac lines. Isolation voltage is Internal solid state triac
Human Interface (HMI)
Color Touch/screen (6˝ x 4˝)
Summary of all zones including process values and set points
Configure single or multiple zones
Zone Group Naming
Mold Storage Capabilities
Network Communications
Built-in Buttons for joy stick
Consult Athena for connector plate layouts, wiring, and TC & power cables
Back to Index
79
Series RMB Hot Runner Controllers
Series RMB Hot Runner Controls
Athena’s new RMB/ Series non-modular hot runner
control system offers 1, 2, 3, 6 or 12 zones of integrated
control in a compact package design at an affordable
price. The units are equipped with a full featured
user-friendly operator keypad/LCD display and discrete
indicators of heat, boost, closed loop, open loop, idle
and alarm for system status.
s Compact package design
s Accepts “J” or “K” thermocouple input, grounded
or ungrounded
s 6 or 12 zones of control with 15 amps per zone 1,
2, or 3 zone model has total 15 amps per cabinet
s Built-in loop break, short, open, and reverse
thermocouple
Affordable Yet Powerful
Hot Runner Temperature Control
for up to 12 Zones
s CompuStep® bake out feature prevents moisture
at start-up
s Adjustable set point limits
s “Boost” made for temporary % of power
output increase
s Remote input standby function
s Remote alarm output contacts
s Fan cooled
s Easily serviceable with optional spare parts
s Limited Two Year Warranty-Consult Factory
Ordering Information
R M B
0
01 = 1 zone
02 = 2 zone
03 = 3 zone
06 = 6 zone
12 = 12 zone
Communications
0 =None
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
Zone Count
01 = 1
02 = 2
03 = 3
06 = 6
12 = 12
Future
Options
Consult Factory
Spare Parts
Triac Driver Board RMB/1-3
Triac Driver Board RMB/6 - 12
Fuses
80
626A066U01 (includes triac driver board, triac and heat sink pad)
626A064U01 (includes triac driver board, triac and heat sink pad)
210B001U01 (15A, 3AB)
Back to Index
Series RMB Hot Runner Controllers
Technical Specifications
Technical Operating Limits
Absolute Voltage Limits
Input Line Voltage
Ambient Temperature
Relative Humidity
Tolerance
Frequency
Input Specifications
240 Vac +10/-20%
Nominal 120 to 240 Vac
32 to 122°F (0 to 50°C)
Thermocouple
(T/C Sensor)
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
90% non-condensing
50-60 Hz
Cold Junction
Compensation
Performance Specifications
Auto Control Mode
Control Accuracy
Temperature Stability
Calibration Accuracy
Power Response Time
Process Sampling
°F/°C
CompStep® System
Control Mode
Duration
Output Voltage
Override Temperature
Operation Mode Priority
CompuCycle® system
(PWM, 200 msec)
± 0.1°F (± 0.1°C) dependent on
the total thermal system
± 0.5% of full scale over the
ambient range
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 400 ms
100 ms
Field Configurable
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
PWM
Approximately 5 min.
PWM % with zero cross
200°F (93°C)
a: T/C open, T/C reverse, Shutdown and open heater
override CompuStep®
b: Manual mode overrides
T/C open, T/C reverse
Voltages
Height
Width
Depth
Weight
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
(0.03°C/°C)
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Greater than 100 dB
Greater than 70 dB
Output Specifications
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
Output Drive
Dimensions
Type “J” or “K” grounded
or ungrounded
Max. 100 ohms for rated accuracy
Channel to channel
common mode
voltage ± 1.5 Vdc
240 Vac nominal, single
phase 120 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts @
240 Vac per zone*
Type (ABC) fuses
Optically and transformer isolated from ac lines.
Isolation voltage is greater
than 2500 volts
Internal solid state triac
*15 amperes, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac per cabinet RMB/1-3
RMB/1-3RMB/6RMB/12
3-1/2"
6"
6"
10-1/4"
17-1/4"
22-1/4"
7"
13-1/2"
13-1/2"
4.5 lbs.
17 lbs.
20 lbs.
Human Interface (HMI)
8 Control Switches, 6 Status LED’s per zone
Degrees “F” and “C” Status indicators
LCD Display, 2 Line x 24 Characters (RMB/6) - (RMB/12x2)
2 Line x 16 Characters (RMB/1-3)
See Appendix for RMB/1, RMB/2, RMB/3, RMB/6 and RMB/12 connector plate layouts and wiring.
Back to Index
81
How to Order a Modular Hot Runner Control System
(Single Zone Controllers)
1. Specify type of controller required:
See page 81 for Hot Runner Controller Selection Guide
Controller Specifications and Ordering Codes:
RMA, pages 84-85
RMB, pages 86-87
RMC, pages 88-89
IMP, pages 90-91
2. Amperage required per zone: (heater wattage x voltage)
15 Amp Modules: IMP, RMA, RMB, RMC
30 Amp Modules: IMP, RMB
3. How many zones of control are required (48 zones maximum)
4. Specify the mainframe cabinet configuration
For 15A modules size of mainframe required is the number of control modules
Use MFL Style Mainframes
See pages 90-91 for mainframe configurations and ordering codes
For 30A modules size of mainframe is 1 through 6 zones
Use MFH Style Mainframes
See pages 90-91 for mainframe configurations and ordering codes
5. Specify Cables, Connectors and Terminal Mounting Boxes
and Accessories
Reference pages 101-107
82
Back to Index
Hot Runner
Selection Guide
RMB
RMA
Feature
CE-Compliant
Controller Series
RMB
RMC
RMA
IMP
RMC
RMT
IMP
RMT
X
X
X
X
X
Fahrenheit/Centigrade
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Type J/K Thermocouple
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Setpoint Display
LED
LED
LED
Thumbwheel
LED
Setpoint Adjust
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
Pushbutton
Thumbwheel
Pushbutton
Fixed PI
Fixed PI
X
Process Display (LED)
CompuStep®
SafeChange™ “Hot-Swap” Feature
Control Algorithms
Auto/Manual Control
Fixed PI
PID (autotune) PID (autotune)
X
X
X
X
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
Dip Switch
X
X
X
X
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Adjustable
Reverse Thermocouple Alarm
X
X
X
X
X
Open Thermocouple Alarm
X
X
X
X
X
Open TC Switch to Manual
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Bumpless Auto/Manual Transfer
Current Reading
Temperature Alarms
Selectable Open TC Action
Alarm Output
X
Ground Fault Alarm
X
Loop Break (Open Heater Alarm)
X
X
X
X
X
% Output Reading
X
X
X
X
X
Shorted Triac Safety Relay
X
X
Boost Mode
X
X
Standby (Idle Setpoint/Setback)
X
X
X
X
Selectable Power Up Mode
X
X
X
X
X
X
Front Panel Lockout
All Command
X
Set Point Limits
X
X
High Temp Memory
X
X
Modbus Communication
Warranty Years
X
2
2
Back to Index
2
2
2
83
Series RMA
Athena’s Series RMA Modular Hot Runner controller is
a microprocessor-based, single-zone temperature
controller specifically designed for runnerless molding
applications. The controller is fully self-tuning, with
built-in diagnostics, and features an easy-to-use operator
keypad with simultaneous process and set point displays
and discrete indicators for heat output, alarm, degrees
F/C, manual/closed loop mode, and CompuStep®.
s CompuStep® bake out feature removes moisture from
the heater before full power is applied
s SafeChange™ “hot swap” feature allows safe removal
and replacement of modules
s Compatible with all D-M-E Company’s G Series
and Smart Series, ITC, MCS, Yudo, and Incoe
brand mainframes
s Accepts Type “J” or “K” thermocouple input
(dip switch selectable)
s Current monitoring feature displays average output
current to load
s Bumpless auto/manual transfer (dip switch selectable)
s Built-in loop break, open, and reverse
thermocouple protection
s Preset alarms at 30°F (17°C)
s CE Compliant
Ordering Information
1 5
R M A
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
84
Back to Index
Current Rating
15 = 15 A
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Series RMA
Technical Specifications
Performance Specifications
Output Specifications
Auto Control Mode
CompuCycle System
±0.1°F (±0.1°C) dependent on the
Control Accuracy
total thermal system
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
±0.5% of full scale over the ambient
Temperature Stability
range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Calibration Accuracy
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 200 ms
Power Response Time
Process Sampling
100 ms (nominal)
CompuStep® System
Control Mode
Variable stepping voltage,
phase angle fired
CompuStep®
System Duration
Approximately 5 min.
CompuStep® System
Output Percent
Steps approximately 4% of
input voltage
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
200°F (93°C)
Error Mode Response
a. T/C open, T/C reverse, T/C shorted
and Loop Break overrides
Auto mode/CompuStep®
b. Manual mode overrides T/C
open, T/C reverse
Voltages
Input Specifications
Power On/Off
®
Thermocouple
(T/C) Sensor
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
Cold Junction
Compensation
(0.01°C/°C)
Input Type
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Amplifier Stability
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
Type “J” or “K” grounded or ungrounded (dip switch selectable)
Maximum 100 ohms for accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
Output Drive
240 Vac nominal, single phase
120 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac
Triac and load use fast-blow fuses.
Both control legs are fused (ABC)
Optional: High Speed Fuse (GBB)
Optically and transformer isolated
from ac lines. Isolation voltage is greater than 2500 volts.
Internal solid state triac, triggered
by ac zero crossing pulses
Controls and Indicators
Set Point Control
Range
Resolution
Display Top
Display Bottom
Status Indicators
Two buttons up or down
0 to 999°F (535°C)
1°F (1°C)
3-digit filtered LED
3-digit filtered LED
Heat Output
Alarm
°F/°C
SoftStart
CompuStep®
Mode Indication
closed loop/manual
Rocker Switch, UL, CSA, and
VDE approved
Electrical Power Specifications
Input Voltage
Frequency
DC Power Supplies
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
Module Power Usage
95-265 Vac
50 Hz ± 3 Hz, 60 Hz ± 3 Hz
Internally generated, regulated,
and temperature compensated
Less than 3 watts, excluding load
Potentiometric
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Better than 0.05°F/°F (0.03°C/°C)
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Greater than 100 dB
Greater than 70 dB
Back to Index
85
Series RMB
Athena’s Series RMB Modular Hot Runner controller is
a microprocessor-based, single-zone temperature
controller specifically designed for runnerless molding
applications. The controller is fully self-tuning, with
built-in diagnostics, and features an easy-to-use operator
keypad with simultaneous process and set point displays
and discrete indicators for heat output, alarm, degrees
F/C, manual/closed loop mode, and CompuStep®.
s CompuStep® bake out feature removes moisture from
the heater before full power is applied
s CompuCycle® feature improves response time,
reduces thermal fatigue and prolongs heater life by
applying AC power smoothly and continuously
s SafeChange™ “hot swap” feature allows safe removal
and replacement of modules
s Compatible with all D-M-E Company’s G Series
and Smart Series, ITC, MCS, Yudo, and Incoe
brand mainframes
s Accepts Type “J” or “K” thermocouple input
(dip switch selectable)
s Current monitoring feature displays average output
current to load
s Bumpless auto/manual transfer (dip switch selectable)
s Built-in loop break, open, and reverse
thermocouple protection
s Adjustable alarms at 30°F (17°C)
s Built-in triac safety protection
s Ground fault protection
s Auto-tuning with adjustable proportional band
and rate
s CE Compliant
Ordering Information
R M B
1 5
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
86
Back to Index
Current Rating
15 = 15 A
30 = 30 A
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Series RMB
Technical Specifications
Performance Specifications
Output Specifications
Auto Control Mode CompuCycle system
Control Accuracy±0.1°F (±0.1°C) dependent on
the total thermal system
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Temperature
Stability±0.5% of full scale over the ambient
range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Calibration Accuracy
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Power Response Time
Better than 200 ms
Process Sampling
100 ms (nominal)
CompuStep® System
Variable stepping voltage,
Control Mode
phase angle fired
CompuStep®
System Duration
Approximately 5 min
CompuStep® System
Output PercentSteps approximately 4% of
input voltage
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
200°F (93°C)
240 Vac nominal, single phase
120 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac;
Power Capability
30 amperes, 7200 watts @ 240 Vac
Overload Protection
Triac and load use fasst-blow fuses.
Both control legs are fused (ABC)
Optional: High Speed Fuse (GBB)
Optically and transformer isolated from Power Line Isolation
ac lines. Isolation voltage is greater than 2500 volts.
®
Error Mode Response
a. T/C open, T/C reverse, T/C shorted
and Loop Break overrides
Auto mode/CompuStep®
b. M
anual mode overrides T/C open,
T/C reverse
Voltages
Output DriveInternal solid state triac,
triggered by ac zero crossing pulses
Ground Fault Interupt
(GFI)
Controls and Indicators
Set Point Control
Range
Resolution
Display Top
Status Indicators
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
(T/C) Sensor
External
T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
Cold Junction
Compensation
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
ungrounded (dip switch selectable)
Max. 100 ohms for rated accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
Automatic, better than
0.02°F/°F (0.01°C/°C)
Input TypePotentiometric
Input Impedance
10 megohms
Input Protection
Diode clamp, RC filter
Input Amplifier Stability
Better than 0.05 °F/°F (0.03°C/°C)
Input Dynamic Range
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Greater than 100 dB
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
Greater than 70 dB
Trips at 55 mA of leakage current
Boost Control
Power On/Off
Two buttons up or down.
0 to 999°F (535°C)
1°F (1°C)
3-digit filtered LED
Display Bottom
3-digit filtered LED
Heat Output
Alarm
°F/°C
SoftStart
CompuStep®
Mode Indication Normal (closed loop)
Manual and Standby Boost Function Indicator
Pushbutton
Rocker Switch, UL, CSA,
and VDE approved
Electrical Power Specifications
Input Voltage
95-265 Vac
Frequency
50 Hz ± 3 Hz, 60 Hz ± 3 Hz
DC Power SuppliesInternally generated, regulated and
temperature compensated
Module Power Usage
Less than 3 watts, excluding
load
Back to Index
87
Series RMC
Athena’s Series RMC Modular Hot Runner controller is
a microprocessor-based, single-zone temperature
controller specifically designed for runnerless molding
applications. The controller is fully self-tuning, with built-in
diagnostics, and features an easy-to-use operator keypad
with simultaneous process and set point displays and
discrete indicators for heat output, alarm, degrees F/C,
manual/closed loop mode, and CompuStep®.
s CompuStep® bake out feature removes moisture from
the heater before full power is applied
s CompuCycle® feature improves response time, reduces
thermal fatigue and prolongs heater life by applying
AC power smoothly and continuously
s SafeChange™ “hot swap” feature allows safe removal
and replacement of modules
s Compatible with all D-M-E Company’s G Series and
Smart Series, ITC, MCS, Yudo, and Incoe Brand
mainframes
s Accepts Type “J” or “K” thermocouple input
(dip switch selectable)
s Current monitoring feature displays average output
current to load
s Bumpless auto/manual transfer (dip switch selectable)
s Built-in loop break, open, and reverse
thermocouple protection
s Adjustable alarms at 30°F (17°C)
s Built-in triac safety protection
s Ground fault protection
s Auto-tuning with adjustable proportional band and rate
s Modbus communications
s CE Compliant
Ordering Information
R M C
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
88
Current Rating
Special Options
15 = 15 A
000 = None
Consult Factory
Back to Index
Series RMC
Technical Specifications
Performance Specifications
Output Specifications
Auto Control Mode
CompuCycle system
± 0.1°F (± 0.1°C) dependent on
Control Accuracy
the total thermal system
Ambient Temperature
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
± 0.5% of full scale over the ambient
Temperature Stability
range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Calibration Accuracy
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Power Response Time
Better than 200 ms
Process Sampling
100 ms (nominal)
CompuStep® System
Control Mode
Variable stepping voltage,
phase angle fired
CompuStep®
System Duration
Approximately 5 min
CompuStep® System
Output Percent
Steps approximately 4% of
input voltage
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
200°F (93°C)
240 Vac nominal, single phase 120 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac
Power Capability
Overload ProtectionTriac and load use fast-blow fuses.
Both control legs are fused (ABC)
Optional: High Speed Fuse (GBB)
Power Line Isolation
Optically and transformer isolated from
ac lines. Isolation voltage is greater than
2500 volts.
Output DriveInternal solid state triac,
triggered by ac zero crossing pulses
®
Error Mode Response
a. T/C open, T/C reverse, T/C shorted
and Loop Break overrides
Auto mode/CompuStep®
b. M
anual mode overrides T/C open,
T/C reverse
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
(T/C) Sensor
ungrounded (dip switch selectable)
External T/C Resistance
Max. 100 ohms for accuracy
T/C IsolationIsolated from ground and
supply voltages
Cold JunctionAutomatic, better than
Compensation0.02°F/°F (0.01°C/°C)
Input TypePotentiometric
Input Impedance
10 megohms
Input Protection
Diode clamp, RC filter
Input Amplifier Stability
Better than 0.05 °F/°F (0.03°C/°C)
Input Dynamic Range
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Greater than 100 dB
Power Supply
Greater than 70 dB
Rejection Ratio
Voltages
Ground Fault Interupt
(GFI)
Trips at 55 mA of leakage current
Controls and Indicators
Set Point Control
Range
Resolution
Display Top
Two buttons up or down
0 to 999°F (535°C)
1°F (1°C)
3-digit filtered LED
Display Bottom
3-digit filtered LED
Heat Output
Alarm
°F/°C
SoftStart
CompuStep®
Mode Indication Normal (closed loop)
Manual and Standby Boost Function Indicator
Power On-OffRocker Switch, UL, CSA,
and VDE approved
Status Indicators
Electrical Power Specifications
Input Voltage
95-265 Vac
Frequency
50 Hz ± 3 Hz, 60 Hz ± 3 Hz
DC Power SuppliesInternally generated, regulated and
temperature compensated
Module Power Usage
Less than 3 watts, excluding
load
Back to Index
89
Series IMP
(A New Look)
Athena’s Series IMP Modular Hot Runner controller
is a microprocessor-based, single-zone temperature
controller specifically designed for runnerless molding
applications. The controller is fully self-tuning, with
built-in diagnostics, and features an easy-to-use operator
keypad with simultaneous process and set point displays
and discrete indicators for heat output, alarm, degrees
F/C, manual/closed loop mode, and CompuStep®.
s CompuStep® bake out feature removes moisture from
the heater before full power is applied
s CompuCycle® feature improves response time,
reduces thermal fatigue, and prolongs heater life by
applying AC power smoothly and continuously
s SafeChange™ “hot swap” feature allows safe removal
and replacement of modules
s Compatible with all D-M-E Company’s G Series and
Smart Series, ITC, MCS, Yudo, and Incoe brand
mainframes
s Accepts Type “J” or “K” thermocouple input
(dip switch selectable)
s Current monitoring feature displays average output
current to load
s Bumpless auto/manual transfer (dip switch selectable)
s Built-in loop break, open, and reverse
thermocouple protection
s Preset alarms at 30°F (17°C)
s CE Compliant
s Available in 30 amp modules
s Available 10 and 15 amp single zone portable units
Ordering Information
I M P
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
90
Current Rating
15 = 15 A
30 = 30 A
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Back to Index
Note: The 30 amp Series IMP is twice as wide
as the 15 amp model and has a circuit
breaker instead of a power switch.
Series IMP
Technical Specifications
Performance Specifications
Auto Control Mode
Control Accuracy
Ambient Temperature
Temperature Stability
Calibration Accuracy
Power Response Time
Process Sampling CompuStep® System
Control Mode
CompuStep® System
Duration
CompuStep® System
Output Percent
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
Error Mode Response
Output Specifications
CompuCycle® System
± 0.1°F (± 0.1°C) dependent on total
thermal system
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55° C)
± 0.5% of full scale over the ambient
range of 32°F to 130°F
(0°C to 55°C)
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 200 ms
100 ms (nominal)
Variable stepping voltage,
phase angle fired
Switch Selectable)
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
Cold Junction
Compensation
Input Type
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Amplifier Stability
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
greater than 2500 volts
Output Drive
ac zero crossing pulses
240 Vac nominal, single phase
120 Vac available
15 amps, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac
Triac and load use fast blow fuses
Both control legs are fused (ABC)
Optional: High Speed Fuses (GBB)
Optically and transformer isolated
from ac lines. Isolation voltage is Internal solid state triac, triggered by
Controls and Indicators
Approximately 5 min.
Steps approximately 4% of
input voltage
200°F (93°C)
a. T/C Open, TC reverse, TC shorted
and Loop Break overrides Auto
mode/CompuStep®
b. Manual Mode overrides T/C Open
and T/C Reverse
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
(T/C Sensor)
Voltages
Set Point Control
direct reading
Range
Resolution
Accuracy
Display Top
Status Indicators
Power On/Off
Precision 3 digit pushbutton switch,
0 to 999°F (535°C)
1°F (1°C)
Better than 0.5°F (0.3°C)
3-digit filtered LED
Heat Output
Alarm
Degrees F/C
Soft Start
CompuStep®
Mode Indication
Rocker Switch, UL, CSA, and
VDE approved
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
ungrounded (Dip
Electrical Power Specifications
Maximum 100 ohms for accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
Input Voltage
Frequency
DC Power Supplies
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
(0.01°C/°C)
Potentiometric
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Better than 0.05°F/°F (0.03°C/°C)
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Module Power Usage
95-265 Vac
50 Hz + 3 Hz, 60 Hz + 3 Hz
Internally generated, regulated,
and temperature compensated
Less than 3 watts, excluding load
Greater than 100 dB
Greater than 70 dB
Back to Index
91
MFL & MFH Mainframe Configurations
Mainframes for 15-Amp Control Modules*
For use with RMA, RMB, RMC & IMP control modules only
The configurations illustrated below provide a wide selection
of zone capacities to suit almost any hot runner control
application. The 5, 6, 8 and 12 zone frames use individual
frame sections. The 16 thru 48 zone frames use 2, 3 or 4
frame sections rigidly fastened together into one prewired
integral unit which requires only one main AC power
input connection.
Dimensions*
MFL
Mainframe
1- & 2-zone
3-zone
5-zone
6-zone
8-zone
12-zone
Height
Depth
Width
9-1/4˝
9-1/4˝
8-7/8˝
8-7/8˝
8-7/8˝
8-7/8˝
10˝
12-3/4˝
11-1/2˝
11-1/2˝
11-1/2˝
11-1/2˝
7˝
7˝
16-1/8˝
18-1/8˝
22-1/8˝
30-1/4˝
MFH
Mainframe
1-zone
2-zone
3-zone
4-zone
5- & 6-zone
*For mainframes over 12 zones, add dimensions of stacked cabinets.
1-Zone
2-Zone
3-Zone
5-Zone
6-Zone
12-Zone
16-Zone
20-Zone
28-Zone
32-Zone
36-Zone
8-Zone
24-Zone
40-Zone
Notes on Mainframes
Mainframe cabinets may be stacked to form a permanent,
integrated unit with a single ac power input and breaker.
Up to 48 control modules (zones) may be accommodated.
5, 6, 8, and 12 zone mainframes have a circuit breaker
rating of 50 amps and a maximum total wattage of 20 kW
(domestic models) and 36 kW (Export and CE Models).
Mainframes for 16 zones and over have a circuit breaker
rating of 70 amps and 29 kW (domestic models) and 50.4
kW (Export and CE Models).
48-Zone
44-Zone
Mainframes for 30-amp Modules**
The 5 configurations illustrated provide 1, 2, 3, 5 or 6 zones
of 30 amp control for higher wattage heater applications.
**NOTE: Blank panel(s) should be ordered to provide for heat dissipation and
to cover unused zones in frames. Combination frames to accommodate both 15 and 30 amp modules are available on special order.
1-Zone
5-Zone
92
Back to Index
2-Zone
3-Zone
6-Zone
MFL, MFH and Portable Mainframes
Single-Zone
Standard Mainframes (15 amps)
Dual-Zone
Tri-Zone
Ordering Information
M F L
Communications
O = No communications
C = Communications
Market*
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
* Use “D” ordering suffix for 60 Hz & °F
Use “X” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C
Use “E” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C, CE Compliant
Note 1: CE Rating only available for 3 Zone and higher
mainframe configurations
High-Power Mainframes (30 amps)
Zone Count
01= 1
(see Note 1)
02= 2
03= 3
05= 5
06= 6
00 =
08= 8
01 =
12= 12
02 =
16= 16
03 =
20= 20
04 =
24= 24
05 =
28= 28
06 =
32= 32
07 =
36= 36
08 =
40= 40
09 =
44= 44
10 =
48= 48
11 =
12 =
13 =
14 =
Special Options
= Consult factory
000
006
= Single Phase
016
= Controllers Inserted
Standard for 5, 8, and 12-Zone Mainframes
COPO = Clamp In / 5 Pin Out
NOPO = NEMA In / 5 Pin Out
COPF = Clamp In / 5 Pin Out - Fan
NOCO = NEMA In / Clamp Out
NONO = NEMA In / NEMA Out
COPS = Clamp In / 5 Pin Out - Fan w/Switch
NOPS = NEMA In / 5 Pin Out - Fan w/Switch
CONF = Clamp In / NEMA Out - Fan
COPT = Clamp In / Combo MP/TC 10 Pin Female - Fan w/Switch
NONF = NEMA In / NEMA Out - Fan
NOPF = NEMA In / 5 Pin Out - Fan
CODO = Clamp In / (2) 25 Pin Inserts
COPE = Clamp In / Combo MP/TC 16 Pin Female - Fan w/Switch
NOPT = NEMA In / Combo MP/TC 16 Pin Female
Ordering Information
M F H
Communications
O = No communications
C = Communications
Market*
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE (see Note 2)
Zone
Count
01 =
02 =
03 =
05 =
06 =
1 (see Note 2)
2
3
5
6
Options
Special Options
000 = Consult factory
006 = Single Phase
016 = Controllers Inserted
00 = None (see Note 1)
CO = Clamp for Both Input & Output Power
Zone Count 1 Only
* Use “D” ordering suffix for 60 Hz & °F
Use “X” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C
Use “E” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C, CE Compliant
Note 1: Standard for Zone Counts 2 through 6
Note 2: Single (1) Zone unit not available for CE Market
Back to Index
93
MFL, MFH and Portable Hot Runner Controls,
System Components
#Zones
Cables
Connectors
Mold Power Thermocouple
(C10=10 Ft)
(C10=10 Ft)
(C20=20 Ft)
(C20=20 Ft)
Mold Power Thermocouple
Input*
* Includes Crimp Connectors
Mold Terminal Boxes**
Power Input
Thermocouple Combination
**Order Power Input and Thermocouple or Combination
Standard Mainframe (“A” Suffix = Domestic or Export, “E” Suffix = CE Compliant)
1, 2 & 3
Reference page 37 for cables and connectors
5
1-MPCL05Cxxz1-TC05Cxxz
1-PICL05z
1-MTC05z
1-PICL512TBz
1-MTC005TBz 1-PTCL005TBz
8
1-MPCL08Cxxz1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICL08z
1-MTC08z
1-PICL512TBz
1-MTC008TBz 1-PTCL008TBz
12
1-MPCL12Cxxz1-TC12Cxxz
1-PICL12z 1-MTC12z
1-PICL512TBz
1-MTC012TBz1-PTCL012TBz
162-MPCL08Cxxz2-TC08Cxxz
2-PICL08z 2-MTC08z
2-PICL512TBz
2-MTC008TBz2-PTCL008TBz
201-MPCL08Cxxz1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICL08z 1-MTC08z
2-PICL512TBz
1-MTC008TBz1-PTCL008TBz
1-MPCL12Cxxz1-TC12Cxxz
1-PICL12z 1-MTC12z
1-MTC012TBz
1-PTCL012TBz
242-MPCL12Cxxz2-TC12Cxxz
2-PICL12z 2-MTC12z
2-PICL512TBz
2-MTC012TBz2-PTCL012TBz
282-MPCL08Cxxz2-TC08Cxxz
2-PICL08z 2-MTC08z
3-PICL512TBz
2-MTC008TBz2-PTCL008TBz
1-MPCL12Cxxz1-TC12Cxxz
1-PICL12z 1-MTC12z
1-MPCL08Cxx1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICL08z 1-MTC08z
2-MPCL12Cxx
2-TC12Cxxz
2-PICL12z
2-MTC12z
3-MPCL12Cxx
3-TC12Cxxz
3-PICL12z
3-MTC12z
402-MPCL08Cxxz2-TC08Cxxz
2-PICL08z
2-MTC08z
2-MPCL12Cxxz2-TC12Cxxz
2-PICL12z
2-MTC12z
441-MPCL08Cxxz1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICL08z
1-MTC08z
32
36
3-MPCL12Cxxz3-TC12Cxxz
3-PICL12z 3-MTC12z
484-MPCL12Cxxz4-TC12Cxxz
4-PICL12z 4-MTC12z
1-MTC012TBz
3-PICL512TBz
1-PTCL012TBz
1-MTC008TBz1-PTCL008TBz
2-MTC012TBz
2-PTCL012TBz
3-PICL512TBz
3-MTC012TBz
3-PTCL012TBz
4-PICL512TBz
2-MTC008TBz
2-PTCL008TBz
2-MTC012TBz
2-PTCL012TBz
1-MTC008TBz
1-PTCL008TBz
3-MTC012TBz
3-PTCL012TBz
4-PICL512TBz
4-PICL512TBz
4-MTC012TBz4-PTCL12TBz
High-Power Mainframe (“A” Suffix = Domestic or Export, “E” Suffix = CE Compliant)
2
1-MPCH23Cxxz 1-TC05Cxxz
1-PICH23z
3
1-MPCH23Cxxz1-TC05Cxxz
5
6
1-MTC05z
1-PICH023TBz
1-MTC005TBz
1-PICH23z 1-MTC05z
1-PICH023TBz
1-MTC005TBz1-PTCH023TBz
1-MPCH05Cxxz1-TC05Cxxz
1-PICH05z 1-MTC05z
1-PICH005TBz
1-MTC005TBz1-PTCH005TBz
1-MPCH06Cxxz1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICH06z 1-MTC08z
1-PICH006TBz
1-MTC008TBz1-PTCH006TBz
Note: Replace xx with Cable Length (10 = 10 ft., 20 = 20 ft.)
Replace z with Wiring (A = Domestic/Export, E = CE Complaint)
94
Back to Index
1-PTCH023TBz
How to Order a Modular Hot Runner Control System
(RMT Dual Zone Controllers)
1. Specify type of controller required:
See page 83 for RMT Control Module Features
See pages 96-97 for RMT Controller specifications and ordering code
Note: The RMT Module is a dual zone controller
2. Amperage required per zone: (heater wattage x voltage)
15 AMP Modules RMT
The RMT amperage capability has 2 modes of operations
Mode 1: Total amperage of 15A per the 2 zones of control
Mode 2: Total amperage of 15A when only 1 channel is active and the 2nd
channel is turned off
3. How many zones of control are required (48 zones maximum)
4. Specify the mainframe cabinet configuration
The size of the mainframe required (number of slots) is the number of
RMT control modules required
Use MFT Style Mainframes
See pages 96-97 for MFT mainframe configurations and ordering codes
5. Specify Cables, Connectors and Terminal Mounting Boxes
and Accessories
Reference pages 101-107
Back to Index
95
Series RMT (Dual Zone)
The Athena Series RMT is a microprocessor-based,
dual-zone temperature controller specifically designed
for runnerless molding applications effectively doubling
the zone count per module without doubling the price.
It features two easy-to-use operator keypads, four LED
displays, and discrete indicators for heat output, alarm,
degree F/C indication, manual and closed loop mode.
s Accepts Type J thermocouple
s Bumpless auto/manual transfer
s CompuStep® bake out feature prevents moisture
at startup
s Built-in loop break for open heater, shorted triac,
reversed or shorted thermocouple
s Open thermocouple break protection with jumper-
selectable shutdown or average power output
based on operation
s Preset alarms at 30°F (17°C)
s SafeChange™ “hot swap” feature allows safe
removal and replacement of module
s 15 amps per zone
Ordering Information
R M T
Market
D = Domestic
X = Export
96
Current Rating
15 = 15 A
Back to Index
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Series RMT
Technical Specifications
Output Specifications
Performance Specifications
Auto Control Mode
Control Accuracy
Ambient Temperature
Temperature Stability
Calibration Accuracy
Power Response Time
Process Sampling
CompuStep® System
Control Mode
CompuStep®
System Duration
CompuStep® System
Output Percent
CompuStep® System
Override Temperature
Error Mode Response
CompuCycle system
+0.1°F (+0.1°C) dependent on the
total thermal system
32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
+0.5% of full scale over the ambient
range of 32°F to 130°F (0°C to 55°C)
Better than 0.2% of full scale
Better than 200 ms
100 ms (nominal)
®
Voltages
Power Capability
Overload Protection
Power Line Isolation
Output Drive
Variable stepping voltage,
phase angle fired
Controls and Indicators
Approximately 5 min
Set Point Control
Precision 3 digit pushbutton switch,
Direct Reading, Range: 0 to 999°F
(535°C) Resolution: 1°F (1°C) Accuracy: better than 0.5°F (0.3°C)
Range
Resolution
Display Top
Display Bottom
Status Indicators
0 to 999°F (535°C)
1°F (1°C)
3-digit filtered LED
3-digit filtered LED
Heat Output
Alarm
°F/°C
SoftStart
CompuStep®
Mode Indication
Rocker Switch, UL, CSA,
and VDE approved
Steps approximately 4% of
input voltage
200°F (93°C)
a. T/C open, T/C reverse, T/C shorted
and Loop Break overrides
Auto mode/CompuStep®
b. Manual mode overrides T/C
open, T/C reverse
Input Specifications
Thermocouple
(T/C) Sensor
selectable)
External T/C Resistance
T/C Isolation
Cold Junction
Compensation
Input Type
Input Impedance
Input Protection
Input Amplifier Stability
Input Dynamic Range
Common Mode
Rejection Ratio
Power Supply
Rejection Ratio
240 Vac nominal, single phase
120 Vac available
15 amperes, 3600 watts @ 240 Vac
per two zones
Triac and load use fast-blow fuses.
Both control legs are fused (ABC)
Optional: High Speed Fuse (GBB)
Optically and transformer isolated
from ac lines. Isolation voltage is greater than 2500 volts.
Internal solid state triac, triggered
by ac zero crossing pulses
Type “J” or “K” grounded or
ungrounded (dip switch
Power On-Off
Maximum 100 ohms for
rated accuracy
Isolated from ground and
supply voltages
Automatic, better than 0.02°F/°F
(0.01°C/°C)
Potentiometric
10 megohms
Diode clamp, RC filter
Better than 0.05°F/°F (0.03°C/°C)
Greater than 999°F (537°C)
Electrical Power Specifications
Input Voltage
Frequency
DC Power Supplies
Module Power Usage
95-265 Vac
50 Hz + 3 Hz, 60 Hz + 3 Hz
Internally generated, regulated, and
temperature compensated
Less than 3 watts, excluding load
Greater than 100 dB
Greater than 70 dB
Back to Index
97
MFT Mainframe Configurations
Mainframes for 15-Amp Modules, 15 A Total per Slot* For use with RMT only
The configurations illustrated below provide a wide selection of space-saving zone capacities to suit almost any control
application. The 5, 6, 8, and 12 slot frames use individual frame sections with a 50 A main circuit breaker. The 16 and 24
slot frames use two (2) frame sections rigidly fastened together with a 70 A main circuit breaker.
*Note: Blank panel(s) should be ordered to provide for heat dissipation and to cover unused slots in the frames.
MFT Mainframe Configuration
with Standard Zone Numbering
1-Slot
22
11
2-Slot
33 44
11 22
3-Slot
44
11
5-Slot
55
22
(2) Single Zone Combination Power and T/C Connector
mounted on top of frame
(1) 5 Zone T/C Connector mounted on rear of frame
(1) 5 Zone Power Connector mounted on rear of frame
66
33
6 7 8 9 10 BKR
1 2 3 4 5
6-Slot
97 108 11912
16 BKR
1013
1114
1215BKR
11 22 33 44 55 66 7 8
6 7 8 9 10 BKR
13114215316417518 19 20 212223 24 BKR
8-Slot
12-Slot
(2) 8 Zone T/C Connector mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(2) 8 Zone Power Connectors (1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
BKR
2526
27
282930
3132
BKR
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
212223
24 BKR
9 14
10 15
11 16
12
13 18
14 19
15
16 212223
BKR 24
13
17
20
17
11 18
22 19
33 20
44 21
555 22
66 23
777 24
88 99 10
10 1112
1112
(2) 12 Zone T/C Connectors
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
10 11
11 12
12 13
13 14
14 15
15 16
16 BKR
BKR
99 10
373839
40 4142 43444546
4748 BKR
2526
11 22 27
33 282930
44 55 66 3132
77 88 BKR
252627282930
313233343536
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
373839 40 4142 43444546 4748 BKR
252627282930 313233343536
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 212223 24 BKR
373839
40
4142
43444546
4748 BKR
BKR
1 2 3 40
4 4142
5 6 43444546
7 8 9 10 4748
1112
373839
252627282930 313233343536
313233343536
252627282930
13 14
14 15
15 16
16 17
17 18
18 19
19 20
20 212223
212223 24
24 BKR
BKR
13
373839
4748 BKR
11 22 33 40
44 4142
55 66 43444546
77 88 99 10
10 1112
1112
252627282930 313233343536
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 212223 24 BKR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
98
(1) 12 Zone T/C Connector mounted on side of frame
(1) 12 Zone Power Connector mounted on side of frame
(2) 8 Zone Power Connectors
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
139 14
1015
1116
1217
1318
1419
1520
16212223
BKR 24 BKR
11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 9 10 1112
24-Slot
(1) 8 Zone T/C Connector mounted on rear of frame
(1) 8 Zone Power Connector mounted on rear of frame
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1112
96 107 118 12913
15 16 BKR
1014BKR
BKR
6 7 8 9 10
1
2
3
4
5
6
7 8
2526
11 222733282930
44 55 3132 BKR
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
13
147 15
16 17
18
9 10
10
11812
12
131014
14 19
15 20
16 212223
BKR 24 BKR
11
13
15
16
BKR
99610
11
12913
14BKR
15
16
BKR
11 22 33 44 55 66 77 88 9 10 1112
111 222 333 444 55566 77 88
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 BKR
BKR 24 BKR
2526
27
282930
3132
13
15
16
BKR
2526
3132
1 14
2 27
3 282930
4 17
5 18
6 19
7 20
8 212223
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 10 1112
16-Slot
Available MFT Mainframe Power and TC
Connector Mounting Arrangements
(2) 8 Zone T/C Connectors
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(2) 12 Zone Power Connectors
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(4) 8 Zone T/C Connectors
Mounting per frame, 2 frames stacked
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(4) 8 Zone Power Connectors
Mounting per frame, 2 frames stacked
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(4) 12 Zone T/C Connectors
Mounting per frame, 2 frames stacked
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
(4) 12 Zone Power Connectors
Mounting per frame, 2 frames stacked
(1) mounted on side of frame
(1) mounted on rear cover of frame
Back to Index
MFT Mainframes
MFT Twin Zone Mainframes with all RMT Modules (15 amps max per slot)
Ordering Information
M F T
0 0
Market*
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
Slot Count
Slots
01 =
02 =
03 =
05 =
06 =
08 =
12 =
16 =
24 =
Zones
2
4
6
8 to 10
10 to 12
12 to 16
16 to 24
16 to 32
26 to 48
“T” Slots
Specify # of
RMT Modules
Special Options
000 = Consult factory
016 = Controllers Inserted
* Use “D” ordering suffix for 60 Hz & °F
Use “X” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C
Use “E” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C, CE Compliant
Combination MFT Twin Zone Mainframes with RMT and RMA Modules
(15 amps max per RMT slot and 15 amps max per RMA slot)
Ordering Information
M F T
Market*
D = Domestic
X = Export
E = CE
Slot Count
Zones
Slots
01 =
**
02 =
**
03 =
**
05 =
**
06 =
**
08 =
**
12 =
**
16 =
**
24 =
**
“T” Slots
Specify # of
RMT Modules
“A” Slots
Specify # of
RMA Modules
Special Options
000 = Consult factory
016 = Controllers Inserted
Note: With combination MFT mainframes RMT modules inserted first, followed by the RMA modules.
* Use “D” ordering suffix for 60 Hz & °F
Use “X” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C
Use “E” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C, CE Compliant
**Zone count depends on RMT and RMA module mixture
Back to Index
99
MFT (Twin Zone) Hot Runner Control System Components,
Domestic and Export (A), CE Compliant (E)
Components
Slots
Cables
Mold Power
1
2-MPTCxx
Connectors
Thermocouple Mold Power Thermocouple
Input*
Combination2-CKPTIC1
Power and TC
Combination
Power and TC
Power Input
Thermocouple
Combination
1-PTCL02TBz
2
1-MPCL05Cxxz1-TC05Cxxz
1-PICL05z
1-MTC05z 1-PICL512TBz 1-MTC05TBz 1-PTCL05TBz
3
1-MPCL08Cxxz1-TC08Cxxz
1-PICL08z
1-MTC08z 1-PICL512TBz 1-MTC08TBz 1-PTCL05TBz
5 & 6
1-MPCL12Cxxz1-TC12Cxxz
1-PICL12z
1-MTC12z 1-PICL512TBz 1-MTC12TBz 1-PTCL12TBz
8
2-MPCL08Cxxz2-TC08Cxxz
2-PICL08z
2-MTC08z 2-PICL512TBz 2-MTC08TBz 2-PTCL05TBz
12
2-MPCL12Cxxz2-TC12Cxxz
2-PICL12z
2-MTC12z 2-PICL512TBz 2-MTC12TBz 2-PTCL12TBz
16
4-MPCL08Cxxz4-TC08Cxxz
2-PICL12z
2-MTC12z 2-PICL512TBz 2-MTC12TBz 2-PTCL12TBz
24
4-MPCL12Cxxz4-TC12Cxxz
4-PICL12z
4-MTC12z 4-PICL512TBz 4-MTC12TBz 4-PTCL12TBz
* Include Crimp Connectors
**Order power input and thermocouple or combination.
Note: Replace xx with Cable Length (10 = 10 ft., 20 = 20 ft.)
Replace z with Wiring (A = Domestic/Export, E = CE Complaint)
100
Mold Terminal Boxes**
Back to Index
Hot Runner Control System Accessories
Closure (Blanking) Panels
Must be used to cover unused
zones in main frames for correct
air circulation (cooling). MFB10
for use on single unused zones.
MFB20 for use on two unused
zones. Supplied with push-pull
panel fasteners.
Ordering Information
M F B
Zones
10 =Single zone
20 =Dual Zone
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Universal Floor Stand
Floorstand is adjustable for use
with 5, 8 or 12 slot mainframes.
Ordering Information
M F S
5 8 1 2
Special Options
00 = None
Consult Factory
BEDROS Floor Stand
Ordering Information
B F S
Insulated Crimp Connectors
Module Replacement Fuses
Catalog No. Description
0 0 0
Amps Qty.
ABC15
15 amp, 240 V
15
5
A25X30
30 amp, 240 V
30
1
Back to Index
For easy splicing of mold power input
connector leads to heater leads.
Catalog Number
Amps
Qty.
HWCC-1
15
36
HWCC-2
30
20
101
How to Size Circuit Breakers and Transformer Kits
To Size Circuit Breakers, Follow These Guidelines:
5, 8, 12 zones = 50 A breaker rating @ 20 kW max.
>12 zones = 70 A breaker rating @ 29 kW max.
To Size a Transformer Kit, Follow These Steps:
1. Calculate total heater wattage
2. Divide result by 1000 (equals kVA)
3. Select transformer from table below
Transformer Part No.
TK09
TK15
TK30
TK45
Load Rating in kVA
9
15
30
45
3-Phase Amperage (per Phase)
21.7 A
36.1 A
72.3 A
108.4 A
Transformer kits are fully wired and include enclosed
transformer (480 Vac 3ø in, 240 Vac 3ø out) with
adjustable voltage taps, power cable to main frame,
disconnect switch, extra fuses, and floor stand with
all hardware. Other transformers are available for your
particular power requirements.
Ordering Information
T K
Rating
06= 6 KVA
09= 9 KVA
15= 15 KVA
30= 30 KVA
45= 45 KVA
102
Back to Index
Phases
1 = Single Phase
3 = Three Phase
Voltage
A= 480
B= 600
Mold Power and Thermocouple Cables
Ordering Information
Mold Thermocouple Cable
Ordering Information
TC
# Zones
05 =
08 =
12 =
5 Zones
8 Zones
12 Zones
Length*
C10=
C20=
10’
20’
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Special Options
000= Consult
factory
Length*
C10=
C20=
10’
20’
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Special Options
000= Consult
factory
Mold Power Cable (15 A)
Ordering Information
MP CL
# Zones
05 =
O8 =
12 =
5 Zones
8 Zones
12 Zones
Mold High-Power (30 A) Cable
Ordering Information
MP C H
# Zones
23 =
05 =
06 =
2 or 3
Zones
5 Zones
6 Zones
Length*
C10=
C20=
10’
20’
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Special Options
000= Consult
factory
Flexible Mold Thermocouple Cables
Ordering Information
F T C
# Zones
05 =
O8 =
12 =
5 Zones
8 Zones
12 Zones
Length*
C10=
C20=
10’
20’
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Special Options
000= Consult
factory
Length*
C10=
C20=
10’
20’
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Special Options
000= Consult
factory
Mold Power Cable (15 A)
Ordering Information
FMP C L
# Zones
05 =
O8 =
12 =
5 Zones
8 Zones
12 Zones
Back to Index
103
Thermocouple and Mold Power Connectors
Thermocouple Connectors
Ordering Information
MT C
# Zones
O5=
5 Zones
O8=
8 Zones
12=
12 Zones
Market
A= Domestic
and
Export
E=CE
Domestic and Export
Market
CE Market
Mold Power/Input Connectors
Ordering Information
Mold Power Connectors
P I C L
# Zones
05 = 5 Zones
08 = 8 Zones
12 = 12 Zones
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
Mold High-Power (30 A) Connectors
P I C H
# Zones
23=
2 or 3 Zones
05=
5 Zones
06=
6 Zones
Domestic and Export
Market
Combo Connectors for Tri-ZoneTM System
Ordering Information
T P T 0 3
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
104
Back to Index
Market
A= Domestic
and Export
E=CE
CE Market
Mold Terminal Mounting Junction Boxes
Ordering Information
Thermocouple Junction Boxes
T B
M T C
Market
A = Domestic or Export
E=CE
# Zones
005 = 5 Zones
008 = 8 Zones
012 = 12 Zones
MTC Terminal Mounting Boxes
for Thermocouple Connectors
Mold Power Junction Box
P I C L
T B
Market
A = Domestic
or Export
E=CE
# Zones
512 = 5, 8 or 12 Zones
005 = 5 Zones (CE only)
008 = 8 Zones (CE only)
012 = 12 Zones (CE only)
PICL and PICH Terminal Mounting
Boxes for Mold Power Input
Connectors (15 amps)
Mold High Power (30 A) Junction Box
P I C H
T B
Market
A = Domestic or Export
E=CE
# Zones
023 = 2 or 3 Zones
005 = 5 Zones
006 = 6 Zones
Mold Thermocouple/High Power (30 A) Combination Junction Boxes
P T C H
T B
Market
A = Domestic or Export
E=CE
# Zones
005 = 5 Zones
008 = 8 Zones
012 = 12 Zones
PTCH and PTCL Combination
Terminal Mounting Boxes (30 amps)
Mold Thermocouple/Power Combination Junction Boxes
P T C L
T B
# Zones
005 = 5 Zones
008 = 8 Zones
012 = 12 Zones
Market
A = Domestic or Export
E = CE
Mold Mounting Junction Boxes for Portable Hot Runner Systems
Model No.
PTCL-001-TB-A
PTCL-002-TB-A
PTCH-001-TB-A
Used With
IMP/P, RMC/P and Single Zone MFL Mainframes with one 5-pin connector
Dual Zone MFL Mainframe with two 5-pin connectors
Single Zone MFH Mainframes with one 30-amp NEMA plug and one thermocouple plug
Back to Index
105
Prewired 5, 8, 12-Zone Mold Junction Box for
Hot Runner Wiring
Athena Prewired Mold Junction Boxes feature an
innovative design that makes hot runner wiring fast,
easy, and logical. Boxes contain a 25-pin power
connector for 15 AMP/240 zones, and a 10, 16 or 24 pin
thermocouple connector.
Each Box:
s Is completely assembled
s Prewired with marked zones
s Contains terminal strips for accurate wiring
Fully Wired
Athena’s Prewired Hot Runner Mold Wiring System
has quickly developed recognition as the new industry
standard. Changeovers are quick and logical, and
troubleshooting can be done while the mold is still in
the press.
Dimensions
10.420
3.300
Cover - Top View
3.300
Partially Wired
Cover - Side View
9.000
1.500
2.500 3.125
5.500
.282 (4 Places)
10.155
Mold Mounting Footprint
Ordering Information
P T B
Description
C = Combination
T = Thermocouple
P = Power
106
Back to Index
# Zones
005 = 5 Zones
008 = 8 Zones
012 = 12 Zones
Market
A = Domestic or Export
E = CE
Options
Code
000
00P = Partially
Wired
Connectors and Cables for Portable Controllers
5-Pin Combination Power and Thermocouple
Connectors for Portable Controllers
(one per zone required)
NEMA Connectors for Portable Controllers
215K005U01
(AC1512F)
OC1
M1
F1
215K006U01
(AC1512M)
Cord connector, Cord connector,
female
male
15 A, 125 V
15 A, 125 V
Power out
Power in
IC1
C K P T
215K004U01
(AC1524F)
215K003U01
(AC1524M)
Cord connector, Cord connector,
female
male
15 A, 250 V
15 A, 250 V
Power out
Power in
Type
OC1=Frame
M1 =Cable, Frame-End
F1 =Cable, Mold-End
IC1 =Mold
215K002U01
(AC2024F)
215K001U01
(AC2024M)
Connector chassis,
female
20 A, 250 V
Connector chassis,
male
20 A, 250 V
Power out
Power in
TCS1
TC Socket,
mold side
215P001U01
(M2MJ)
TC mini-plug
Individual 5-Pin Cable for Portable
Controllers (one per zone required)
M P T C
Length
10 =10’
20 =20’
Combo Connector for Tri-Zone System
Combo Cable for Tri-Zone System
T P T 0 3
T P T C
Length
10 = 10’
20 = 20’
Back to Index
Market
A = Domestic
and
Export
E = CE
107
Series IMP/P Horizontal Portable Controllers
Series IMP/P Single-Zone Controller
For features and technical specifications of the Series
IMP/P, refer to the Series IMP description on pages 90 & 91.
* Mating connector supplied.
Ordering Information
Controller
IMP/P = IMPP
Connector Style
10A= NEMA/NEMA
10B= Line In/5-Pin
15A= NEMA/NEMA
15B= NEMA /5-Pin
* Use “D” ordering suffix for 60 Hz & °F
Use “X” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C
Use “E” ordering suffix for 50 Hz & °C, CE Compliant
**10 amp only
108
Back to Index
Market*
D =Domestic
X =Export
E**= CE
Special Options
000 = None
Consult Factory
Connectors and Cable for Horizontal Portable Controllers
5-Pin Combination Power and Thermocouple
Connectors for Portable Controllers
(one per zone required)
NEMA Connectors for Portable Controllers
215K005U01
(AC1512F)
OC1
M1
F1
IC1
215K006U01
(AC1512M)
Cord connector, Cord connector,
female
male
15 A, 125 V
15 A, 125 V
Power out
Power in
C K P T
215K004U01
(AC1524F)
215K003U01
(AC1524M)
Cord connector, Cord connector,
female
male
15 A, 250 V
15 A, 250 V
Power out
Power in
Type
OC1=Frame
M1 =Cable, Frame-End
F1 =Cable, Mold-End
IC1 =Mold
215K002U01
(AC2024F)
215K001U01
(AC2024M)
Connector chassis, Connector chassis,
male
female
20 A, 250 V
20 A, 250 V
Power in
Power out
TCS1
TC Socket,
mold side
215P001U01
(M2MJ)
TC mini-plug
Individual 5-Pin Cable for Portable Controllers
(one per zone required)
M P T C
Length
10 =10’
20 =20’
Back to Index
109
Temperature Sensors
Athena’s thermocouples and thermocouple wire meet
accuracy standards as defined by the many technical
societies and manufacturers. These accuracies are listed
in the Engineering Data section of the Athena Reference
Information publication, available on request and at our web
site, www.athenacontrols.com. Special accuracy thermocouples and thermocouple wire are also defined and are
detailed in this section.
Selected grade thermocouple wire can be supplied in
instances where special or standard grade material does not
provide the accuracy needed at specific temperatures. The
availability of this grade depends on your specific requirements and stock levels.
Calibration of thermocouples or thermocouple wire is a
laboratory test performed on a specific product or lot to
determine its departure from a defined temperature–E.M.F.
relationship. ASTM E 230 (ITS 90) describes the relationship
for the various thermocouple types, portions of which can be
found in Athena’s Technical Reference Information booklet,
available on request. Calibrations are conducted following
the general guidelines of ASTM E 220. Test results are
reported in certificate form indicating test temperatures,
°F or °C corrections and standards traceable data.
When you have a technical problem or question about
thermocouples, RTDs, or temperature measurement, give
Athena a call. You’ll speak with an experienced technician
with a wide knowledge of the field. In addition to a complete
line of Tudor brand temperature sensors, we build more
“specials” and service a greater variety of industries than
most any thermocouple manufacturer. In fact, chances
are excellent we have already solved a problem similar to
yours. We’ll be happy to tell you about our experience and
discuss possible solutions without obligation.
Calibration is performed in accordance with MIL-C-45662,
ANSI/NSCL Z540-1, and ISO 10012-1. Overall production
satisfies the requirements of MIL-I-45208. Additionally,
the product testing and certification requirements of
AMS-2750-C and ASTM E 608 can be supplied.
Each product tested can be tagged with a test number, date
and correction data. Pricing for calibration and testing is
based on tests selected, quantity to be tested, and number
of test temperatures. Test temperatures within the range of
0° C (32° F) to 1371° C (2500° F) are available at competitive
pricing. Sub-zero checking and high temperature (above
1371° C) are available on special quotation only.
Many larger thermocouple manufacturers would rather
not be bothered with “specials.” They want large volume
orders. So “specials” go to the bottom of the pile and
delivery and communication with the customer are usually
very poor.
Of course, we like large orders as much as the next
company. But what sets us apart is our enthusiasm about
solving problems for our customers, big and small. You can
depend on Athena and Tudor brand temperature sensors
to provide the temperature measurement and control
solutions you need.
110
Back to Index
Custom Probe Quote Form
Specify
Probe
Length
Specify
Lead
Length
Specify
Diameter
NameDate
TitleRFQ #
Company
Address
City/State/Zip
Tel
Fax
E-mail
Specify:
q Probe Length
q Lead Length
q Probe Diameter
q Probe Material
q Termination
q Max. Temperature
q Test Requirements
q Atmosphere
q Thermocouple
Sensors
For a quick quotation on your special temperature probe requirements, draw the type of thermocouple or
RTD profile desired below and fax a copy of this page to Athena Controls at (800) 782-6776.
Additional Comments or Requirements:
Type
q RTD
Back to Index
111
Tu-Pak® Thermocouple Assemblies
TuPak® Sheath Material Limitations
Recommended Limit
Materials
Melting
Maximum
Point, ºF/ºC in Air, ºF/ºC
Stainless Steel:
304
2560/1404 1920/1049
309
2560/1404 2000/1093
310
2560/1404 2000/1093
316
2500/1371 1650/899
321
2550/1399 1650/899
347
2600/1427 1680/916
430
2700/1482 1550/843
446
2700/1482 2000/1093
Inconel
2550/1399 2000/1093
Inconel X
2620/1438 1500/816
Platinum
3217/1770 3000/1649
Pt-Rh 10%
3362/1850 3100/1704
Tu-Pak® is Athena’s trademark for metal-sheathed,
mineral-insulated (MI) thermocouple material. It is
a departure from the traditional assembly of tubes,
wires and insulators. It has a unit-construction with
no replacement parts. Tu-Pak® has improved thermal
response, greater flexibility and, size for size, it is
longer lasting than traditional types.
Outside
Diameter
Nominal
Wall
Diameter Tolerance, ±in. Thickness, in.
0.062
0.002
0.010
0.125
0.002
0.018
0.188
0.003
0.025
0.250
0.003
0.032
0.313
0.003
0.040
0.375
0.003
0.049
Approximate
Wire
B&S gauge
29
24
18
17
16
14
112
Nom. Dia. (in)
0.062
Nom. Wall (in)
0.010
Type K/N (°F/°C) 1690/920
Type J (°F/°C)
825/440
Type E (°F/°C)
950/510
Type T (°F/°C)
500/260
0.125
0.018
1960/1070
970/520
1200/650
600/315
Nom. Conductor
Diameters, in.
2-wire 4-wire
0.0110.006
0.022 0.011
0.032 0.022
0.040 0.032
0.051 0.040
0.064 0.051
0.188
0.025
2100/1150 1150/620
1350/730
700/370
1650/899
2000/1093
2100/1149
1700/927
1600/871
1600/871
1200/649
2000/1093
2100/1149
2200/1204
3000/1649
3100/1704
Measuring Junctions
Tu-Pak® Suggested Upper Temperature Limits for Sheathed Thermocouples (per ASTM E608)
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ORNV
ONV†
ONV†
ON†
ON
Symbols describing atmospheres are O = oxidizing; R = reducing; N = neutral;
V = vacuum; † = Very sensitive to sulfur corrosion.
Tu-Pak® Dimensions and Wire Sizes
Sheath
Outside
Recommended Continuous
Operating Maximum
Atmosphere Temp., °F/°C
0.250
0.032
2100/1150
1330/720
1510/820
700/370
Back to Index
Grounded Junction - The sheath and
the thermocouple wires are welded
together, forming a completely closed
measuring junction. Recommended in
the presence of liquids, moisture, gas,
or high pressure. The thermocouple
is protected from the environment.
Response time approaches that of
an exposed junction.
The
thermocouple junction is insulated
from the welded measuring junction
closure. Recommended for applications where stray E.M.F.s could
affect the instrument reading and for
frequent/rapid temperature cycling.
Response time is slower than a
grounded junction.
Exposed Junction - The
thermocouple junction is not
protected by a welded closure.
Insulation is sealed against liquid
or gas penetration. Provides fastest
response time. Not recommended
for applications that are corrosive.
Tu-Pak® Industrial Head-Type Thermocouple Assemblies
T erminations and Length Specifications
(Custom Head Type Terminations also available on request)
Part No.
Style
1002
Hazardous Location Cast Aluminum Head
1003
Screw-Cover Thermoplastic Head
1004
Screw-Cover Cast Iron Head
2000
Screw-Cover Cast Aluminum Head
2002Screw-Cover Aluminum Head with 1/2” NPT
SS spring loaded oil and vapor seal
3000
300°F (149°C) max. Open Head
3002
1000°F (538°C) max. Open Head – Simplex only
4000
Screw Cover Mini-Head
4002
Bayonet Cover Mini Head
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
x 0 0 x
Length
Code
(Specify in inches)
T/C Calibration
T/C Form
Sheath Material
Sheath Diameter
Code
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T** = Triplex
Code
A04
A10
A16
F46
INC
Code
1*
2
3
4
5
6
J
K
T
E
N
S
R
B
= Iron-Constantan
= Chromel-Alumel
= Copper-Constantan
= Chromel-Constantan
= Nicrosil-Nisil
= Pt 10% Rh-Pt
= Pt 13% Rh-Pt
= Pt 30% Rh-Pt 6% RH
**Available on
1002, 1003,
1004 and
2000 only.
= 304SS
= 310SS
= 316SS
= 446SS
= Inconel
= .062”
= .125”
= .187”
= .250”
= .312”
= .375”
*Can not be supplied in duplex or triplex ungrounded.
Measuring
Junction
Optional Comp.
Fitting - NPT
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
E = Exposed
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
*7SL
*7S
0
= Brass - 1/8
= Brass - 1/4
= SS - 1/8
= SS - 1/4
= SS Adj. - 1/8
= SS Adj. - 1/4
= 1/2 x 1/2 SS Sp. Ld.
= 1/2 x 1/2 SS
= None
*Available on 1002, 1003, 1004, and
2000 only.
Back to Index
113
Tu-Pak® Quick Disconnect Thermocouple Assemblies
Standard Terminations & Length Specifications
(Custom terminations also available on request)
Part No.
Style
5000
350°F (177°C) Max Standard Connector
5001
500°F (260°C) Max Standard Connector
5002
1000°F (538°C) Max Standard Connector
5003
350°F (177°C) Max Miniature Connector*
Temperatures are exposure ratings for connectors only.
s
Teflon® coating available upon request. s
Ordering Information
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Sheath Diameter
Limits of Error
Code
P = Premium
H = High (>2200° F)***
T
= Standard
Code
1****
2
3
4
5
6
T/C Form
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
Female Jack
= .062”
= .125”
= .187”
= .250”
= .312”
= .375”
Length
Code
(Specify in inches)
Code
O = None
F** = Standard
FM*= Miniature
C = Ceramic
5 0 0 x
T/C Calibration
Sheath Material
Code
Code*****
A04 = 304SS
A10 = 310SS
A16 = 316SS
F46
= 446SS
INC = Inconel
J
K
T
E
N
S
R
B
= Iron-Constantan
= Chromel-Alumel
= Copper-Constantan
= Chromel-Constantan
= Nicrosil-Nisil
= Pt 10% Rh-Pt
= Pt 13% Rh-Pt
= Pt 30% Rh-Pt 6% RH
Measuring
Junction
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
E
= Exposed
*Available in sizes 1/16˝ to 3/16” only.
**Not available with 5003.
***Available in selected wires/materials only.
****Can not be supplied in duplex or triplex ungrounded.
***** Other materials available upon request.
114
Back to Index
Male Plug
Optional Comp. Fitting
Code
O = None
H** = Std. Hollow
S** = Std. Solid
M* = Miniature
C = Ceramic
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
= None
= Brass - 1/8
= Brass - 1/4
= SS - 1/8
= SS - 1/4
= SS Adj. - 1/8
= SS Adj. - 1/4
Tu-Pak® Lead Wire-Type Thermocouple Assemblies
Standard Terminations & Length Specifications
(Custom terminations also available on request)
Part No.
2005
Style/Description
2005
1/2˝ NPT x 1/2˝ NPT SS Fitting
20061/2˝ NPT x 1/2˝ NPT Spring Loaded
Stainless Steel Fitting
6000
Transition Ftg. with Strain Relief Spring
6001
Transition Ftg. w/o Strain Relief Spring
6002*Transition to Polyurethane Coiled Cord.
Simplex only. Omit Tables VIII and IX. Not
available in S, R, or B calibration.
7000
Stripped 1˝ Leads
Noble metal elements are not recommended for use in base metal sheaths.
*Available on 6002 only. Expands to approximately 5´ per coiled foot.
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
Optional Comp. Fitting
Sheath Diameter
Limits of Error
T/C Form
Code
P = Premium
H = High (>2200° F)
T
= Standard
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T
= Triplex
Code
1*
2
3
4
5
6
= .062”
= .125”
= .187”
= .250”
= .312”
= .375”
Code
Lead Length
Length
Code
(Specify in inches)
Code
B = If lead length is
longer than 12”, enter
length over 12”
1
2
3
4
5
6
0
= Brass - 1/8
= Brass - 1/4
= SS - 1/8
= SS - 1/4
= SS Adj. - 1/8
= SS Adj. - 1/4
= None
x 0 0 x
Lead Wire Insulation
T/C Calibration
Sheath Material
Code
Code
A04
A10
A16
F46
INC
J
K
T
E
N
S
R
B
= Iron-Constantan
= Chromel-Alumel
= Copper-Constantan
= Chromel-Constantan
= Nicrosil-Nisil
= Pt 10% Rh-Pt
= Pt 13% Rh-Pt
= Pt 30% Rh-Pt 6% RH
= 304SS
= 310SS
= 316SS
= 446SS
= Inconel
*Can not be supplied in duplex or triplex ungrounded.
Measuring
Junction
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
E = Exposed
Code
GG = Fiberglass
GS = FIberglass/
SS Overbraid
PP = Polyvinyl
PS = Polyvinyl/SS Overbraid
TT = Teflon® - solid
TS = Teflon/SS Overbraid
CC1* = 1’ Coiled Cord
CC2* = 2’ Coiled Cord
CC3* = 3’ Coiled Cord
CC5* = 5’ Coiled Cord
SG = Stranded Glass
ST = Stranded Teflon
GSS = Stranded, with SS Overbraid
000 = 1˝ Leads (7000 only)
Back to Index
Extension Cover
Connectors
Code
Code
0 = None
P = Std. Plug
(350° F max.)
J = Std. Jack
(350°F max.)
MP = Miniature Plug
(350° F max)
MJ = Miniature Jack
(350°F max.)
0 = None
Flex SS = Flex
Armor
115
Ceramic-Type Protection Tube Assemblies
Ceramic protection tube assemblies are offered in a
wide variety of aluminum connection heads and
mounting options. Specifications and part numbers
are detailed in the tables below to permit excellent
flexibility in selecting the exact design required.
Assemblies are shipped pre-tested and ready to install.
Straight – Ceramic Protection Tube Assemblies
9076
Screw Cover Cast Aluminum Head
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Ordering Information
9
0 7 6
T/C Calibration
Gauge Size
T/C Form
Tube Length
Tube O.D.
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper
Constantan
N = Nicrosil Nisil
Code
8 = 8
14 = 14
20 = 20
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
(Specify in
inches)
Code
6* = 3/8”
11 = 11/16”
14 = 7/8”
15 = 15/16”
Protection Tube Material
Code
M = Mullite
A = 99.6% Alumina
L = Metal - Ceramic
(7/8” O.D. Only)
*Maximum wire size is 20 gauge.
**Minimum pipe extension length is 4 inches.
116
Adjustable Flange
(optional)
Adjustable Packing Gland
(optional)
Back to Index
Mounting Options
Choose One Only
Code
FL
= Adjustable Carbon
Steel Flange
AG
= Adjustable Carbon
Steel Packing Gland
PE
= Pipe Extension
PE-FL = Pipe Extension and
Adjustable Carbon
Steel Flange
PE-AG**= Pipe Extension and
Adjustable Carbon
Steel Gland
O
= None
Special Options
** = Insertion
Length
Industrial Process/Pressure Vessel Thermocouples
Part No.
22
21
Screw cover and aluminum head with
nipple-union and element
20
Athena Control’s Industrial Process/Pressure Vessel
thermocouples are suitable for many applications. This
style is most frequently applied in Power Generating
Stations, Chemical Process Plants, Petrochemical
Process Plants, and Petroleum Refining Plants.
Style
crew cover and aluminum head with
S
nipple and element
The ordering specifications and style offerings
provide a most flexible method to describe the exact
design required.
crew cover and aluminum head with
S
nipple-union-nipple and element
The thermocouples consist of four basic components:
1. Connection Head - Screw cover cast aluminum
head with terminal block.
2. Thermocouple Element - A spring-loaded
MgO insulated metal sheathed element.
Standard sheath material is 304SS - maximum
compression is 1/2 inch.
3. Mounting Fittings - Carbon steel nipples
- Female 150 lb steel unions
- Nominal thread engagement
is 1/2 inch
4. Drilled Thermowell - Standard and heavy
duty type
Other materials and head assemblies are available
upon request.
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
2 x
“N” Length
Nipple Size
Calibration
Form
Element
(Specify in inches,
minimum 3 inches)
Code
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
N = Nicrosil Nisil
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T = Triplex
Code
3S = Spring - Loaded
3/16” Sheath
4S = Spring - Loaded
1/4” Sheath
6S = Spring - Loaded
3/8” Sheath
4IS = Spring - Loaded
1/4” Inconel
2 = 1/2” Pipe
3 = 3/4” Pipe
Back to Index
Measuring
Junction
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
“A” Length
(uncompressed)
(Specify in
inches)
Well Number
Code
0 = None
W = See pg 104 thru 108 for thermowell ordering info.
117
Industrial Process/Pressure Vessel Thermocouples
Replacement Element for 20/21/22
Series Assemblies
Tu-Pak® Spring-Loaded Type
(Element* Options 3S, 4S, 4IS, 6S)
*Refer to page 88 for element specifications.
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
2 4 0 0
118
T/C Calibration
Form
Sheath Material
Sheath Diameter
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
N = Nicrosil Nisil
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T = Triplex
Code
A04 = 304SS
A16 = 316SS
INC = Inconel
Code
3
= .187”
4
= .250”
6
= .375”
Back to Index
Measuring
Junction
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Length
Optional Comp. Fitting - NPT
(Specify
in inches)
Code
0 = None
Bearing Metal Thermocouples
The sensors offered below are time-proven devices
for measuring bearing temperatures on large rotating
equipment found in generating stations. Their
construction and materials meet rigid specifications and
quality requirements of original equipment manufacturers.
Part No.
Style
6010
3/16˝ diameter sensor, spring loaded with
twisted and shielded lead wire for simplex
or duplex bearing metal thermocouple
requirements
6011
1/4˝ diameter sensor, spring loaded with
twisted and shielded lead wire for triplex
bearing metal thermocouple requirements
6012
3/16˝ diameter sensor, spring loaded with
rip-cord style lead wire for simplex or duplex
thrust bearing thermocouple requirements
(deep mount)
6013
3/16˝ diameter sensor, spring loaded with
rip-cord style lead wire for simplex or duplex
thrust bearing thermocouple requirements
(shallow mount)
Ordering Information
6 0 1 x
Calibration
Form
Junction
“A” Length
“B” Length
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
Code
S = Simplex
(2-wire)
D = Duplex
(4-wire)
T = Triplex (6011 only)
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
Code
034 = 0.34
056 = 0.56
081 = 0.81
100 = 1.00
131 = 1.31
(Specify lead
wire length
in inches)
Back to Index
119
Straight-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies
Straight Assemblies with Options
These metal protection tube assemblies are offered in
a wide variety of aluminum connection heads and
mounting options. Specifications and part numbers
are detailed in the tables below, permitting the greatest
flexibility in selecting the exact design required.
Assemblies are shipped pre-tested and ready to install.
Straight-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies
Part No.
Style
9035
Schedule 40 pipe with weatherproof Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Connection Head
9037
Schedule 80 pipe with weatherproof Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Connection Head
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Ordering Information
9 0
3 x
T/C Calibration
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
N = Nicrosil Nisil
Gauge
Size
8 = 8
14 = 14
20 = 20
T/C Form
Tube Length
Pipe Size O.D.
Mounting Options
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
(Specify in
inches)
Code
9 = 1/4” (.540”)
11 = 3/8” (.675”)
13 = 1/2” (.840”)
17 = 3/4” (1.05”)
21 = 1” (1.32”)
CodeLength
WBCS - Specify = **Carbon Steel
Welded Bushing
WBSS - Specify = **Stainless Steel
Welded Bushing
FL
- — = Adjustable Carbon
Steel Flange
AG - — = Adjustable Carbon
Packing Gland
(For 1/2” x 3/4”
Pipe Only)
O
- — = None
Note: Duplex
available in
14 & 20
gauge only
Protection Tube
Material*
Code
CS = Carbon Steel
F46 = 446 Stainless Steel
INC = Inconel 600
A04 = 304 Stainless Steel
A10 = 310 Stainless Steel
A16 = 316 Stainless Steel
A35 = 35 NI - 19CR
NI = Nickel
WI = Black Iron
*See page 93 for protection tube specifications.
**Mounting thread standard is next larger pipe size thread.
120
Back to Index
Insertion
Length
(if using
mounting
option)
(Specify in
inches)
Angled-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies
Angled-Metal Protection Tube Assemblies
Part No.
Style
9030
Schedule 40 H.L. pipe with Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Head
9032
Schedule 80 H.L. pipe with Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Head
9033
Schedule 80 H.L. pipe with Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Head
9130
Silicone carbide H.L. with Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Head
9131
Silicone carbide H.L. with Screw
Cover Cast Aluminum Head
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
9 x
3 x
T/C Calibration
Gauge Size
T/C Form
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
N = Nicrosil Nisil
Code
8 = 8
14 = 14
20 = 20
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex*
Cold Leg
Length
Hot Leg
Pipe Size
Hot Leg
Length
Hot Leg
Option
(Specify in
inches)
Code
13 = 1/2”
(.840”)
17 = 3/4”
(1.05”)
28 = 1 3/4”
(1.75”)
(Specify in
inches)
Code
FL = Adjustable
Flange
O = None
*Available in
14 and 20
gauge only
Note: only 9030,
9032 & 9033
Cold Leg Material
Code
CS = Carbon Steel
SS = 304 Stainless
Steel
Note: 1/2” is
standard pipe size
Back to Index
Hot Leg Material
Code
WI = Black Iron
A04 = 304 Stainless
Steel
F46 = 446 Stainless
Steel
INC = Inconel 600
SIC = Silicon
Carbide
121
Metal Protection Tubes
Metal protection tubes offer environmental and
mechanical protection for base metal thermocouples.
Care should be exercised in selection of material and
design in order to achieve optimum performance and
economy. Athena personnel can assist you in making the
best selection based on experience and the technical
data presented in this catalog. The specification selection
tables below offer a variety of standard mounting options.
Metal Protection Tubes
Metal Protection Tubes
Part No.
9026
9027
Style
Schedule 40 pipe
Schedule 80 pipe
Pipe Specifications
Nom
Outside
Wall Thickness, inches
Size
Diameter, in
Sch. 40
Sch. 80
1/8* 0.405 .068.095
1/4
0.540
.088
.119
3/8
0.675
.091
.126
1/2
0.840
.109
.147
3/4
1.050
.113
.154
1
1.315
.133
.179
1-1/4*
1.666
.140
.191
1-1/2*
1.900
.145
.200
2*
2.375
.154
.218
*Non-stock item. Available upon request.
Ordering Information
9 0 2 x
Tube Material
Tube Size
Tube Length
Mounting Options
Code
CS = Carbon Steel
F46 = 446 Stainless Steel
INC = Inconel 600
A04 = 304 Stainless Steel
A10 = 310 Stainless Steel
A16 = 316 Stainless Steel
NI = Nickel
WI = Black Iron
Code
9 = 1/4” (.540”)
11 = 3/8” (.675”)
13 = 1/2” (.840”)
17 = 3/4” (1.05”)
21 = 1” (1.32”)
(Specify in inches)
CodeLength
WBCS Specify
WBSS Specify
FL
—
AG
—
O
**Mounting thread standard is next larger pipe size thread.
122
Back to Index
= Carbon Steel bushing**
= Stainless Steel bushing**
= Adjustable Carbon Steel flange
= Adjustable Carbon Steel packing
gland (1/2” & 3/4” pipe only)
= None
Insertion Length
(if using mounting
option)
(Specify in inches)
Replacement Elements – Base Metal Type
A thermocouple element is the heart of all thermocouple
assemblies. Prudent selection of gauge size, length and
type of insulation is essential for optimum performance
and economy. Athena’s personnel can assist you in
making the best selection based on the experience and
the technical data present in this catalog.
Base Metal
Part No.
9010
9011
9012
9013
9014
Base Metal Elements
Replacement Elements
Style
Bare wire without insulators
3” oval insulators. Not available in duplex
3” round insulators
Ball & socket insulators
Flexible section for angle type
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
q
Upon Re
Ordering Information
9 0
1 x
T/C Calibration
Gauge Size
T/C Form
Length
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
T = Copper - Constantan
Code
8 = 8 ga
14 = 14 ga
20 = 20 ga
30 = 30 ga
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
(Specify in inches)
Back to Index
Cold Leg Length
(9014 only)
(Specify in inches)
123
Noble Metal Thermocouple Assemblies
Noble metal thermocouple assemblies are for
measurement of temperatures that range above that of
base-metal couples, (to 3200°F/1760°C), or for more
precise measurements at lower temperatures where the
additional cost is justified. These assemblies come in a
wide variety of ceramic primary protection tubes, and with
ceramic or metal secondary protection tubes.
Noble Metal Assemblies
Part No.
Style
9001
Noble Metal Assembly with Screw Cover Cast
Aluminum Cover
9002
Noble Metal Assembly with Open Terminal Head
9003
Noble Metal Assembly with Open Terminal Head
and 1” NPT Mounting Thread
9004
Noble Metal Assembly with Screw Cover Cast
Aluminum Head and Ceramic Primary Tube,
Inconel 1/2” I.P.S. Secondary Tube
9005
Noble Metal Assembly with Screw Cover Cast
Aluminum Cover with Primary and Secondary
Ceramic Tubes
9007
Noble Metal Assembly with Cast Iron Head
Welded Bushing
(optional)
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
q
Upon Re
Ordering Information
9 0 0 x
Limits of Error
Code
T = Standard
P = Premium
T/C Calibration
24 gauge (.020)
Code
B = Plat. 30%
Rh-Plat. 6% Rh
R = Plat. 13%
Rh-Plat.
S = Plat. 10%
Rh-Plat.
T/C Calibration
30 gauge (.010)
Code
B3
= Plat.
30%
Rh-Plat. 6% Rh
R3 = Plat. 13%
Rh-Plat.
S3 = Plat. 10%
Rh-Plat.
124
T/C Form
Tube Material
Tube Length
Mounting Options
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex**
Code
*A11
(Specify in
inches)
CodeLength
PE
- Specify = Pipe Extension
PE-FL - Specify = Pipe Extension
with Flange
VF** - — = Vented Fitting
O
- —
= N/A
WBCS - Specify = Carbon Steel
Welded Bushing
WBSS - Specify = Stainless Steel
Welded Bushing
TN
- — = 3/4” NPT Process = 99.6% Alumina
7/16” x 11/16”
*M11 = Mullite 7/16” x 11/16”
***A6 = 99.6% Alumina
1/4” x 3/8
***M6 = Mullite 1/4” x 3/8”
*Not available when ordering
**Not available when ordering and
***Not available when ordering
Back to Index
Connection
Pipe
Extension Length
(where applicable)
(Specify in inches)
Thermocouple Replacement Elements
Noble and Refractory Metal Elements
Noble Metal and Refractory Metal
Replacement Elements
Part No.
Style
9015
Bare wire without insulators
9016
Full length insulators
9017
Full length insulator & collar
9017F
Flexible noble metal
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Ordering Information
9 0
1 x
Limits of Error
T/C Calibration
Gauge Size
T/C Form
Insulator and Diameter
Length
Code
T = Standard
P = Premium
Code
B = Platinum 30% Rhodium - Platinum 6% Rhodium
R = Platinum 13% Rhodium - Platinum
S = Platinum 10% Rhodium - Platinum
W5 = T ungsten 5% Rhenium - Tungsten 26% Rhenium
(available in 24 gauge only)
Code
20 = 20 ga
22 = 22 ga
24 = 24 ga
30 = 30 ga
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T = Triplex2
Code
M3= Mullite 3/16” diameter
A3 = 99.6% Alumina 3/16” diameter
M2= Mullite 1/8” diameter
A2 = 99.6% Alumina 1/8” diameter
(Specify in inches)
Back to Index
125
Ceramic and Non-Metallic Protection Tubes
Ceramic protection tubes are hemispherically closed
on one end, and are offered in mullite, hi-purity
alumina, and high temperature materials. These tubes
are superior to metallic tubes at high temperatures
and provide a virtually gas-tight enclosure to protect
against harsh environments.
Ceramic and Non-Metallic Protection Tubes
Part No.
Style
9022Plain
9023
With collar
9024
With 2” brass ferrule (7/8” – 27, thread)
9025
With fitting – 3/4” NPT thread*
9125
With fitting – 1-1/4” NPT thread
9042
With 6” stainless steel pipe extension
9042C
With 6” carbon steel pipe extension
**
Metal-Ceramic – 7/8” O.D. – 3/4 NPT
9044 conduit connection
*Maximum tube size is 11/16” O.D.
**Omit selection from.
Ordering Information
9 0 x
126
x
Tube Material
Tube Size
Insertion Length
Code
M = Mullite
A = 99.6%
Alumina
Code
3 = 3/16” o.d.
4 = 1/4” o.d.
5 = 3/16” x 5/16”
6 = 1/4” x 3/8”
11 = 7/16” x 11/16”
14 = 5/8” x 7/8”
16 = 3/4” x 1”
20 = 1” x 1-1/4”
(Specify in inches)
Back to Index
Vacuum Furnace Thermocouples
Athena’s vacuum furnace thermocouples offer high
reliability and time-proven performance. Made of the
highest quality materials, some of these thermocouple
assemblies feature vacuum tight seals and threaded
process connections as standard features. Other
quality accessory products and factory replacement
parts are also listed to complete the temperature
measurement system. Other sheath materials are
available - consult factory.
Part No.
Style
5004
Quick connect plug with molybdenum sheath and
potted end seal
5005
Quick connect plug with molybdenum sheath and
vacuum gland end seal
5006 Same as 5005 with a vacuum type variable
immersion fitting
5007
Miniature lightweight head with molybdenum sheath
and vacuum gland end seal
5008Same as 5007 with a vacuum type variable
immersion fitting
5013 Work-survey chromel-alumel (Type “K”) T/C. High
temperature glass insulation, 20 gauge. Maximum
measuring temperature 2000°F (1093°C)
5014 Same as 5013 except ceramic fiber insulation.
Maximum measuring temperature 2300°F (1260°C)
5021
Quick connect plug with 1/4˝ OD high purity alumina
tube, Inconel sleeve and vacuum gland end seal
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Ordering Information
5 0 0 x
Limits of Error
T/C Calibration
T/C Form
Length
Code
T = Standard
P = Premium
Code
K = C
hromel - Alumel
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
B = Platinum
R = Platinum 13% Rhodium - Platinum
S = Platinum 10% Rhodium - Platinum
W5 = Tungsten 5% Rhenium - Tungsten
26% Rhenium (not available for
5004)
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
Code
(Specify in
Inches)
Back to Index
“A” Inconel
Sleeve
(5021)
Code
(Specify in
Inches)
Mounting Options
Tube O.D.
Code
1 = 1/4” NPT Adjustable
Mounting Fitting
0 = None
Code
2 = 1/8” outside
tube diameter
3 = 3/16” outside
tube diameter
4 = 1/4” outside
tube diameter
(5004 and 5021 only)
(5004 to 5008)
127
Vacuum Furnace Thermocouples
Part No.
Style
5009 R
ecrystallized alumina tube assembly
with Screw Cover Head and Vacuum Gland
Seal End
5018Recrystallized Alumina Tube Assembly with
Quick Connect Plug and Potted Seal End
5019Recrystallized Alumina Tube Assembly with
Quick Connect Plug and Vacuum Gland
Seal End
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
5 0 x x
128
T/C Calibration
T/C Form
Tube Length
Tube O.D.
Mounting Options
Code
K = C
hromel - Alumel
N = N
icrosil - Nisil
B = Platinum
R = Platinum 13% Rhodium - Platinum
S = Platinum 10% Rhodium - Platinum
W5 = T ungsten 5% Rhenium - Tungsten
26% Rhenium (Not available in
5018 assembly)
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
Code
(Specify in
Inches)
Code
2 = 1/8” outside
tube diameter
3F= 3/16” outside
tube diameter
4 = 1/4” outside
tube diameter
5 = 5/16” outside
tube diameter
6 = 3/8” outside
tube diameter
Code
0 = None
1 = Adjustable 1/2” NPT
Mounting Adapter
2 = Adjustable 1/4” NPT SS Compression
Fitting
Back to Index
Wire-Type Thermocouples
The Wire Type is a basic thermocouple which can be
used for a variety of applications. The Washer Type
can be easily mounted on any existing surface with
a screw or a bolt. The insulated Wire Type and the
Tube End Type are intended for general applications
which require a basic, yet durable thermocouple for
temperature measurement.
9108
Wire-Type Thermocouples
Part No.
Style
9108
Washer-Type Assembly
9109
Insulated Wire-Type Assembly
9110
Tube End-Type Assembly, 3/16” OD Tube
9114
Wire Type Flex Armor
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
9 1 x x
T/C Calibration
Wire Insulation
“A” Length*
“X” Washer**
“B” Length
Cold End Terminations
Measuring Junction
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
Code
GG = Glass
GGS= Glass with SS
TT = Teflon®
TTS = Teflon with SS
Code
Code
1 = # 6 (.145”)
2 = # 8 (.170”)
3 = # 10 (.195”)
4 = 1/4 (.260”)
Code
Code
S = Stripped Leads
P = Male Plug
(300°F/149°C max.)
MP= Mini Plug
(300°F/149°C max.)
J = Female Jack
(300°F/149°C max.)
MJ= Mini Jack
(300°F max.)
Code
G = Grounded (9108/9110)
U = Ungrounded (9108/9110)
E = Exposed (9108/9109)
(Specify in
Inches)
(for 9108)
“X” Diameter2
(for 9110)
*Omit on part numbers , and .
**Omit on part numbers .
Code
2 = 1/8”
3 = 3/16”
4 = 1/4”
Back to Index
(Specify in
Inches)
129
Bayonet-Style Thermocouples
Athena’s brand bayonet-style thermocouples are
available in a wide selection of types, terminations,
and accessories, including variable immersion to
assure versatility. All bayonet thermocouples are
shipped ready to install.
Part No.
Style
9100
Variable Immersion Bayonet Assembly
9101
Straight Bayonet Assembly
9102
45° Bend Bayonet Assembly
9103
90° Bend Bayonet Assembly
9104
Straight Immersion Bayonet Assembly
9105
45° Bend Immersion Bayonet Assembly
9106
90° Bend Immersion Bayonet Assembly
9107
Variable Immersion Bayonet Assembly with
Flex Armor
Immersion Type
Bayonet Type
Note: All tube diameters are 3/16” OD standard.
All Probes are grounded.
Terminations & Accessories
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
q
Upon Re
Ordering Information
9 1 0 x
130
T/C Calibration
“A” Length
“B” Length
Cold End Terminators
Bayonet Accessories
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
R = 100 ohm,
2-wire
RI= 100 ohm,
3-wire
Code
Code
Code
R = 1/2” NPT cable
connector with lugs
P = Male plug
(300°F max)
HP = Male plug
(1000°F max)
S = Stripped leads
J = Female jack
(300°F max.)
HJ = Female jack
(1000°F max.)
Code
1 = 7/8” Bayonet adapter
(nickel-plated brass)
2 = 1-1/2” Bayonet adapter
(nickel-plated brass)
3 = 2-1/2” Bayonet adapter
(nickel-plated brass)
4 = Brass (one time adjustable)
compression fitting
5 = Stainless steel
(one time adjustable)
compression fitting
6 = Stainless steel
(readjustable)
compression fitting
0 = Enter 0 if no accessories
are required
(Specify in
Inches)
(Specify in
Inches)
(Omit on 9100)
Back to Index
Melt-Bolt Thermocouples
Athena’s brand Melt-Bolt thermocouples are a reliable,
quality product manufactured for a variety of uses in
the plastics and packaging industries. Made of the
finest materials, they meet rigid quality control and
inspection standards. They feature easy installation
with fast response to provide accurate control. All
Melt-Bolt thermocouples are shipped ready to install.
Wire Type Thermocouples
Part No.
Style
9111
Melt-Bolt Thermocouple with Flex Armor
Extension and Male Plug
9112
Melt-Bolt Thermocouple with
Male Plug
Ordering Information
9 1 1 x
Calibration
Form
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
Measuring
Junction
“A” Length
Code
G = Grounded
U = Ungrounded
(Specify in
Inches)
Back to Index
Code
“X”
Length
“B” Length*
Code
3 = 3”
4 = 4”
6 = 6”
(Specify in Inches)
Code
Omit on 9112
131
Pharmaceutical Thermocouples
Athena’s pharmaceutical thermocouples are designed
especially for use in processing vaccines and other
medications where very accurate temperature
measurement is critical. Typical applications include
steam sterilizers, autoclaves, steam and liquid pipe
lines, tanks, etc. The units provide accurate temperature
signals, fast response and can be supplied with
calibration certificates for validation studies.
Part No.
Style
3201
Wire Harness Assembly
(multiple thermocouple bundle)
3202
1/8” diameter Stainless Steel Sheath Probe
3203
Replacement T/C Element for P/N 3202
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
Upon Req
Ordering Information
3 2 0 x
Calibration Type
Harness Code*
Wire Insulation
Wire Size
Wire Type & Grade
Length “L”
Code
E = Chromel Constantan
J = Iron Constantan
K = Chromel Alumel
T = Copper Constantan
Code
Indicate number
of T/C’s in harness
assembly
Code
1 = Taped Teflon®
Jacket
2 = Extruded
Teflon Jacket
3 = Kaplon Jacket
Code
20**= 20 Gauge
22 = 22 Gauge
24 = 24 Gauge
Code
1 = Premium grade
solid wire
2 = Standard grade
solid wire
3 = Premium grade
stranded wire
4 = Standard grade
stranded wire
Code
*Omit selection when ordering part numbers and .
**Not available in part numbers and .
132
Back to Index
(Specify in
inches)
Drilled Thermowells
Selection of Thermowells
Material
Velocity Ratings of Wells
Thermowell material chosen for an installation is
governed by corrosive conditions. Occasionally, the
material consideration is one of strength rather than a
corrosive condition. Consult the pressure-temperature
ratings given for each well type for proper selection.
Well failures in most cases are not due to the effect of
pressure and temperature. The calculations necessary
to provide adequate strength under given conditions are
familiar enough to permit proper choice of wall thickness
and material.
Insertion Length “U”
The distance from the end of the well to the underside
of the thread, or other connection means, (designated
as “U”) is the insertion length. For best accuracy, this
length should be long enough to permit the entire
temperature sensitive part of the thermocouple to
project into the temperature medium being measured.
Bore Size
The bore size of wells shown in this catalog cover the
most commonly used temperature sensing elements
as follows:
.260 Diameter Bore–Bi-metal Thermometers
(1/4˝ stem). Thermocouples (#20 gauge) or sheathed
type up to .250 inch diameter. Liquid-in-glass Test
Thermometers (unarmored). Other elements having .252
inch maximum diameter.
.385 Diameter Bore–Bi-metal Thermometers
(3/8˝ stem.) Thermocouples (#14 gauge) or sheathed
type up to .375 inch diameter. Liquid-in-glass Test
Thermometers (armored). Other elements having .377
inch maximum diameter.
Tapered or Straight Shank
Tapered shank wells provide greater stiffness for
the same sensitivity. The higher strength-to-weight
ratio gives these wells higher natural frequency than
equivalent length straight shank wells, thus permitting
operation at higher fluid velocity.
Less familiar, and more dangerous, are the vibrational
effects to which wells are subjected. Fluid flowing by
the well forms a turbulent wake (called the Von Karman
Trail) which has a definite frequency based on the
diameter of the well and the velocity of the fluid. It
is important that the well have sufficient stiffness so
that the wake frequency will never equal the natural
frequency of the well itself. If the natural frequency of the
well were to coincide with the wake frequency, the well
would vibrate to destruction and break off in the piping.
A recommended maximum velocity rating for typical
well lengths and materials is listed in the accompanying
tables. To reduce the complexity of presenting this
information, the ratings given are based on operating
temperatures of 1000°F for wells made of Carbon Steel
(C-1018), A.I.S.I. 304 & A.I.S.I. 316. Values for brass
wells are based on 350°F (177°C) operation. Limits for
Monel wells are based on 900°F (482°C) service. Slightly
higher velocity is possible at lower temperatures.
Where single values appear in the velocity tables,
they may be considered safe for water, steam, air
or gas. In the shorter insertion lengths, consideration is given to the velocity pressure effect of water
flowing at higher velocities. The values in parenthesis,
therefore, represent safe values for water flow while
the unbracketed value may be used for steam, air,
gas and similar density fluids. The values given are
conservative and intended as a guide. Wells are also
safe if the resonant frequency is well below the wake
frequency or if the fluid velocity is constantly fluctuating
through the critical velocity point. Nevertheless, if the
installation is not hampered by the use of a sufficiently
stiff well, the values given should not be exceeded.
Back to Index
133
Velocity, Temperature, and Pressure Data
Maximum Fluid Velocity in Feet per Second
Maximum Fluid Velocity in Feet per Second
Insertion Length “U”
Insertion Length “U”
Table No. Material
Brass
V1
21⁄2
41⁄2
71⁄2 101⁄2 131⁄2 161⁄2 191⁄2 221⁄2
207 75.5 27.313.9 8.4 5.6 4.13.0
(59.3)(32.2)(19.7)
Carbon Steel 290 105 38.219.4 11.87.8 5.74.2
(106)(59)(36.3)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 300 109 39.520.1 12.28.1 5.94.4
(148)(82.2)
261 95 34.417.5 10.57.1 5.23.8
Monel®
(118)(65.5)
207 89.1 32.216.4 9.9 6.6 4.83.6
Brass
V2
(59.3)(39.8)(23.9)
Carbon Steel 290 123 44.922.8 13.89.3 6.74.9
(106)(71.2)(42.7)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 300 128 46.423.6 14.39.6 6.95.1
(148)(99.3)
261 112 40.620.7 12.48.3 6.14.5
Monel
(118)(79.8)
207 102 37.018.8 11.47.6 5.54.1
Brass
V3
(59.3)(47.6) (28)
Carbon Steel 290 143 51.626.2 15.910.67.65.7
(106)(84.3)(50.6)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 300 148 53.527.2 16.511.07.95.9
(148)(117)
261 128 46.723.7 14.49.5 6.95.1
Monel
(118)(93.3)
305 93.8 33.917.1 10.57.0 5.03.7
Brass
V4
(97.5)(54.1)
Carbon Steel 386 180 65.333.0 20.113.49.67.1
(175)(97.2)(58.3)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 440 197 71.236.0 22.014.70.57.8
(243)(135)
354 155 56.128.4 17.311.67.55.6
Monel
(195)(108)
354 108 39.419.8 12.28.1 5.84.3
Brass
V5
(161)(89.5)
Carbon Steel 448 209 75.7 38.4 23.315.511.18.2
(289)(161)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 490 228 82.5 41.8 25.517.112.29.1
(403)(225)
410 179 65.133.0 20.113.58.76.5
Monel
(322)(178)
321 129 46.823.6 14.59.6 6.95.1
Brass
V6
(150)(83.5)
Carbon Steel 410 249 90.3 45.6 27.818.513.29.8
(270)(150)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 483 272 97.3 49.7 30.4 20.3 14.510.7
(350)(208)
396 214 77.5 39.2 23.816.010.37.7
Monel
(300)(167)
290 150 54.127.6 16.711.18.06.0
Brass
V7
(145)(80) (48)
Carbon Steel 326 192 69.5 35.4 20.514.310.37.7
(260)(144)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316 349 199 71.9 36.6 21.214.810.78.0
(360)
316 189 68.1 34.8 20.814.010.07.5
Monel
(320)(178)
134
Table No. Material
2
4
7
10
13
404
184
67.0
34.0
20.6
Carbon Steel
(129)(71.2)(42.7)
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316430 192 69.7 35.4 21.5
V8
(179)(99.3)(59.6)
350 168 61 31.0 18.8
Monel
(143)(79.8)(47.7)
Carbon Steel 410 248 91.3 45.7 27.6
(152)(84.3)(50.6)
444
258 95.2 47.6 28.8
A.I.S.I. 304 & 316
(211) (117)(70.3)
V9
338 226 83.3 41.6 25.2
Monel
(168)(93.3)(56.0)
16
22
13.77.4
14.3 7.7
12.56.7
18.510.0
19.310.4
16.99.1
Pressure – Temperature Rating Lbs. per Sq. Inch
Temperature °F/°C
Table No. Material
70°/22° 200°/94°400°/205° 600°/316 800°/427° 1000°/538° 1200°/649°
Brass
Carbon Steel 5200 5000
T1
50004200 1000 —
4800
—
—
4600
3500
1500
—
—
A.I.S.I. 304
7000 6200
5600
5400
5200
4500
1650
A.I.S.I. 316
7000 7000
6400
6200
6100
5100
2500
Monel
65006000 5400 5300 5200 1500
Brass
53004750 1100 —
Carbon Steel 5950 5750
5450
5250
4000
1750
—
T2
A.I.S.I. 304
7800 7050
6400
6150
6000
5190
1875
A.I.S.I. 316
7800 7800
7250
7100
6950 58002720
Monel
74506850 6150 6100 5940 1750
Back to Index
—
—
—
—
—
Drilled Thermowells
260 Series Thermowells
380 Series Thermowells
Back to Index
135
Drilled Thermowells
Flanged Thermowells
136
Van Stone Thermowells
Back to Index
Drilled Thermowells
Part No.
261S
262S
263S
261SL
262SL
263SL
261R
262R
263R
261RL
262RL
263RL
262H
263H
Applicable Tables
Style
Temperature Velocity
1/2˝ NPT Process Thread T1
V1
3/4˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V2
1˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V3
1/2˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag T1V1
3/4˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V2
1˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V3
1/2˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V1
3/4˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V2
1˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V3
1/2˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V1
3/4˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V2
1˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V3
3/4˝ NPT Process ThreadT2 V4
1˝ NPT Process ThreadT2 V5
Part No.
262HL
263HL
382S
383S
382SL
383SL
382H
383H
382HL
383HL
260F
385F
260V
385V
Applicable Tables
Style
Temperature Velocity
3/4˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T2V4
1˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T2
V5
3/4˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V7
1˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V7
3/4˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V7
1˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V7
3/4˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V6
1˝ NPT Process ThreadT1 V6
3/4˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V6
1˝ NPT Process Thread
with Lag
T1V6
.260 Bore with FlangeT3V8
.385 Bore with FlangeT3V9
.260 Bore, Van Stone TypeT3
V8
.385 Bore, Van Stone TypeT3
V9
Ordering Information
Thermowell:
x x
x x x
Flanged
Thermowell:
x x
x x
“U” Length in inches*
Material
Code
A = 304 Stainless Steel
B = 309 Stainless Steel
C = 310 Stainless Steel
D = 316 Stainless Steel
E = 321 Stainless Steel
F = 347 Stainless Steel
G = 410 Stainless Steel
H = 446 Stainless Steel
J = Aluminum
K = Carbon Steel (C1018)
L = 304 ELC (Low Carbon)
M= 316 ELC (Low Carbon)
N = Brass
P = Monel (R)
R = Inconel 600
S = Hastelloy B
T = Hastelloy C
V = Carpenter 20
W= Titanium
“T” Length in inches**
(where applicable)
Flange style***
(where
applicable)
Flange style***
(where
applicable)
Flange style***
(where
applicable)
Flange material
(where applicable)
See material table.
* Refer to pages 106 & 107.
** Refer to page 106.
*** Refer to page 107.
Back to Index
137
Red
Resistance Temperature Detectors (RTDs)
White
Red
Lead Wire Configurations
White
White
Red
White
White
White
2-Wire RTD
Red
3-Wire RTD Compensated
White
Provides one connection to each end of the sensor.
White
This configuration is suitable when the resistance
of
the lead wire can be considered an additive
constant
Red
in the circuit and when changes in leadWhite
resistance,
due to ambient temperature changes may be ignored.
This is the most commonly used configuration. It
provides one connection to one end ofRed
the sensor
and two to the other end. When connected to an
instrument designed to accept a three Red
wire input,
compensation is achieved for lead resistance and
temperature change in lead resistance.
Red
Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
Red
White
4-Wire RTD Connected
White
Provides connections to each end of the sensor.
Used for measurements requiring highest
precision.
White
138
Back to Index
RTDs (Connector-Type)
RTD Assemblies
Part No.
Style
R500
350°F (177°C) max. Standard Male Connector
R501
350°F (177°C) max. Standard Female Connector
R502
1000°F (538°C) max. Standard Male Connector
R503
1000°F (538°C) max. Standard
Female Connector
R504350°F (177°C) max. Miniature Male Connector,
available in 1/8 and 3/16 sheath diameter only
R505350°F (177° C) max. Miniature Female
Connector, available in 1/8 and 3/16 sheath
diameter only
s
Teflon® coating available upon request. s
Ordering Information
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
R 5 0 x
Length
Element
Code
Code
10 = 100 ohms
21 = 2 x 100 ohms
20 = 200 ohms
50 = 500 ohms
1000 = 1000 ohms
(Specify in
Inches)
Leads/
Resistor
Code
2=2
3=3
Other elements available;
consult factory
Back to Index
Temperature
Code
5 = 500°F (260° C)
9 = 900°F
(482° C)
12= 1200°F
(649° C)
Sheath
Diameter
Code
2 = 1/8 OD
3 = 3/16 OD
4 = 1/4 OD
Optional Ftg.
Code
1 = 1/8” Brass)
2 = 1/4” Brass)
3 = 1/8” SS
4 = 1/4” SS
5 = 1/8” SS adj.
6 = 1/4” SS adj.
0 = None
139
RTDs (Head Type)
RTD Assemblies
Part No.
Style
R102 Hazardous Location Cast Aluminum Head
R103 Screw Cover Thermoplastic Head
R104 Screw Cover Cast Iron Head
R200 Screw Cover Cast Aluminum Head
R202Screw Cover Cast Aluminum Head with 1/2” NPT
SS spring loaded oil and vapor seal
R204Screw Cover Cast Aluminum Head with 1/2” NPT
nipple spring loaded
R205Screw Cover Cast Aluminum Head with 1/2” NPT
nipples and union, spring loaded
R300 300°F (149°C) max. Open Head (4 wires max.)
R400 Bayonet Cover Mini-Head (4 wires max.)
R104
R400
s
Teflon® coating available upon request. s
Ordering Information
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
R x 0 x
Length
“N” Length
Element
Code
Code
Specify in Inches.
Enter “N”
dimension in Part
Numbers R204 and
R205 only.
Code
10 = 100 ohms
21 = 2 x 100 ohms
20 = 200 ohms
50 = 500 ohms
1000 =1000 ohms
(Specify in
Inches)
Leads/
Resistor
Code
2=2
3=3
4=4
Other elements available;
consult factory
*Only available on R100, R102, R103, R104 and R200 in 1/4” and 3/16” diameter.
140
Back to Index
Temperature
Code
5 = 500°F
(260°C)
9 = 900°F
(482°C)
12= 1200°F
(649°C)
Sheath
Diameter
Code
2 = 1/8 OD
3 = 3/16 OD
4 = 1/4 OD
Optional Ftg.
Code
1
2
3
4
5
6
7C*
7S*
7SL*
0
= 1/8” Brass
= 1/4” Brass
= 1/8” SS
= 1/4” SS
= 1/8” SS adj.
= 1/4” SS adj.
= 1/2 x 1/2 CS
= 1/2 x 1/2 SS
= 1/2 x 1/2 SS
Spring loaded
= None
RTDs (Lead Wire Type)
RTD Assemblies
Part No.
Style
R000
Tube Assembly with lead wires
R600Transition to lead wires with strain relief spring
R601Transition to lead wires w/o strain relief spring
R602Transition to polyurethane coiled cord (3 wire
only) Omit “B” length and extension cover blocks
R603
1/2” NPT x 1/2” NPT stainless steel ftg.
with lead wires
R604
1/2” NPT x 1/2” NPT spring loaded SS ftg. with
lead wires (1/4 & 3/16 dia. only)
R603
R604
s
Teflon® coating available upon request. s
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
es
u
q
Upon Re
Ordering Information
R 6 0 x
Length
Element
Temperature
Lead Wire
Extension Cover
Code
Code
10 = 100 ohms
21 = 2 x 100 ohms
20 = 200 ohms
50 = 5 00 ohms
1000 =1000 ohms
Code
5 = 500°F
(260°C)
9 = 900°F
(482°C)
12= 1200°F
(649°C)
Code
GG = Fiberglass
TT = Teflon®
CC1* = 1’ Coiled cord
CC3* = 3’ Coiled cord
CC8* = 8’ Coiled cord
Code
O
= None
F
=S
S Flex
Armor
(Available on
R601, R603, R604,
and R700 only.)
(Specify in
Inches)
Other elements available;
consult factory
Leads/
Resistor
Code
2=2
3=3
4=4
Sheath
Diameter
Code
2 = 1/8 OD
3 = 3/16 OD
4 = 1/4 OD
*Available on R602 only (Expands to approximately 5’ per coiled foot).
Back to Index
Cold End Terminations
Code
O = None
P = Std. Plug
(350°F max.)
J = Std. Jack
(350°F max.)
MP= Mini Plug
(350°F max.)
MJ= Mini Jack
(350°F max.)
“B” Length
Code
If lead length is
longer than 12”,
enter length over 12”
Optional Ftg.
Code
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
= None
= 1/8” Brass
= 1/4” Brass
= 1/8” SS
= 1/4” SS
= 1/8” SS adj.
= 1/4” SS adj.
141
Connection Heads
2100 heavy-duty cast aluminum screw cover 1.4 lbs.
2 1 0 0
4100 Lightweight, “O” ring sealed, single or dual
circuit. 0.3 lbs.
4 1 0 0
Terminal
Block
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
T = Triplex
O = None
Tube Thread Size
Terminal Block
Code
9 = 1/4” NPT thread
13 = 1/2” NPT thread
17 = 3/4” NPT thread
21 = 1” NPT thread
Code
I = 7/8” - 27”
Internal
E = 1” NPT
thread
3100Molded single or dual circuit open terminal
(400°F max.). 0.2 lbs
3101Ceramic single circuit open terminal (1000°F
max.). Duplex is not available 0.2 lbs.
3 1 0 x
Terminal
Block
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
142
Tube Thread Size
Code
1 = 1/16” diameter
2 = 1/8” diameter
3 = 3/16” diameter
4 = 1/4” diameter
Back to Index
Connection Heads
1104 Cast iron head. 2.6 lbs.
1 1 0 4
4101 4 1
Terminal Block
Tube Thread Size
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
0 = None
Code
13 = 1/2” NPT
thread
17 = 3/4” NPT
thread
Screw cover mini-head. 0.3 lbs.
0 1
Terminal Block
Tube Thread Size
Code
S = Simplex
D = Duplex
0 = None
Code
2 = 1/8” NPT thread
4 = 1/4” NPT thread
Back to Index
143
Terminal Blocks
Part No.
Style
100B Single-circuit
101B Multi-circuit
104B Multi-circuit
Description
Floating brass terminals in pressed ceramic materials, suitable for use in 2100 and 1100 heads. Accepts up to 8 gauge wire. No specification selection is required
Rigid, plated brass terminals, pressed ceramic material, accepts up to 14 gauge wire, suitable for spring loading and use in 2100 heads for T/C or RTD
Rigid brass terminals in pressed ceramic material for use in 2100 and 1100 heads. Accepts up to 14 gauge wire
Ordering Information
1 0 x B
Calibration Type
Code
S = Single circuit
D = Double circuit
T = Triple circuit
144
Back to Index
Vacuum Sealing Fittings
Features
1 7/8”
s Stainless Steel Material
s Reusable Sealing Insert for Tubing or Bare Wire
s Temperature Range from -40°F to +200°F
3/4” Hex.
5027
s 3 Optional End Terminators
2 1/2”
Part No. Style
50271/4˝ NPT thread one end. For open lead
wire extension
50281/4˝ NPT thread two end. For connection
head mounting
1/4” NPT
50291/4˝ NPT one end. 1/4˝ diameter tube
extension other end. For polarized
connector compression type mounting
BCM
Brass Compression*
BCT
Brass Compression Readjustable*
SSM
Stainless Steel Compression*
SST
Stainless Steel Compression Readjustable*
1/4” NPT
5028
2 1/2”
5029
1/4” NPT
*To order specify Part No., thread size and tube size.
BCM
SSM
BCT
SST
1/4” NPT
Ordering Information
x x x x
Conductor or
Tube
Code
2 = 2 Conductor
4 = 4 Conductor
T = Tube
Back to Index
Wire or
Tube
Diameter
Code
24= .020
20= .032
2 = .125
3 = .188
4 = .250
145
Convenience Connectors, Standard Size
Part No.
7001
7002
7003
7004
7005
7006
7007
7008
7009
7010
7011
Style
Male convenience connector with protected terminal connections, solid pins.
Male convenience connector with protected terminal connections, hollow pins.
Female convenience connector with protected terminal connections.
Male convenience connector with protected terminals and ground wire pin.
Female convenience connector with protected terminals and ground wire socket.
Female circular convenience connector with protected terminals for panel mounting in 1 1/8˝ diameter knockout.
Female convenience connector with protected terminals for panel mounting in 1˝ x 9/16˝ knockout.
Male convenience connector with external access terminals and solid pins.
Female convenience connector with external access terminals.
Female convenience connector with external access terminals for panel mounting in 1˝ x 9/16” knockout.
Female convenience connector with protected terminals and ground socket panel mounting in 1-1/2˝ x 9/16˝ knockout.
7005
7006
7007 7010
7001 7002 7008
7013
7011
7012
7017
7016
Standard Size Accessories
Part No.
7012
7013
7016
7017
Style
Compression type tube adapter.
Crimping type tube adapter.
Insulated-wire clamp.
Weatherproof rubber boot (pair).
Ordering Information
7 0 x x
T/C Calibration
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
T = Copper - Constantan
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
S = Plat. 10% Rh. - Plat.
R = Plat. 13% Rh. - Plat.
B = Plat. 30% Rh. - Plat. 6%
W= Tungsten - Tungsten Re.
U = Uncompensated
146
Body Color
Purple
Black
Yellow
Blue
Orange
Green
Green
White
White
White
Maximum
Temperature
Code
3 = 350°F
(177°C)
5 = 550°F
(288°C)
10 = 1000°F
(538°C)
Back to Index
Tube Size
T/C Circuits
Code
0 = .040” tube diameter
1 = .063” tube diameter
2 = .125” tube diameter
3 = .188” tube diameter
4 = .250” tube diameter
5 = .312” tube diameter
Code
S= Simplex (1 Pair)
D= Duplex (2 Pair)
Convenience Connectors, Miniature Size
Miniature Size Connectors
Part No. Style
7020
7021
7022
7023
7024
7025
7026
7027
Male convenience connector.
Female convenience connector.
Male convenience connector with
ground pin.
Female convenience connector with
ground socket.
Female circular convenience connector panel mounting in 7/8” diameter knockout.
Female circular convenience connector panel mounting in 1-1/16” diameter knockout,
with ground socket.
Female convenience connector panel mounting in 5/8” x 3/8” knockout.
Female convenience connector panel mounting in 1” x 3/8” knockout with
ground socket.
Miniature Size Accessories
Part No.
7028
7030
7031
Style
Adapter type insert.
Insulated-wire clamp.
Neoprene grommet.
7021
7022
7026
7023
7024
7028
7030
Ordering Information
7 0 x x
T/C Calibration
Tube Size
(for 7028 and 7029 only)
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
T = Copper - Constantan
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
P = Plat. 10% Rh. - Plat
P = Plat. 13% Rh. - Plat
B = Plat. 30% Rh. - Plat
W= Tungsten - Tungsten Re.
U = Uncompensated
Code
0 = .040” tube diameter
1 = .063” tube diameter
2 = .125” tube diameter
3 = .187” tube diameter
Back to Index
147
Convenience Connectors, Strip Panels and Terminal Blocks
Strip panels can be wired and installed completely from the front.
A self-contained fastening device is permanently attached which
simplifies mounting and holds tight. Alloys of inserts match ANSI
thermocouple grade calibrations to maintain sensing accuracy.
Alloy and circuit numbers are marked on face of strip panel with
corresponding circuit numbers and polarity identification on the
back. Collet type spring loaded inserts have low mass, eliminate
temperature gradients and spurious E.M.F. Negative inserts are
larger than positives to avoid polarity mix-ups. Large head brass
terminal screws facilitate tight connections without deforming
or stressing the finest wire. Molded of high impact and shock
resistant compound.
Strip Panel & Terminal Block Connectors
Part No.
7032
7033
7034
Style
Polarized strip panel, maximum temperature 300°F (149°C), two to twelve circuits.
Polarized strip panel, maximum temperature 1000°F (538°C), two to twelve circuits.
Barrier type terminal strip, two to ten c
ircuits.
Strip Panel Mounting Cutout Dimensions
1-1/4
C
Ordering Information
7 0
3 x
To complete order number see example below
T/C Calibration*
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
T = Copper - Constantan
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
P = Plat. 10% Rh. - Plat
P = Plat. 13% Rh. - Plat
B = Plat. 30% Rh. - Plat
W= Tungsten - Tungsten Re.
U = Uncompensated
*See ordering example below
Dimensions Number of Circuits
2 345 6789
10
11
12
148
“A”
“B”
1 1/2”
1 5/16”
2 1/4”
2 1/16”
3”
2 13/16”
3 3/4”
3 9/16”
4 1/2”
4 5/16”
5 1/4”
5 1/16”
6”
5 13/16”
6 3/4”
6 9/16”
7 1/2”
7 5/16”
8 1/4”
8 1/16”
To order 7032 or 7033:
1. Give part number.
2. Specify number of circuits.
3. Name calibration code (specify each circuit if mixed). Table 1
4. Indicate vertical mounting position if other than horizontal as illustrated.
5. Specify number sequence if other than series beginning with 1.
To order 7034:
1. Give part number.
2. Specify number of circuits.
3. Name calibration code (specify each circuit if mixed). Table 1
Example: 7032 - 12 - 6K - 6J - HOR - 1 to 12
Example: 7034 - 10 - E
Back to Index
9”
8 13/16”
Convenience Connectors, Strip Panels with Mounting Frame
An assembly of strip panel modules can be combined
to accommodate any number of connections. A
one-piece mounting frame made of 3/32” thick rigid
steel, with dull black finish, holds strip panel modules
(shown on previous page).
Part No.
7035
Strip Panel Frame Detail for
Mounting Holes in Panel.
Mounting holes “A” are used only when “H” and
“W” dimensions each exceed 13 1/2”.
Dimensions for Panel Assembly
H0 and W0 are Mounting Cutout Dimensions
W=
W0 2 3/4”
= 11
/
W = 2”
W0 3 1/2”
=21
/
W = 4”
W0 4 1/4”
= 3”
W=
W0 5”
=33
W = /4”
W0 5 3/4”
=41
/
W = 2”
W0 6 1/2”
=51
/
W = 4”
W0 7 1/4”
= 6”
W=
W0 8”
=63
W = /4”
W0 8 3/4”
=71
/
W = 2”
W0 9 1/2”
=81
/
W = 4”
W0 10 1/4”
= 9”
W=
W0 11”
=93
W = /4”
W0 11 3/4”
= 10 1
W = /2”
W0 12 1/2”
= 11
1
/4”
W=
W0 13 1/4”
= 12
W= ”
W0 14”
= 12 3
/4”
W=
W0 14 3/4”
= 13
1
/2”
W=
W0 15 1/2”
= 14 1
W = /4”
W0 16 1/4”
= 15
W= ”
W0 17”
= 15 3
W = /4”
W0 17 3/4”
= 16
1
/2”
W=
W0 18 1/2”
= 17 1
W = /4”
W0 19 1/4”
= 18
”
Circuits Per Row
H= 2 5/8”
H0 = 11/2”
1
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
H = 4 /8”
H0 = 31/4”
2
48
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
H = 61/8”
H0 = 5”
H= 7 7/8”
H0= 6 3/4”
3
72
69
66
63
60
57
54
51
48
45
42
39
36
33
30
27
24
21
18
15
12
9
6
4
96
92
88
84
80
76
72
68
64
60
56
52
48
44
40
36
32
28
24
20
16
12
8
H= 9 5/8”
H0 = 81/2”
H = 115/8”
H0 = 10 1/4”
5
120 115 110 105 100
95
90
85
80
75
70
65
60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
20
15
10
6
144 138 132 126 120 114 108 102
96
90
84
78
72
66
60
54
48
42
36
30
24
18
12
H = 13 1/8”
H0 = 12”
7
168 161 154 147 140 133 126 119 112 105
98
91
84
77
70
63
56
49
42
35
28
21
14
H = 14 /8”
H0 = 13 3/4”
8
192 184 176 168 160 152 144 136 128 120 112 104
96
88
80
72
64
56
48
40
32
24
16
H = 16 5/8”
H0 = 15 1/2”
H = 18 3/8”
H0 = 17 1/4”
9
216 207 198 189 180 171 162 153 144 135 126 117 108
99
90
81
72
63
54
45
36
27
18
10
240 230 220 210 200 190 180 170 160 150 140 130 120 110 100
90
80
70
60
50
40
30
20
Number of Row
3
7
Ordering Information
4. Indicate vertical mounting position if other than horizontal
as illustrated.
5. Specify numbering sequence if other than series beginning with 1.
1. Give catalog number.
2. Specify number of rows and circuits per row.
3. Name calibration s, use strip panel table on opposite page
(specify each circuit if mixed).
Example: 7035 - 4 rows - 12C per row - Hor - 1 to 48
Back to Index
149
Insulators
Our thermocouple insulators are fully vitrified, impervious
and uniform. They are of the highest quality and have
excellent mechanical strength as well as high thermal
shock resistance. The beads, oval and round insulators
listed are normally for base metal thermocouples. Noble
metal and other high-temperature thermocouples should
utilize the one-piece round construction insulators.
Insulators
Insulator Types
Part No.
Style
9018
Round full length
9018C
Round full length with collar
9019Oval
9019RRound
Ordering Information
9 0
1 x x
Insulator Material
Insulator Form
Insulator Size
Insulator Length
Code
M*= Mullite
A* = 99.6% Alumina
C = Ceramic
Code
S = 2 Bore Simplex
D* = 4 Bore Duplex
Code (for 9018 and 9018C)
2* = 1/8” diameter x .040 bore
3* = 3/16” diameter x .060 bore
4* = 1/4” diameter x .090 bore
Code
1 = 1 inch long
3 = 3 inches long
(or any other
length in inches)
Code (for 9019 and 9019R)
8 = For 8 gauge element
14 = For 14 gauge element
20 = For 20 gauge element
24 = For 24 gauge element
*Not available in oval.
150
Back to Index
Retractable Cord Sets
Retractable cords offer flexible and neat methods of
connecting thermocouples and resistance thermometers.
The cord insulation is resistant to moisture, oil and many
chemicals in environments not exceeding 220°F (105°C).
Each foot of retracted cord extends approximately five feet.
General Specifications
Insulation:Teflon® on primaries with TPR (thermoplastic
rubber) for the main cable body (not
recommended for use above 220°F)
Conductors: 26 Awg stranded conductors composed of
7 strands of 36 gauge wire
ANSI Limits: Standard limits of error for the thermocouple’s
extension wire
Nominal Cable
Diameter:
Thermocouple .170” diameter round
Retracted Cord
Length Tolerance: +10%
Retracted Coil
Diameter: Approximately 5/8” diameter
Extended Length: Approximately 5 ft. per foot of retracted coil
Part No.
7100
7101
7102
7103
7104
7105
7106
Style
Cord with 6˝ straight length
Cord with standard size convenience male and female connectors
Cord with miniature size convenience male and female connectors
Cord with standard size convenience male connector on one end only
Cord with standard size convenience female connector on one end only
Cord with miniature size convenience male connector on one end only
Cord with miniature size convenience female connector on one end only
Ordering Information
Color Coding: Industry Standard
7
1 0 x
Calibration
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
T = Copper - Constantan
U = Resistance Thermometer
or Thermistor
Retracted
Length
Feet
Code
1 = 1
2 = 2
3=3
4=4
Type
K
J
T
E
U
Back to Index
Jacket
yellow
black
blue
purple
white
PositiveNegative
yellow red
white
red
blue
red
purple red
2 black
1 red
151
Bare Thermocouple Wire
Close control of composition is very necessary as
far as the properties of thermocouple material alloys
are concerned. We insist that constant adherence to
established high standards of accuracy are maintained
by special processing and quality control techniques
at the primary source. Final check and calibration of all
bare and insulated thermocouple materials are done
in our own laboratory by the most modern and efficient
test instruments and calibration procedures.
n is
Calibratio E
L
AVAILAB t
ues
Upon Req
Ordering Information
Base Metal Thermocouple Wire
T/C Calibration
Gauge Size
T/C Form
Insertion Length
Code
E = Chromel - Constantan
J = Iron - Constantan
K = Chromel - Alumel
N = Nicrosil - Nisil
T = Copper - Constantan
NM = Nickel - Nickel Moly
Code
8 = 8/.128 diameter
14 = 14/.064 diameter
20 = 20/.032 diameter
24 = 24/.020 diameter
30 = 30/.010 diameter
Code
P = Positive Conductor
N = Negative Conductor
M = Matched Pair
(Specify in inches)
Gauge Size
(24 gauge standard)
T/C Form
Insertion Length
Code
P = Positive Conductor
N = Negative Conductor
M = Matched Pair
(Specify in inches)
Noble and Refractory Metal Thermocouple Wire
T/C Calibration
Code
B = Platinum 30% Rhodium Platinum
6% Rhodium
R = Platinum 13% Rhodium Platinum
S = Platinum 10% Rhodium Platinum
W5 = Tungsten 5% Rhenium Tungsten 26% Rhenium
152
Code
20 = 20/.032 diameter
24 = 24/.020 diameter
30 = 30/.010 diameter
Back to Index
Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire
Athena’s thermocouple wire and thermocouple extension
wire are known for premium performance and reliability.
Careful selection of materials, plus the latest type of
special machinery and quality control, assure superior
wire uniformity.
Quality Control
Quality control of all Athena’s brand thermocouple wire
and thermocouple extension wire provides testing in
accordance with NBS Circular 590 and are traceable
to NIST.
Shipping
All Athena’s duplex insulated thermocouple and
extension wires are normally packaged in 1000-foot
reels. This length is +10% on each reel. However, each
reel and the container in which it is shipped is marked
with the exact length. On any order for either standard
or special wire, we reserve the right to ship +10% of
the total amount ordered.
Calibrating, Checking and Tagging
Thermocouple wire and extension wire are available
calibrated, when so specified, at an extra charge.
Wires of this classification are within the Standard
Limits of Error but, most important, their specific
departure temperatures specified is known and can
be taken into account. Each thermocouple, coil, reel,
or spool of wire is checked and tagged to show the
departure from the curve. Refer to the Engineering
Data section of the Reference Information publication
(available on request) for limits of error applicable to
your particular thermocouple wire or extension wire.
Color Coding
Standard ANSI color coding is used on all insulated
thermocouple wire and extension wire when type of
insulation permits. In color coding, a tracer may be used
to distinguish the calibration.
ANSI Type
Magnetic
ANSI Color Code
Overall Extension Overall T/C
T/C Single Yes No
Single
Wire
Wire
TP
X
Blue
T
TN
X
Red
Blue
Brown
JP
X
White
J
JN
X
Red
Black
Brown
EP
X Purple
E
X
Red
Purple
Brown
KP
X Yellow
K
KN
X
Red
Yellow
Brown
RP, SP
X
Black
R, S RN, SN
X
Red
Green
—
BP
X
Grey
B
BN
X
Red
Grey
—
NP
X Orange
N
NN
X
Red
Orange
Brown
ANSI Letter Designations
Thermocouple and extension wires are specified by ANSI
letter designations for calibration. Positive and negative
legs are identified by the appropriate letter suffixes P
and N, respectively.
ANSI
Popular Generic
Letter
Description
& Trade Names*
TP Copper
T
TN
Constantan, Cupron™, Advanced
JP
Iron
J
JN
Constantan, Cupron, Advanced
EP
Chromel™, Tophel™, T1
E
EN
Constantan, Cupron, Advanced
KP
Chromel, Tophel, T1
Thermokanthal KP
K
KN
Alumel™, Nial™, T2
Thermokanthal KN
RP
Platinum 13% Rhodium
R
RN
Pure Platinum
SP
Platinum 10% Rhodium
S
SN
Pure Platinum
BP
Platinum 30% Rhodium
B
BN
Platinum 6% Rhodium
NP
Nicrosil
N
NN
Nisil
Solid and Stranded Conductors
Thermocouple wire and extension wire are usually solid
conductors. When greater flexibility is required, stranded
construction is available. The accompanying table gives
the stranding combinations used.
Stranding Combinations
Conductor
Stranding
Gauge
ANSI Type
No. of Strands
Gauge
14
All
7
22
16
All
7
24
18
All
7
26
20
All
7
28
22
All
7
30
24
All
7
32
Not all combinations are standard and may require a minimum
purchase quantity.
Back to Index
153
Insulated Thermocouple and Extension Wire
Insulation Type
Single Conductor
Duplex Conductors
Temperature Rating
ANSI Physical Properties
Insulation
Insulation
Single Color Abrasion Moisture
Code Wall Thickness Impregnation Wall Thickness Impregnation
Continuous Reading Coded Resistance Resistance
Amorphous Silica None
Amorphous
None
871°C
1093°C
No
Fair
Fair
301 Fiber .015”
Silica Fiber .020”
1600°F
2000°F
Double Glass
Silicone
Glass Braid
Silicone
482°C
538°C
Yes
Good
Good
302 Braid .012” Wall Modified Resin .006”
Modified Resin 900°F
1000°F
Glass Braid
Silicone
Glass Braid
Silicone
482°C
538°C
Yes
Fair
Good
304
.006”
Modified Resin .006”
Modified Resin 900°F
1000°F
Double Glass
High Temp.
Glass Braid
Silicone
482°C
538°C
Yes
Fair
Good
305
Wrap .005” Varnish
.006”
Modified Resin 900°F
1000°F
Hi-Temp
Hi-Temp
Hi-Temp
Hi-Temp
704°C
871°C
Yes
Good
Good
321
Glass Braid .012” Varnish
Glass Braid .012” Varnish
1300°F
1600°F
PolycrystalineNone
PolycrystalineNone
1430°C 1430°CNo Good Fair
350
Braid .012” Wall Modified Resin .006”
Modified Resin 2600°F
2600°F
Polyvinyl
—
Polyvinyl .016” —
-29 to
Yes
Good
Excellent
.013” to #20
+105°C
105°C
502
.014” to #16
-20 to
.016” to #14
+221°F
221°F
Nylon .010”
—
Nylon
—
150°C
150°C
Yes
Excellent
Fair
504
.008” - .010”
300°F
300°F
Polyvinyl
—
Ripcord
—
-29 to
Yes
Good
Excellent
.012” - .014”
+105°C
105°C
505
-20 to
+221°F
221°F
Teflon® TFE Tape —
Teflon TFE Tape —
204°C
316°C
Yes
Very
Excellent
506
fused .005”
fused .0075” 400°F
600°F
Good
Teflon FEP Extr. —
Teflon FEP Extr. —
204°C
316°C
Yes
Very
Excellent
507 .008”
.010”
400°F
600°F
Good
Teflon TFE Tape —
Teflon TFE Tape —
260°C
316°C
Yes
Good
Excellent
508
fused .005”
fused .0075”
500°F
600°F
Teflon FEP Extr. —
Teflon FEP Extr. —
204°C
316°C
Yes
Very
Excellent
509 .009”
.010”, twisted
400°F
600°F
Good
Polyvinyl .015” —
Polyvinyl .020” —
-29 to
Yes
Good
Excellent
Twisted
+80°C
80°C
510
-20 to
+176°F
176°F
Fused Kapton
—
None
—
316°C
427°C
Both
Excellent
Excellent
Twisted
600°F
800°F
legs have
511 Tape .004”
tracer
Fused Kapton
—
Fused Kapton
—
316°C
427°C
Yes
Excellent
Excellent
.004”
600°F
800°F
513 Tape .006”
Extruded PFA
—
Extruded PFA
—
260°C
316°C
Yes
Good
Excellent
516 .008”
.010”
500°F
600°F
T/C
Type
Code
B
E
J
K
N
NM
R
S
T
W5
154
Ext. Wire
Code
BX
= Platinum 30% Rhodium - Platinum 6% Rhodium
EX
= Chromel - Constantan
JX
= Iron - Constantan
KX
= Chromel - Alumel
NX
= Nicrosil - Nisil
M
= Nickel - Nickel Moly
RSX
= Platinum 13% Rhodium - Platinum
RSX
= Platinum 10% Rhodium - Platinum
TX
= Copper - Constantan
W5X = Tungsten 5% Rhenium - Tungsten 26% Rhenium
B & S Gauge
Size
Code
14 = 14
16 = 16
18 = 18
20 = 20
22 = 22
24 = 24
26 = 26
28 = 28
30 = 30
Notes
Impregnation retained
to 204°C (400°F)
Impregnation retained
to 204°C (400°F)
Impregnation retained
to 204°C (400°F)
Impregnation retained
to 204°C (400°F)
Over-all jacket is clear
Aluminum/Kapton Foil
Shield with #20 Nickel
plated copper Drain Wire
Aluminum/Mylar
shield w/ #20 drain wire
Aluminum/Mylar
shield w/ #20 drain
wire
FEP binder melts
at approximately
260°C (500°F)
FEP binder melts
at approximately
260°C (500°F)
Grade & Conductor
Insulation Type
Overbraid Selection
Code
1 = Solid T/C grade
2 = Solid premium limits T/C grade
3 = Stranded T/C grade
4 = Stranded premium limits T/C
grade
5 = Solid extension grade
6 = Solid premium limits extension
grade
7 = Stranded extension grade
8 = Stranded premium limits
extension grade
Code
See above
chart
Code
SS = Stainless steel
wire braid
CU= Tinned copper
wire braid
O = None
Back to Index
Thermocouple Application Data
THERMOCOUPLE SPECIFICATIONS
Calibration
Typical Applications
Code
J
Suitable for vacuum, reducing, or inert atmospheres.
Conductor &
Recommended
Characteristics
Temp. Range
Positive
Negative
Limits of Error
Range °F
Standard
Special
Iron
Constantan®
32 to 1400°F
32 to 1400°F
±4.0°F
±2.0°F
Reduced life in oxidizing atmosphere. Iron oxidizes
(Magnetic)
(Non-Magnetic)
(0 to 760°C)
(0 to 760°C)
(±2.2°C) or
(±1.1°C) or
rapidly above 1000°F, so only heavy gauge wire is
±0.75%*
±0.4%*
recommended for high temperatures. Bare elements
should not be exposed to sulphurous atmospheres
above 1000°F.
Jx
Compensating extension wire for “J” calibration.
White
Red
–
32 to 392°F
±4.0°F ±2.0°F
(0 to 200°C)
(±2.2°C)
(±1.1°C)
K
Recommended for continuous oxidizing or neutral
Chromel® Alumel® 32 to 2300°F -328 to 32°F ±4.0°F
atmospheres. Mostly used above 1000°F. Subject to
(Non-Magnetic)
(Magnetic)
(0 to 1260°C)
(-200 to 0°C)
(±2.2°C) or
failure if exposed to sulfur. Preferential oxidation of
±2.0%*
chromium in positive leg at certain low oxygen
concentrations causes “green rot” and large negative
32 to 2300°F
±4.0°F
±2.0°F
calibration drifts most serious in the 1500-1900°F
(0 to 1260°C)
(±2.2°C) or
(±1.1°C) or
temperature range.
±0.75%
±0.4%
Kx
Compensating extension wire for “K” calibration.
Yellow
Red
32 to 392°F
±4.0°F
±2.0°F
(0 to 200°C)
(±2.2°C)
(±1.1°C)
-328 to 700°F
-328 to 32°F
±1.8°F
T
Usable in oxidizing, reducing, or inert atmospheres, as
Copper
Constantan®
well as vacuum. Not subject to corrosion in moist
(Yellow Metal)
(Silver Metal)
(-200 to 371°C)
(-200 to 0°C)
(±1.0°C) or
atmospheres.
±1.5%*
32 to 700°F
(0 to 371°C)
±1.8°F
±0.9°F
(±1.0°C) or
±0.75%*
Tx
Compensating extension wire for “T” calibration.
Blue
Red
–
-75 to 212°F
±1.8°F
(-60 to 100°C)
(±1.0°C)
Constantan®
32 to 1600°F
-328 to 32°F
±3.06°F
E
Recommended for continuous oxidizing or inert
Chromel®
atmospheres. Highest thermoelectric output of
(0 to 871°C)
(-200 to 0°C)
(±1.7°C) or
common calibrations.
±1.0%
32 to 1600°F
(0 to 871°C)
±3.06°F
(±1.7°C) or
±0.5%*
Ex
Compensating extension wire for “E” calibration.
Purple
Red
–
32 to 392°F
±3.0°F
(0 to 200°C)
(±1.7°C)
R
Recommended for high temperatture. Requires non-
Platinum
Platinum
32 to 2700°F
32 to 2700°F
±2.7°F
metallic protection tube and ceramic insulators. Long-
13% Rhodium
(0 to 1482°C)
(0 to 1482°C)
(±1.5°C) or
term high temperature use causes grain growth and
±0.25%*
mechanical failure. Negative calibration drift caused by
rhodium diffusion to pure leg as well as from rhodium
volatilization.
S
Same as “R” calibration but output is lower. Also
Platinum
Platinum
32 to 2700°F
32 to 2700°F
±2.7°F
susceptible to grain growth and drift.
10% Rhodium
(0 to 1482°C)
(0 to 1482°C)
(±1.5°C) or
±0.25%*
RSx
Compensating extension wire for “R” and “S” Copper
Alloy 11
–
32 to 392°F
±9°F
calibration.
(Black)
(Red)
(0 to 200°C
(±5°C)
B
Same as “R” calibration but output is lower. Also
Platinum
Platinum
1600 to 3100°F
1600 to 3100°F
±0.5%*
susceptible to grain growth and drift.
30% Rhodium
6% Rhodium
(870 to 1705°C)
(870 to 1705°C)
Bx
Compensating extension wire for “B” calibration.
Gray
Red
–
32 to 392°F
±7.6°F
(0 to 200°C)
(±4.2°C)
C (W5)
For very high temperature applications in inert and
Tungsten
Tungsten
32 to 4200°F
32 to 800°F
±8.0°F
vacuum atmospheres.
5% Rhenium
26% Rhenium
(0 to 2315°C)
(0 to 426°C)
(±4.4°C)
800 to 4200°F
±1%*
(426 to 2316°C)
L
Noble metal combination that approximates the “K”
Platinel II®
Platinel II®
32 to 2543°F
392 to 2192°F
±0.150mv to
calibration but has much improved oxidation (0 to 1395°C)
(200 to 1200°C)
±0.315mv
resistance. Should be treated as any noble metal
thermocouple.
N
Modern nickel based alloy similar to “K” calibration but
Nicrosil®
Nisil®
32 to 3200°F
32 to 3200°F
±4.0°F
offering lower drift and longer life at high temperatures.
(0 to 1260°C)
(0 to 1260°C)
(±2.2°C) or
±0.75%*
Nx
Compensating extension wire for “N” calibration.
Orange
Red
–
32 to 392°F
±4.0°F
(0 to 200°C)
(±2.2°C)
Nickel-Moly
Used in hydrogen applications. Cycling causes
NiMo
Nickel
32 to 2250°F
–
–
excessive grain growth.
(Nickel-18% (Nickel-0.8%
(0 to 1232°C)
Molybdenum)
Cobalt)
*Stated tolerance value or percentage – whichever is greater.
For percentages given, the tolerance (in °C) is calculated for a given temperature by multiplying the temperature (in °C) by the stated percentage.
Back to Index
(±0.5°C) or
±0.4%*
±0.9°F
(±0.5°C)
±1.8°F
(±1.0°C) or
±0.4%*
±1.8°F
(±1.0°C)
±1.08°F
(±0.6°C) or
±0.1%*
±1.08°F
(±0.6°C) or
±0.1%*
–
±0.25%*
–
–
–
±0.100mv to
±0.158mv
±2.0°F
(±1.1°C) or
±0.4%*
±2.0°F
(±1.1°C)
–
155
Thermocouple Technical Data
Thermoelectricity in Retrospect
The principles and theory associated with thermoelectric effects were not established by any one person
at any one time. The discovery of the thermoelectric
behavior of certain materials is generally attributed to
T. J. Seebeck.
In 1821, Seebeck discovered that in a closed circuit
made up of wire of two dissimilar metals, electric
current will flow if the temperature of one junction is
elevated above that of the other. Seebeck’s original
discovery used a thermocouple circuit made up of
antimony and copper. Based on most common usage
and recognition today, there are eight thermoelement
types: S,R,B,J,K,N,T and E.
In the ensuing years following the discovery of
the thermoelectric circuit, many combinations of
thermoelectric elements were investigated. Serious
application of the findings was accelerated by the
needs brought on during the course of the
Industrial Revolution.
In 1886, Le Chatelier introduced a thermocouple
consisting of one wire of platinum and the other
of 90 percent platinum-10 percent rhodium. This
combination, Type S, is still used for purposes of
calibration and comparison. It defined the International
Practical Temperature Scale of 1968 from the antimony
to the gold point. This type of thermocouple was made
and sold by W. C. Heraeus, GmbH of Hanau, Germany,
and is sometimes called the Heraeus Couple.
Later, it was learned that a thermoelement composed of
87 percent platinum and 13 percent rhodium, Type R,
would give a somewhat higher E.M.F. output.
In 1954 a thermocouple was introduced in Germany
whose positive leg was an alloy of platinum and 30
percent rhodium. Its negative leg was also an alloy of
platinum and 6 percent rhodium. This combination,
Type B, gives greater physical strength, greater
stability, and can withstand higher temperatures
than Types R and S.
The economics of industrial processes prompted a
search for less costly metals for use in thermocouples.
Iron and nickel were useful and inexpensive.
156
Pure nickel, however, became very brittle upon
oxidation; and it was learned that an alloy of about
60 percent copper, 40 percent nickel (constantan)
would eliminate this problem. This alloy combination,
iron-constantan, is widely used and is designated
Type J. The present calibration for Type J was
established by the National Bureau of Standards,
now known as the National Institute of Standards and
Technology (N.l.S.T.).
The need for higher temperature measurements led
to the development of a 90 percent nickel-10 percent
chromium alloy as a positive wire, and a 95 percent
nickel-5 percent aluminum, manganese, silicon alloy
as a negative wire. This combination (originally called
Chromel-Alumel) is known as Type K.
Conversely the need for sub-zero temperature
measurements contributed to the selection of copper
as a positive wire and constantan as a negative wire
in the Type T thermoelement pair. The E.M.F.-temperature relationship for this pair (referred to as the
Adams Table) was prepared by the National Bureau of
Standards in 1938. The relatively recent combination of
a positive thermoelement from the Type K pair and
a negative thermoelement from the Type T pair is
designated as a Type E thermoelement pair. This pair
is useful where higher E.M.F. output is required.
Within the past 20 years, considerable effort has been
made to advance the state-of-the-art in temperature
measurement. Many new thermoelement materials have
been introduced for higher temperatures.
Combinations of tungsten, rhenium and their binary
alloys are widely used at higher temperatures in
reducing inert atmospheres or vacuum.
The most common thermoelement pairs are:
W-W26Re (Tungsten Vs. Tungsten 26%)
W3Re-W25Re (Tungsten 3% Rhenium Vs. Tungsten
25% Rhenium)
W5Re-W26Re (Tungsten 5% Rhenium Vs. Tungsten
26% Rhenium)
Letter designations have not yet been assigned to
these combinations.
Back to Index
Thermocouple Technical Data
Laws of Thermoelectric Circuits
Numerous investigations of thermoelectric circuits in
which accurate measurements were made of the
current, resistance, and electromotive force have
resulted in the establishment of several basic laws.
C
A+
A+
Although stated in many different
ways, these precepts
T3
can be reduced to three fundamental laws:
emf = E
T1
T21. The law of the Homogeneous
Circuit i
T1 < T2
2. The law of Intermediate Materials
3. T
he law of Successive
B- or Intermediate
Temperatures
Law of Homogeneous Circuit
A thermoelectric current cannot be sustained in a circuit
of a single homogeneous material, however, varying in
cross section, by the application of heat alone.
Two different materials areA+
required for anyT1
thermocouple circuit.
i
C
emf
= E wire circuit when
Any
current
detected
in
a
single
T2
T3
1 < T2
the wire is heated in anyTway
whatever
is
taken
as
i
evidence that the wire is inhomogeneous.
BT1
Figure 1. Law of Homogeneous Circuit.
T3
A+
emf = E
T1 < T2
T2
T4
B-
i
T1
A consequence of this law as illustrated in Figure 1, is that
if one junction of two dissimilar homogeneous materials
is maintained at a temperature T, and the other junction
at a temperature T2, the thermal E.M.F. developed is
independent of the temperature distribution along the circuit.
The E.M.F., E, is unaffected by temperatures T3 and T4.
Law of Intermediate Materials
The algebraic sum of the thermoelectromotive forces in a
circuit composed of any number of dissimilar materials is
zero if all of the circuit is at a uniform temperature.
A consequence of this law is that a third homogeneous
material can be added in a circuit with no effect on the
net E.M.F. of the circuit so long as its extremities are at the
same temperature.
Figure 2. Law of Intermediate Materials.
A+
C
T3
A+
emf = E
T1 < T2
T2
A+
C
TB3
i
T1
A+
emfmetals,
= E A and B, with
i their
T2 2, two homogeneous
T1
In Figure
T1 < T2
junctions at temperatures T, and T2 a third metal C, is
introduced by cutting A, and forming two junctions of A and
BC. If the temperature of C is uniform over its whole length,
the total E.M.F. in the circuit will be unaffected.
T1
A+
Figure 3. C
ombining the Law of Intermediate Materials
i
with the Law ofemf
Homogeneous
Circuit. C
=E
T2
T3
T1 < T2
i
T1
A+
BT1
i
C
emf = E
T2
T3
T1 < T2
T3
i
A+
BT1
emf = E
i
T2
T1
T1 < T2
T3
A+
BT4
emf = E
i
T2
T1
T1 < T2
T4
Back to Index
Technical Data
The most recent significant development in thermometry
was the adoption of the International Temperature Scale
of 1990 (ITS-90). The work of international representatives was adopted by the International Committee of
Weights and Measures at its meeting September 1989,
and is described in “The International Temperature Scale
of 1990”, Metrologia 27, No. 1, 3-10 (1990); Metrologia
27,107 (1990).
B-
157
C
emf = ECB
T2
Thermocouple Technical Data
emf = EAB = EAC + ECB
T2
Combining the Law of Intermediate Materials with the
Law of Homogeneous Circuit, as shown in Figure 3,
A and B are separated at the temperature T. junction.
Two junctions AC and CB are formed at temperature
T1. While C may extend into a region of very different
temperature, for example, T3 the E.M.F. of the circuit will
be unchanged. That is, EAC + ECB = EAB.
B
Figure 5. Law of Successive or Intermediate
Temperatures.
A
T3
T3
T1
T2
T1
B
A
emf = EAB = EAC + ECB
Law of Successive or
IntermediateATemperatures
A
If two dissimilar homogeneous metals produce a
T2
thermal
E.M.F.
at1 tempera-T1
emfof=E.,
E2 when the junctions
emfare
=E
T3
tures T1 and T2, and a thermal E.M.F. of E2, when the
junctions are at T2 and T3, the E.M.F. generated when
the junctions areBat T1 and T3, will be E1B+ E2.
emf = E3 = E1 + E2
The three fundamental laws may be combined and stated
as follows: “The algebraic sum of the thermoelectric
E.M.F.s generated in any given circuit containing any
number of dissimilar homogeneous materials is a function
only of the temperatures of the junctions.” Corollary: “If all
but one of the junctions in such a circuit are maintained
at some reference temperature, the E.M.F. generated
depends only on the temperature of that one junction and
can be used as a measure of its temperature.”
T1
B
158
T1
One consequence of this law permits a thermocouple
calibrated at a given reference temperature, to be used
at any other reference temperature through the use of a
suitable correction.
A
T2
T3
emf = E3 = E1 + E2
Conclusion
T1
B
B
Another consequence of this law is that extension wires,
having the same thermoelectric characteristics as those
of the thermocouple wires, can be introduced in the
thermocouple circuit (say from region T2 and region T3)
without affecting the net E.M.F. of the thermocouple.
C
emf = ECB
T1
B
A
T2
emf = E1
A
T2
Figure 4. T
hermal E.M.F. of two materials with respect
to a reference material.
C
T2
B
When the thermal E.M.F. of any material A or B paired
with a reference material C is known, then the E.M.F. of
any combination of these materials, when paired, is the
algebraic sum of their E.M.F.’s when paired with
reference material C.
emf = EAC
T1
A
emf = E2
A further consequence to the combined laws of
Intermediate Materials and Homogeneous Circuit is
illustrated in Figure 4.
T2
T1
B
A
Back to Index
Thermocouple Technical Data
Thermoelectric Effects
If an external current i ext flows in the same direction as
the current i Seebeck produced by the Seebeck Effect
at the hotter junction of a thermoelement pair, heat is
absorbed. Heat is liberated at the other junction.
Seebeck Effect
The Seebeck effect, Figure 6, concerns the conversion
of thermal energy into electrical energy. The Seebeck
voltage refers to the net thermal electromotive force
established in a thermoelement pair under zero
current conditions.
The Thomson Effect
The Thomson Effect concerns the reversible evolution,
or absorption, of heat occurring whenever an electric
current traverses a single homogeneous conductor,
across which a temperature gradient is maintained,
regardless of external introduction of the current or its
induction by the thermocouple itself.
Figure 6. Seebeck Thermal E.M.F..
A+
emf = E
T1 < T2
T2
i
The Thomson voltage aloneA+
cannot sustain a current
in a single homogeneous conductor forming a closed
circuit, since equal and opposite
emf = E E.M.F.s will be
i setT1
T2
up on the two paths fromTheated
to cooled parts of
1 < T2
the circuit.
B-
T1
B-
i
T2 Thermal Effect emf = E
T1
Peltier
T1 < T2
The Peltier Thermal Effect, Figure
A 7, concerns a
Breversible
phenomenon
at
the
junction
of most
B
E
thermoelement pairs.
A
Figure
E T7.1 Peltier Thermal Effect.
B
{
E
T2 + T
{
{
{
A+
T1 < T2
A
Eext
iSeebeck
iext + iSeebeck
A number of similar thermocouples all having
A+
thermoelements A A+
and B may be connected
in series
with all of their measuring junctions at
T2
and
their
iext
Eext
T
1
<
T
2
junctions at T1. Such a series, called a T1 + T
Treference
2 + T
thermopile, is shown in Figure 8. WithiSeebeck
three thermoiext + iSeebeck
couples in series develops an E.M.F. three times as
Bgreat as a single thermocouple is developed.
T1 + T
Figure 8. A thermopile of three thermocouples.
{
E
T2
B-
emf = 3E
Series Circuit
A+
B iext
Thermoelectric Circuits
emf = 3E
emf = 3E
When a circuit is formed consisting of two dissimilar
conductors A and B, and one junction of A and B is at
temperature T1 while the other junction is at a higher
A+
A+
temperature T2, a current will flow in the circuit. The
electromotive force E producing
thisiextcurrent i, is called
Eext
1 < T2
Tthe
2 + T
T1 + T
SeebeckTthermal
E.M.F..
iSeebeck
+ iSeebeck thermoelectrically positive
Conductor A isiext
considered
A+i flows from
to conductor B if the current
B- conductor A to
conductor B at the cooler of the two junctions (T1).
E
E
{
{
{
A
B
A
T1
B
T2
A
B
When an electrical current i ext flows across the junction
of a thermoelement pair, heat is absorbed or liberated.
A
The direction of current flow at a particular junction
B
E
determines
whether heat is absorbed
or liberated.
A
E T1
T2
B
{
E
{
{
{
A
B
Back to Index
159
A´
A
Switching
Mechanism
T5 B
T2
B´
Reference Junction
Compensated Measuring
A´
Instrument
T8
B´
A´Thermocouple
A
A´
A
T6 B
T3
B´
T1
T
4
B´
B
Thermocouple Technical Data
Parallel Circuit
If a quantity “N” of thermocouples of equal resistance
is connected in parallel with junctions at T1 and T2 the
E.M.F. developed is the same as for a single thermocouple with its junctions at T1 and T2.
If all of the thermocouples are of equal resistance but
their measuring junctions are at various temperatures
T2, T3...Tn + 1, see Figure 9, then the E.M.F. developed
will correspond to the mean of the temperatures of the
individual measuring junctions.
Figure 9. A parallel circuit for mean temperatures.
B A
A
T2
B
T7
Wire
A´ Extension
A
Figure 10. Basic thermocouple circuit.
T5 B
T2
B´
Reference Junction
A´
A
Compensated Measuring
Cu
A
Instrument
T6 B
T3
B´
Cu
T2
Differential Thermocouple
Circuit A
Cu
T1
Junctions 1 and 2 Cu
are each at different
T1
B
Btemperatures.
The temperature measured by the circuit shown in
B and T2. T2
Figure 11
T2is the difference
T2between T1
Cu
A
Cu
B
T1
B
T2
A
T3
emf = E2 + E3 + E4
3
T3
A
extending from the measuring junction to the reference
T7
junction, when used together
with copper
connecting
Extension
Wire
wires and a potentiometer, connected as shown in
Figure 10, make up the basic thermocouple
circuit for temperature
measurement.
Cu
A
T1
A
The usual thermocouple circuit includes:
measuring
T1
junctions,
thermocouple extension
B wires, reference
Switching Mechanism
Thermocouple
T8
A´
A´
A
B´
B´
T4 B
A´
A
B´
T5 B
A´
A
B´
T6 B
Reference Junction
Compensated Measuring
Instrument
B
A
T3
junctions, copper connecting wires, a selector switch,
A
and potentiometer. Many different circuit arrangements
T4
B
of the above components are acceptable,
depending
on given circumstances.
emf = E2 + E3 + E4
3
Figure 12. Typical industrial thermocouple circuit.
T7
Back to Index
Cu
T1
T2
T3
Extension Wire
T2
Cu
T2
B Circuit
Typical Industrial Thermocouple
It is not necessary to adjust the thermocouple
Switching Mechanism
resistances when measuring these average temperaThermocouple
tures. Instead, swamping resistors
may be used. For
example, if the thermocouples
range
in resistance
from
A´
A´
A
5 to 10T8ohms, a 500 ohm (±1%) resistor
is
connected
T1
T4 B
B´
B´
in series with each, and the error in E.M.F. introduced
A´ resistance
A becomes
by the inequality in thermocouple
T5 B
T2
B´ resistance.
an insignificant fraction of the total
Reference Junction
A
Basic Thermocouple
Compensated
Measuring Circuit A´
Instrument
T6 B
B´
Two continuous, dissimilar thermocouple
wires T3
160
A circuit.
Figure 11. Differential thermocouple
T3
T3
A
Cu
B A
T4
B
T2
A
T3
B
Cu
T2
Cu
A
T1
T1
Extension Wire
B
T7
A
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Environmental Limitations of Thermoelements
JP–For use in oxidizing, reducing, or inert atmospheres
or in vacuum. Oxidizes rapidly above 540°C (1000°F).
Will rust in moist atmospheres as in subzero applications.
Stable to neutron radiation transmutation. Change in
composition is only 0.5 percent (increase in manganese)
in 20-year period.
JN, TN, EN–Suitable for use in oxidizing, reducing, and inert
atmospheres or in vacuum. Should not be used unprotected
in sulfurous atmospheres above 540°C (1000°F).
Composition changes under neutron radiation since
copper content is converted to nickel and zinc. Nickel
content increases 5 percent in a 20-year period.
TP–Can be used in vacuum or in oxidizing, reducing or
inert atmospheres. Oxidizes rapidly above 370°C (700°F).
Preferred to Type JP element for subzero use because of
its superior corrosion resistance in moist atmospheres.
Radiation transmutation causes significant changes in
composition.
Nickel and zinc grow into the material in amounts of 10
percent each in a 20-year period.
KP, EP–For use in oxidizing or inert atmospheres. Can be
used in hydrogen or racked ammonia atmospheres if dew
point is below -40°C (-40°F). Do not use unprotected in
sulfurous atmospheres above 540°C (1000°F).
Not recommended for service in vacuum at high temperatures except for short time periods because preferential vaporization of chromium will alter calibration.
Large negative calibration shifts will occur if exposed to
marginally oxidizing atmospheres in temperature range
815°C to 1040°C (1500°F to 1900°F).
Quite stable to radiation transmutation. Composition
change is less than 1 percent in a 20-year period.
KN–Can be used in oxidizing or inert atmospheres. Do not
use unprotected in sulfurous atmospheres as intergranular
corrosion will cause severe embrittlement.
Relatively stable to radiation transmutation. In a 20-year
period, iron content will increase approximately 2 percent.
The manganese and cobalt contents will decrease slightly.
RP, SP, SN, RN, BP, BN–For use in oxidizing or inert
atmospheres. Do not use unprotected in reducing
atmospheres in the presence of easily reduced oxides,
atmospheres containing metallic vapors such as lead
or zinc, or those containing nonmetallic vapors such as
arsenic, phosphorus, or sulfur. Do not insert directly into
metallic protecting tubes. Not recommended for service in
vacuum at high temperatures except for short time periods.
Type SN elements are relatively stable to radiation
transmutation. Types BP, BN, RP and SP elements are
unstable because of the rapid depletion of rhodium.
Essentially, all the rhodium will be converted to palladium
in a 10-year period.
NP, NN–Proprietary alloys suitable for use in applications
cited for KP and KN.
Typical Physical Properties of Thermoelement Materials
Thermoelement Material
Property
JP
JN, TN, EN
TP
KP, EP
KN
NP
NN
RP
SP
RN, SN
BP
BN
Melting point
°C
1490122010831427139914101340186018501769
1927
1826
°F
2715222819812600255025702444338033623216
3501
3319
Temperature coefficient
65
-0.1 43 4.1 23.9 24.0 0.0115.616.639.2
13.3
20.0
of resistance, Ω/Ω°C x 10-4 (O-100°C)
Coefficient of thermal
expansion, in./in. °C
11.7 x 10-6 14.9 x 10-6 16.6 x 10-6 13.1 x 10-6 12.0 x 10-6 13.3 x 10-6 12.1 x 10-6 9.0 x 10-6 9.0 x 10-6 9.0 x 10-6 ——
(0-100°C)
Density:
7.868.928.928.738.608.528.7019.61
19.97
21.45
17.60
20.55
g/cm3
0.2840.3220.3220.3150.3110.3080.3140.7080.7210.775
0.636
0.743
Ib/in.3
Tensile strength
(annealed):
35005600250067006000 — — 320032001400
4900
2800
kgf/cm2
psi
50000800003500095000850009000080000460004500020000
70000
40000
Magnetic attraction strongnonenonenone
moderate
none slightnonenonenone
none
none
Back to Index
161
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Nominal Chemical Composition of Thermoelements
Nominal Chemical Composition, %
Element
JP
JN, TN, EN
TP
KP, EN
KN
NP
NN
RP
SP
RN, SN
BP
BN
Iron
99.5
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Carbon
**
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Manganese
**
—
—
—
2
—
0.1
—
—
—
—
—
Sulfur
**
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Phosphorus
**
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Silicon
**
—
—
—
1
1.4
4.4
—
—
—
—
—
Nickel
**
45
—
90
95
84.4
95.5
—
—
—
—
—
Copper
**
55
100
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Chromium
**
—
—
10
—
14.2
—
—
—
—
—
—
Aluminum ———— 2———— ——
—
Platinum ———————8790 100
70.4
93.9
Rhodium ———————1310 —29.6
6.1
*Types JN, TN, and EN thermoelements usually contain small amounts of various elements for control of thermal E.M.F., with corresponding reductions in the nickel or copper content, or both.
**Thermoelectric iron (JP) contains small but varying amounts of these elements.
Upper Temperature Limits for Various size (awg) Protected Thermocouples
Thermoelement
JP
JN, TN, EN
TP
KP, EP, KN, NP, NN
RP, SP, RN, SN
BP, BN
No. 8
[ 0.128 in.]
760°C
(1400°F)
871°C
(1600°F)
—
—
1260°C
(2300°F)
—
—
—
—
No. 14
[0.064 in]
593°C
(1100°F)
649°C
(1200°F)
371°C
(700°F)
1093°C
(2000°F)
—
—
—
—
No. 20
[0.032 in.]
482°C
(900°F)
538°C
(1000°F)
260°C
(500°F)
982°C
(1800°F)
—
—
—
—
No. 24
[0.020 in.]
371°C
(700°F)
427°C
(800°F)
204°C
(400°F)
871°C
(1600°F)
1482°C
(2700°F)
1705°C
(3100°F)
No. 28
0.013 in.]
371°C
(700°F)
427°C
(800°F)
204°C
(400°F)
871°C
(1600°F)
—
—
—
—
Nominal Resistance of Thermoelements
Ohms per foot at 20°C (68°F)
Awg. Diameter,
No.
in.
8
0.1285
12
0.0808
14
0.0641
16
0.0508
17
0.0453
18
0.0403
20
0.0320
22
0.0253
24
0.0201
26
0.0159
28
0.0126
30
0.0100
36
0.0050
40
0.0031
162
KN
0.0107
0.0270
0.0432
0.0683
0.0874
0.111
0.173
0.276
0.438
0.700
1.11
1.77
7.08
18.4
KP, EP TN, JN, EN
0.0257
0.0179
0.065
0.0448
0.104
0.0718
0.164
0.113
0.209
0.145
0.266
0.184
0.415
0.287
0.663
0.456
1.05
0.728
1.68
1.16
2.48
1.85
4.25
2.94
17.0
11.8
44.2
30.6
TP
0.000628
0.00159
0.00253
0.00402
0.00506
0.00648
0.0102
0.0161
0.0257
0.0408
0.0649
0.1032
0.4148
1.049
JP
0.0043
0.0109
0.0174
0.0276
0.0349
0.0446
0.0699
0.1111
0.1767
0.281
0.447
0.710
2.86
7.22
NP
0.0354
0.0884
0.1416
0.2230
0.2864
0.3625
0.5664
0.9061
1.4356
2.2942
3.6533
5.8000
23.200
60.354
Back to Index
NN
0.0134
0.0335
0.0537
0.0846
0.1086
0.1375
0.2148
0.3437
0.5445
0.8702
1.3857
2.2000
8.8000
22.893
RN, SN
0.00386
0.00976
0.0155
0.0247
0.0311
0.0399
0.0624
0.0993
0.1578
0.2509
0.3989
0.6344
2.550
6.448
SP
0.00697
0.01761
0.0280
0.0445
0.0562
0.0719
0.1125
0.1790
0.2847
0.4526
0.7197
1.144
4.600
11.63
BP
0.00700
0.01769
0.0281
0.0447
0.0564
0.0722
0.1130
0.1798
0.2859
0.4546
0.7229
1.149
4.620
11.68
BN
0.00648
0.01637
0.0260
0.0414
0.0523
0.0669
0.1046
0.1664
0.2647
0.4208
0.6692
1.064
4.277
10.81
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Nominal Weights of Thermoelements
Feet per pound Awg.Diameter,
No.
in.
8
.128
14
.064
16
.051
17
.045
18
.040
20
.032
22
.025
24
.020
26
.16
28
.013
30
.010
36
.005
40
.003
KN
21
83
130
167
212
331
530
838
1340
2130
3370
13500
35200
KP, EP
20
82
129
166
210
328
525
832
1331
2119
3364
13460
35010
Feet Per Troy Ounce
TN, JN, EN
20
80
127
163
207
323
518
820
1312
2089
3316
13260
34500
TP
20
80
127
163
207
322
517
816
1306
2076
3296
13180
34292
JP
RN, SN
SP
RP
BN
BP
22
0.5
0.5 0.5
0.5 0.6
91
2.3
2.1
2.5
2.4
2.8
143
3.6
3.8
3.9
3.7
4.3
184
4.6
4.9
5.0
4.8
5.6
233
5.8
6.2
6.3
6.0
7.0
364
9.1
9.7
9.9
9.4 11.0
583 15.0 16.0 16.4 45.6 18.2
924 23.4 25.1 25.6 24.4 28.5
1478 36.6 39.2 40.0 38.2 44.5
2353 555
59.5 60.7 57.9 67.6
3736 60.6 65.0 66.3 63.2 73.8
14940375.5 402.8 411.0 391.9 457.5
N.A. 1042.7 1118.6 1141.4 1088.2 1270.5
Limits of Error (Ref. Junction -0°C)
Thermocouples and thermocouple materials are
normally supplied to meet the limits of error specified
in the table for temperatures above 0°C. The same
materials, however, may not fall within the sub-zero
limits of error given in the second section of the table.
If materials are required to meet the sub-zero limits,
selection of materials usually will be required.
Thermocouples
Limits of Error
For sub-zero temperatures, the following limits for
types E and T thermocouples may be appropriate
(consult factory):
Temp.
Range, °C
0 - 200°C
0 - 200°C
0 - 200°C
-60 - 100°C
0 - 200°C
Temp. Limits of Error
Range, °F Standard
Special
32° - 400°
±2.2°C —
32° - 400°
±2.2°C ±1.1°C
32° - 400°
±1.7°C —
-75° - 200°
±1.0°C ±0.5°C
32° - 400°
±2.2°C —
Thermocouple Compensating Extension Wire
Thermo-
couple Compensating Temp.
Temp.
Type
Wire Type Range, °C Range, °F
R, S
SX**
25 - 200
75 - 400
B
BX***
0 - 100
32 - 200
W
WX
0 - 260
32 - 500
W3
W3X
0 - 260
32 - 500
W5
W5X
0 - 870
32 - 1600
Limits of
Error
±0.057mv (±5°C*)
±.000mv (+0°C*)
±.003 mv (3.7°C*)
±0.14mv (12.9°C)
±0.11mv (6.8°C)
±0.11mv (6.1°C)
- 200 to 0° C ± 1°C or ± 0.5%
- 200 to 0° C ± 0.5° C or ± 0.8%
Limits of error in this table apply to new thermocouple
wire, normally in the size range (No. 30 to No. 8
Awg) and used at temperatures not exceeding the
recommended range (when derated for wire size).
If used at higher temperatures these limits of error
may not apply.
Limits of error apply to new wire as delivered to the
user and do not allow for calibration drift during use.
The magnitude of such changes depends on such
factors as wire size, temperature, time of exposure,
and environment.
Where limits of error are given in percent, the
percentage applies to the temperature being
measured when expressed in degrees Celsius. To
determine the limit of error in degrees Fahrenheit
multiply the limit of error in degrees Celsius by 9/5.
Thermocouple Extension Wires
Extension
Wire Type
KX
JX
EX
TX
NX
Type E Type T
s
Special
[whichever
is greater]
±0.5°C or 0.4%
±1.1°C or 0.4%
±1°C or 0.4%
±1.1°C or 0.4%
±1.1°C or 0.4%
±0.6°C or 0.1%
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
s
Standard
[whichever
is greater]
±1°C or ±0.75%
±2.2°C or ±0.75%
±1.7°C or ±0.5%
±2.2°C or ±0.75%
±2.2°C or ±0.75%
±1.5°C or ±0.25%
±0.5%
4.5°C or ±1%
4.5°C or ±1%
4.5°C or ±1%
±1°C to ±1.5%
±1.7°C to ±1%
±2.2°C to ±2%
s
Thermo-
couple Temp.
Temp.
Type Range, °C Range, °F
T
0 - 350
32 - 700
J
0 - 750
32 - 1400
E
0 - 900
32 - 1600
K
0 - 1250
32 - 2300
N
0 - 1250
32 - 2300
R or S 0 - 1450
32 - 2700
B 800 - 1700 1600 - 3100
W
0 - 2300
32 - 4200
W3
0 - 2200
32 - 4100
W5
0 - 2200
32 - 4100
T
-200 - 0°C -328 - 32
E
-200 - 0°C -328 - 32
K
-200 - 0°C -328 - 32
Type Wire Measuring Junction Temperature
SX Greater than 870°C
BX Greater than 1000°C
*Due to the non-linearity of the Type R, S, and B temperature-E.M.F. curves,
the error introduced into a thermocouple system by the compensating wire will
be variable when expressed in degrees. The degree C limits of error given in
parentheses are based on the measuring junction temperatures above.
**Copper(†) versus copper nickel alloy (-).
***Copper versus copper compensating extension wire, usable to 100°C with
maximum errors as indicated, but with no significant error over 0 to 50°C range.
Back to Index
163
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables - I.T.S. 90
Type J (Iron Constantan)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
-300° (-185°)-7.519-7.659 -7.792 -7.915 -8.030
-200° (-129°)-5.760-5.962-6.159 -6.351-6.536 -6.716-6.890-7.058
-7.219-7.373
-100° (-74°)-3.493-3.737-3.978 -4.215-4.449 -4.678-4.903-5.125
-5.341-5.553
0° (-18°)-0.886-1.158-1.428 -1.695-1.961 -2.223-2.483-2.740
-2.994-3.245
Deg. °F (°C) 0°(-18°) 10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°) 80°(27°)
90°(33°)
0° (-18°)
-0.886
-0.611-0.334-0.0560.225 0.5070.7911.076
1.3641.652
+100° (+38°)1.9422.2342.527 2.8213.116 3.4123.7094.007
4.3064.606
+200° (+94°)4.9075.2095.511 5.8146.117 6.4216.7267.031
7.3367.642
+300° (+149°)
7.9498.2558.5628.8699.1779.4859.793
10.101
10.409
10.717
+400° (+205°)11.02511.33411.642 11.95112.260 12.56812.87713.185
13.49413.802
+500° (+260°)14.11014.41814.727 15.03515.343 15.65015.95816.266
16.57316.881
+600° (+316°)17.18817.49517.802 18.10918.416 18.72219.02919.336
19.64219.949
+700° (+372°)20.25520.56120.868 21.17421.480 21.78722.09322.400
22.70623.013
+800° (+427°)23.32023.62723.934 24.24124.549 24.85625.16425.473
25.78126.090
+900° (+483°)26.40026.71027.020 27.33027.642 27.95328.26628.579
28.89229.206
+1000° (+538°)29.52129.83630.153 30.47030.788 31.10631.42631.746
32.06832.390
+1100° (+594°)32.71333.03733.363 33.68934.016 34.34534.67435.005
35.33735.670
+1200° (+649°)36.00436.33936.675 37.01337.352 37.69238.03338.375
38.71839.063
+1300° (+705°)39.40839.75540.103 40.45240.801 41.15241.50441.856
42.21042.561
Type K (Chromel-Alumel)
Temperature in degrees F Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
-400° (-240°) -6.344-6.380-6.409 -6.431-6.446 -6.456
-300° (-185°) -5.632-5.730-5.822 -5.908-5.989 -6.064-6.133 -6.195
-6.251
-6.301
-200° (-129°) -4.381-4.527-4.669 -4.806-4.939 -5.067-5.190 -5.308
-5.421
-5.529
-100° (-74°) -2.699-2.884-3.065 -3.243-3.417 -3.587-3.754 -3.917
-4.076
-4.231
0° (-18°) -0.692-0.905-1.114 -1.322-1.527 -1.729-1.929 -2.126
-2.230
-2.511
Deg. °F (°C) 0°(-18°) 10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°) 80°(27°) 90°(33°)
0° (-18°)-0.692
-0.478-0.262 -0.0440.176 0.3970.619 0.843
1.068
1.294
+100° (+38°) 1.5211.7491.977 2.2072.436 2.6672.897 3.128
3.359
3.590
+200° (+94°) 3.8204.0504.280 4.5094.738 4.9655.192 5.419
5.644
5.869
+300° (+149°) 6.0946.3176.540 6.7636.985 7.2077.429 7.650
7.872
8.094
+400° (+205°) 8.3168.5398.761 8.9859.208 9.4329.657 9.882
10.108
10.334
+500° (+260°) 10.56110.78911.017 11.24511.474 11.70311.933 12.163
12.393
12.624
+600° (+316°) 12.85513.08613.318 13.54913.782 14.01414.247 14.479
14.713
14.946
+700° (+372°) 15.17915.41315.647 15.88116.116 16.35016.585 16.820
17.055
17.290
+800° (+427°) 17.52617.76117.997 18.23318.469 18.70518.941 19.177
19.414
19.650
+900° (+483°) 19.88720.12320.360 20.59720.834 21.07121.308 21.544
21.781
22.018
+1000° (+538°) 22.25522.49222.729 22.96623.206 23.43923.676 23.913
24.149
24.386
+1100 (+594°) 24.62224.85825.094 25.33025.566 25.80226.037 26.273
26.508
26.743
+1200° (+649°) 26.97827.21327.477 27.68127.915 28.14928.383 28.616
28.849
29.082
+1300° (+705°) 29.31529.54829.780 30.01230.243 30.47530.706 30.937
31.167
31.398
+1400° (+760°)
31.62831.85732.087 32.31632.545 32.74433.002 33.230
33.458
33.685
+1500° (+816°) 33.91234.13934.365 34.59134.817 35.04335.268 35.493
35.718
35.942
+1600° (+872°) 36.16636.39036.613 36.83637.059 37.28137.504 37.725
37.947
38.168
+1700° (+927°) 38.38938.61038.830 39.05039.270 39.48939.708 39.927
40.145
40.363
+1800° (+983°) 40.58140.79841.015 41.23241.449 41.66541.881 42.096
42.311
42.526
+1900° (+1038°) 42.74142.95543.169 43.38243.595 43.80844.020 44.232
44.444
44.655
+2000° (+1094°) 44.86645.07745.287 45.49745.706 45.91546.124 46.332
46.540
46.747
+2100° (+1149°) 46.95427.16147.367 47.57347.778 47.98348.187 48.391
48.595
48.798
+2200° (+1205°) 49.00049.20249.404 49.60549.806 50.00650.206 50.405
50.604
50.802
+2300° (+1260°) 51.00051.19851.395 51.59151.787 51.98252.177 52.371
52.565
52.759
54.479
54.668
+2400° (+1316°)52.95253.14453.336 53.52853.719 53.91054.100 54.289
+2500° (+1372°)54.856
164
Back to Index
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables - I.T.S. 90
Type E (Chromel-Constantan)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32° F (0° C) Millivolts
-400° (-240°) -9.604-9.672-9.729 -9.775 -9.809 -9.830
-300° (-185°)
-8.404 -8.561 -8.710 -8.852 -8.986 -9.112 -9.229-9.338-9.436-9.525
-200° (-129°)
-6.472 -6.692 -6.907 -7.116 -7.319 -7.516 -7.707-7.891-8.069-8.240
-100° (-74°)
-3.976 -4.248 -4.515 -4.777 -5.035 -5.287 -5.535-5.777-6.014-6.246
0° (-18°)
-1.026 -1.339 -1.648 -1.953 -2.255 -2.552 -2.846-3.135-3.420-3.700
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°) 10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°) 90°(33°)
0° (-18°)
+100° (+38°)
+200° (+94°)
+300° (+149°)
+400° (+205°)
+500° (+260°)
+600° (+316°)
+700° (+372°)
+800° (+427°)
+900° (+483°)
+1000° (+538°)
+1100° (+594°)
+1200° (+649°)
+1300° (+705°)
+1400° (+760°)
+1500° (+816°)
+1600° (+872°)
+1700° (+927°)
+1800° (+983°)
-1.026-0.709-0.389
2.281 2.628 2.977
5.871 6.244 6.620
9.710 10.106 10.503
13.751 14.164 14.579
17.945 18.371 18.798
22.252 22.687 23.124
26.640 27.082 27.525
31.086 31.533 31.980
35.567 36.016 36.466
40.064 10.513 40.963
44.555 45.004 45.452
49.027 49.472 49.917
53.466 53.908 54.350
57.870 58.308 58.746
62.236 62.670 63.104
66.559 66.989 67.418
70.828 71.252 71.675
75.03675.45475.872
-0.065 0.262 0.591
3.330 3.685 4.042
6.998 7.379 7.762
10.903 11.305 11.708
14.995 15.413 15.831
19.227 19.656 20.086
23.561 23.999 24.437
27.969 28.413 28.857
32.427 32.875 33.323
36.915 37.365 37.815
41.412 41.862 42.311
45.900 46.347 46.794
50.362 50.807 51.251
54.791 55.232 55.673
59.184 59.621 60.058
63.538 63.971 64.403
67.846 68.274 68.701
72.097 72.518 72.939
76.289
0.9241.2591.5971.938
4.4034.7665.1315.500
8.1478.5358.9249.316
12.11312.52012.92913.339
16.25216.67317.09617.520
20.51720.95021.38321.817
24.87625.31625.75726.198
29.30229.74730.19330.639
33.77234.22034.66935.118
38.26538.71439.16439.614
42.76043.20943.65844.107
47.24147.68848.13548.581
51.69552.13852.58153.024
56.11356.55356.99257.431
60.49460.93061.36661.801
64.83565.26765.69866.129
69.12869.55469.97970.404
73.36073.78074.19974.618
Type S (Platinum 10% Rhodium-Platinum)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C). Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
0° (-18°)
+100° (+38°)
+200° (+94°)
+300° (+149°)
+400° (+205°)
+500° (+260°)
+600° (+316°)
+700° (+372°)
+800° (+427°)
+900° (+483°)
+1000° (+538°)
+1100° (+594°)
+1200° (+649°)
+1300° (+705°)
+1400° (+760°)
+1500 °(+816°)
+1600° (+872°)
+1700° (+927°)
+1800° (+983°)
+1900° (+1038°)
+2000° (+1094°)
+2100° (+1149°)
+2200° (+1205°)
+2300° (+1260°)
+2400° (+1316°)
+2500° (+1372°)
+2600° (+1427°)
+2700° (+1483°)
+2800° (+1538°)
+2900° (+1594°)
+3000° (+1649°)
+3100° (+1705°)
+3200° (+1760°)
0°(-18°)
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
-0.092-0.064-0.035
0.221 0.256 0.292
0.597 0.638 0.379
1.021 1.065 1.110
1.478 1.526 1.573
1.962 2.012 2.062
2.466 2.517 2.568
2.984 3.037 3.090
3.516 3.569 3.623
4.058 4.112 4.167
4.609 4.665 4.721
5.171 5.227 5.284
5.741 5.799 5.857
6.322 6.381 6.439
6.913 6.973 7.032
7.514 7.575 7.636
8.127 8.188 8.250
8.749 8.812 8.875
9.382 9.446 9.510
10.025 10.090 10.155
10.677 10.743 10.809
11.338 11.404 11.470
12.004 12.071 12.138
12.674 12.741 12.809
13.347 13.415 13.482
14.022 14.089 14.157
14.696 14.763 14.830
15.367 15.434 15.501
16.035 16.101 16.168
16.697 16.763 16.829
17.353 17.418 17.483
17.998 18.061 18.124
18.60918.667
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
-0.006 0.024 0.055
0.328 0.365 0.402
0.720 0.762 0.804
1.155 1.200 1.246
1.621 1.669 1.718
2.111 2.162 2.212
2.620 2.671 2.723
3.143 3.196 3.249
3.677 3.731 3.785
4.222 4.277 4.332
4.777 4.833 4.889
5.341 5.398 5.455
5.914 5.972 6.030
6.498 6.557 6.616
7.092 7.152 7.212
7.697 7.758 7.819
8.312 8.374 8.437
8.938 9.001 9.065
9.574 9.638 9.702
10.220 10.285 10.350
10.875 10.941 11.007
11.537 11.603 11.670
12.205 12.272 12.339
12.876 12.943 13.011
13.550 13.617 13.685
14.224 14.291 14.359
14.897 14.964 15.032
15.568 15.635 15.702
16.234 16.301 16.367
16.895 16.961 17.026
17.548 17.613 17.677
18.186 18.248 18.310
Back to Index
70°(22°)
80°(27°)
90°(33°)
0.0870.1190.1530.186
0.4400.4790.5180.557
0.8470.8890.9330.977
1.2921.3381.3851.431
1.7661.8151.8641.913
2.2622.3132.3642.415
2.7752.8272.8802.932
3.3023.3553.4093.462
3.8403.8943.9494.003
4.3884.4434.4984.554
4.9455.0015.0585.114
5.5125.5695.6265.684
3.0896.1476.2056.263
6.6756.7346.7946.853
7.2727.3337.3937.454
7.8807.9428.0038.065
8.4998.5618.6248.687
9.1289.1919.2559.319
9.7679.8319.8969.960
10.41510.48110.54610.612
11.07311.13911.20511.271
11.73711.80311.87011.937
12.40612.47312.54012.607
13.07813.14513.21313.280
13.75213.81913.88713.954
14.42614.49414.56114.628
15.09915.16615.23315.300
15.76815.83515.90215.968
16.43316.49946.56516.631
17.09217.15717.22217.288
17.74217.80617.87017.934
18.37118.43118.49118.550
165
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables - I.T.S. 90
Type T (Copper-Constantan)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
-400° (-240°)
-6.105-6.150-6.187-6.217-6.240-6.254
-300° (-185°)
-5.341 -5.439 -5.532 -5.620 -5.705 -5.785-5.860-5.930 -5.994-6.053
-200° (-129°)
-4.149 -4.286 -4.419 -4.548 -4.673 -4.794-4.912-5.025 -5.135-5.240
-100° (-74°)
-2.581 -2.754 -2.923 -3.089 -3.251 -3.410-3.565-3.717 -3.865-4.009
0° (-18°)
-0.675 -0.879 -1.081 -1.279 -1.475 -1.667-1.857-2.043 -2.225-2.405
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°) 50°(10°) 60°(16°) 70°(22°) 80°(27°) 90°(33°)
0° (-18°)
+100° (+38°)
+200° (+94°)
+300° (+149°)
+400° (+205°)
+500° (+260°)
+600° (+316°)
+700° (+372°)
-0.675 -0.467 -0.256 -0.043 0.173 0.3910.6110.834 1.0601.288
1.519 1.752 1.988 2.227 2.468 2.7122.9583.207 3.4593.712
3.968 4.227 4.487 4.750 5.015 5.2825.5515.823 6.0966.371
6.648 6.928 7.209 7.492 7.777 8.0648.3528.643 8.9359.229
9.525 9.822 10.122 10.423 41.725 11.02911.33511.643 11.95112.262
12.574 12.887 13.202 13.518 13.836 14.15514.47614.797 15.12015.445
15.771 16.098 16.426 46.755 17.086 17.41817.75218.086 18.42218.759
19.09719.43619.77720.11820.46020.803
Type R (Platinum 13% Rhodium-Platinum)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32° F (0° C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°)
0° (-18°)
+100° (+38°)
+200° (+94°)
+300° (+149°)
+400° (+205°)
+500° (+260°)
+600° (+316°)
+700° (+372°)
+800° (+427°)
+900° (+483°)
+1000° (+538°)
+1100° (+594°)
+1200° (+649°)
+1300° (+705°)
+1400° (+760°)
+1500° (+816°)
+1600° (+872°)
+1700° (+927°)
+1800° (+983°)
+1900° (+1038°)
+2000° (+1094°)
+2100° (+1149°)
+2200° (+1205°)
+2300° (+1260°)
+2400° (+1316°)
+2500° (+1372°)
+2600° (+1427°)
+2700° (+1483°)
+2800° (+1538°)
+2900° (+1594°)
+3000° (+1649°)
+3100° (+1760°)
+3200° (+1760°)
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°)
90°(33°)
-0.090-0.063-0.035-0.006 0.024 0.054 0.086 0.1180.1510.184
0.218 0.254 0.289 0.326 0.363 0.400 0.439 0.4780.5170.557
0.598 0.639 0.681 0.723 0.766 0.809 0.853 0.8970.9410.986
1.032 1.078 1.124 1.171 1.218 1.265 1.313 1.3611.4101.459
1.508 1.558 1.607 1.658 1.708 1.759 1.810 1.8611.9131.965
2.017 2.070 2.122 2.175 2.229 2.282 2.336 2.3902.4442.498
2.553 2.608 2.663 2.718 2.773 2.829 2.885 2.9412.9973.054
3.110 3.167 3.224 3.281 3.339 3.396 3.454 3.5123.5703.628
3.686 3.745 3.803 3.862 3.921 3.980 4.040 4.0994.1594.219
4.279 4.339 4.399 4.459 4.520 4.580 4.641 4.7024.7634.824
4.886 4.947 5.009 5.071 5.133 5.195 5.257 5.3205.3825.445
5.508 5.571 5.634 5.697 5.761 5.824 5.888 5.9526.0166.080
6.144 6.209 6.273 6.338 6.403 6.468 6.533 6.5986.6646.730
6.795 6.861 6.927 6.994 7.060 7.126 7.193 7.2607.3277.394
7.461 7.529 7.596 7.64 7.732 7.800 7.868 7.9368.0058.073
8.142 8.211 8.280 8.349 8.418 8.488 8.557 8.6278.6978.767
8.837 8.908 8.978 9.049 9.120 9.191 9.262 9.3339.4049.476
9.547 9.619 9.691 9.763 9.835 9.908 9.980 10.05310.12610.198
10.271 10.345 10.418 10.491 10.565 10.638 10.712 10.78610.86010.934
11.009 11.083 11.158 11.233 11.307 11.382 11.457 11.53311.60811.683
11.759 11.835 11.910 11.986 12.062 12.138 12.214 12.29112.36712.443
12.520 12.597 12.673 12.750 12.827 12.904 12.981 13.05813.13513.213
13.290 13.367 13.445 13.522 13.600 13.677 13.755 13.83313.91113.989
14.066 14.144 14.222 14.300 14.379 14.457 14.535 14.61314.69114.770
14.848 14.926 15.005 15.083 15.161 15.240 15.318 15.39715.47515.553
15.632 15.710 15.789 15.867 15.946 16.024 16.103 16.18116.26016.338
16.417 16.495 16.574 16.652 16.731 16.809 16.887 16.96617.04417.122
17.200 17.279 17.357 17.435 17.513 17.591 17.669 17.74717.82517.903
17.981 18.059 18.137 18.214 18.292 18.369 18.447 18.52418.60218.679
18.756 18.834 18.911 18.988 19.065 19.141 19.218 19.29519.37219.448
19.525 19.601 19.677 19.753 19.829 19.905 19.981 20.05620.13220.207
20.281 20.356 20.430 20.503 20.576 20.649 20.721 20.79220.86320.933
21.00321.071
166
50°(10°)
Back to Index
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables - I.T.S. 90
Type B (Platinum 30% Rhodium-Platinum 6% Rhodium)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°)
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°)
90°(33°)
0° (-18°) -0.001-0.002
-0.002-0.003-0.002-0.002
+100° (+38°) -0.001 0.0000.002 0.0040.006 0.0090.0120.0150.0190.023
+200° (+94°) 0.027 0.0320.037 0.0430.049 0.0550.0610.0680.0750.083
+300° (+149°) 0.090 0.0990.107 0.1160.125 0.1350.1450.1550.1650.176
+400° (+205°) 0.187 0.1990.211 0.2230.235 0.2480.2610.2750.2880.303
+500° (+260°) 0.317 0.3320.347 0.3620.378 0.3940.4110.4270.4440.462
+600° (+316°) 0.479 0.4970.516 0.5340.553 0.5720.5920.6120.6320.653
+700° (+372°) 0.673 0.6940.716 0.7380.760 0.7820.8050.8280.8510.875
+800° (+427°) 0.898 0.9230.947 0.9720.997 1.0221.0481.0741.1001.127
+900° (+483°) 1.154 1.1811.208 1.2361.264 1.2931.3211.3501.3791.409
+1000° (+538°) 1.439 1.4691.499 1.5301.561 1.5921.6241.6551.6871.720
+1100° (+594°) 1.752 1.7851.818 1.8521.886 1.9201.9541.9882.0232.058
+1200° (+649°) 2.094 2.1292.165 2.2012.237 2.2742.3112.3482.3852.423
+1300° (+705°) 2.461 2.4992.538 2.5762.615 2.6542.6942.7342.7742.814
+1400° (+760°) 2.854 5.8952.936 2.9783.019 3.0613.1033.1453.1883.230
+1500° (+816°) 3.273 3.3173.360 3.4043.448 3.4923.5373.5813.6263.672
+1600° (+872°) 3.717 3.7633.809 3.8553.901 3.9483.9944.0144.0894.136
+1700° (+927°) 4.184 4.2324.280 4.3284.377 4.4264.4754.5244.5744.623
+1800° (+983°) 4.673 4.7234.774 4.8244.875 4.9264.9775.0285.0805.132
+1900° (+1038°) 5.184 5.2365.288 5.3415.394 5.4475.5005.5535.6075.661
+2000° (+1094°) 5.715 5.7695.823 5.8785.932 5.9876.0426.0986.1536.209
+2100° (+1149°) 6.624 6.3206.377 6.4336.490 6.5466.6036.6606.7186.775
+2200° (+1205°) 6.833 6.8906.948 7.0067.065 7.1237.1827.2407.2997.358
+2300° (+1260°) 7.417 7.4774.536 7.5967.656 7.7167.7767.8367.8977.957
+2400° (+1316°) 8.018 8.0798.140 8.2018.262 8.3238.3858.4468.5088.570
+2500° (+1372°) 8.632 8.6948.756 8.8198.881 8.9449.0069.0699.1329.195
+2600° (+1427°) 9.258 9.3219.385 9.4489.511 9.5759.6399.7029.7669.830
+2700° (+1483°) 9.894 9.95810.022 10.08610.150 10.21510.27910.34410.40810.473
+2800° (+1538°) 10.537 10.60210.666 10.73110.796 10.86110.92510.99011.05511.120
+2900° (+1594°) 11.185 11.25011.315 11.38011.445 11.51011.57511.64011.70511.770
+3000° (+1649°) 11.835 11.90011.965 12.03012.095 12.16012.22512.29012.35512.420
+3100° (+1705°) 12.484 12.54912.614 12.67912.743 12.80812.87212.93713.00113.066
+3200° (+1760°)13.130 13.19413.259 13.32313.387 13.45113.51513.57913.64213.706
+3300° (+1816°)13.769
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables
Type W (Tungsten-Tungsten 26% Rhenium)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C) 0°(-18°) 20°(-7°) 40°(5°) 60°(16°) 80°(27°) Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°) 20°(-7°) 40°(5°)
60°(16°)
80°(27°)
0° (-18°) -.016-.0070.0060.0260.050
+2200° 18.70118.93619.17019.40519.639
+100° (+38°) 0.0790.1130.153 0.197 0.246
+2300° 19.87320.10620.34020.57320.806
+200° (+94°) 0.2990.3570.420 0.487 0.559
+2400° 21.03821.27021.50221.73421.965
+300° (+149°) 0.6340.7140.799 0.887 0.979
+2500° 22.19522.42522.65522.88423.113
+400° (+205°) 1.0751.1751.279 1.387 1.498
+2600° 23.34123.56923.79624.02324.249
+500° (+260°) 1.6131.7311.853 1.978 2.106
+2700° 24.47424.69924.92325.14625.369
+600° (+316°) 2.2382.3732.511 2.652 2.796
+2800° 25.59125.81226.03326.25326.472
+700° (+372°) 2.9433.0933.246 3.401 3.559
+2900° 26.69026.90727.12427.34027.555
+800° (+427°) 3.7203.8844.049 4.218 4.389
+3000° 37.76927.98328.19528.40728.618
+900° (+483°) 4.5624.7374.915 5.095 5.277
+3100° 28.82729.03629.24429.45129.657
+1000° (+538°) 5.4615.6475.836 6.026 6.218
+3200° 29.86230.06630.26930.47130.672
+1100° (+594°) 6.4126.6076.805 7.004 7.205
+3300° 30.87131.07031.26831.46431.660
+1200° (+649°) 7.4077.6117.816 8.023 8.232
+3400° 31.85432.04732.24032.43032.620
+1300° (+705°) 8.4418.6528.865 9.078 9.293
+3500° 32.80932.99633.18233.36733.551
+1400° (+760°) 9.509 9.726 9.94510.16410.384
+3600° 33.73333.91434.09434.27334.450
+1500° (+816°) 10.60610.82811.051 11.275 11.500
+3700° 34.62634.80134.97435.14635.317
+1600° (+872°) 11.72511.95212.179 12.407 12.635
+3800° 35.48635.65435.82135.98636.150
+1700° (+927°) 12.86413.09413.324 13.555 13.786
+3900° 36.31236.47336.63236.79036.946
+1800° (+983°) 14.01814.25014.482 14.715 14.948
+4000° 37.10137.25437.40637.55737.705
+1900° (+1038°) 15.18215.41515.649 15.884 16.118
+4100° 37.85337.99838.14238.28538.425
+2000° (+1094°) 16.35316.58716.822 17.057 17.292
+4200°38.564
+2100° (+1149°) 17.52717.76217.997 18.232 18.467 Back to Index
167
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables
Type W3 (Tungsten 3% Rhenium-Tungsten 25% Rhenium)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
168
0°(-18°)
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°)
90°(33°)
0° (-18°) – – – –
0.0430.0980.1540.211 0.2690.329
+100° (+38°) 0.3900.4520.5150.579 0.644 0.711 0.778 0.847 0.916 0.987
+200° (+94°) 1.0581.1301.2041.278 1.354 1.430 1.507 1.585 1.664 1.743
+300° (+149°) 1.8241.9051.9882.071 2.154 2.239 2.324 2.410 2.497 2.584
+400° (+205°) 2.6732.7612.8512.941 3.032 3.123 3.216 3.308 3.402 3.495
+500° (+260°) 3.5903.6853.7813.877 3.973 4.071 4.168 4.267 4.365 4.464
+600° (+316°) 4.5644.6644.7654.866 4.967 5.069 5.171 5.274 5.377 5.480
+700° (+372°) 5.5845.6885.7935.898 6.003 6.108 6.214 6.320 6.427 6.53
+800° (+427°) 6.6406.7486.8556.963 7.071 7.180 7.288 7.397 7.506 7.615
+900° (+483°) 7.7257.8357.9458.055 8.165 8.275 8.386 8.497 8.608 8.719
+1000° (+538°) 8.8308.9429.0539.165 9.277 9.389 9.501 9.613 9.726 9.838
+1100° (+594°) 9.95110.06310.17610.289 10.402 40.514 10.628 10.741 10.854 10.967
+1200° (+649°) 11.08011.19411.30711.420 11.534 11.647 11.761 11.874 11.988 12.102
+1300° (+705°) 12.21512.32912.44312.556 12.670 12.784 12.897 13.011 13.125 13.238
+1400° (+760°) 13.35213.46613.57913.693 13.807 13.920 14.034 14.148 14.262 14.376
+1500° (+816°) 14.48914.60314.71714.830 14.944 15.057 15.171 15.284 15.398 15.511
+1600° (+872°) 15.62415.73715.85015.963 16.076 16.189 16.302 16.414 16.527 16.639
+1700° (+927°) 16.75216.86416.97617.088 17.200 17.312 17.424 17.536 17.647 17.759
+1800° (+983°) 17.87017.98218.09318.204 18.315 18.426 18.537 18.647 18.758 18.868
+1900° (+1038°) 18.97919.08919.19919.309 19.419 19.528 19.638 19.747 19.857 19.966
+2000° (+1094°) 20.07520.18420.29320.401 20.510 20.618 20.726 20.835 20.943 21.050
+2100° (+1149°) 21.15821.26621.37321.480 21.588 21.695 21.802 21.908 22.015 22.121
+2200° (+1205°) 22.22822.33422.44022.546 22.651 22.757 22.863 22.968 23.073 23.178
+2300° (+1260°) 23.28323.38823.49223.596 23.701 23.805 23.909 24.013 24.116 24.220
+2400° (+1316°) 24.32324.42624.52924.632 24.735 24.838 24.940 25.042 25.145 25.246
+2500° (+1372°) 25.34825.45025.55125.653 25.754 25.855 25.956 26.057 26.157 26.258
+2600° (+1427°) 26.35826.45826.55826.658 26.757 26.857 26.956 27.055 27.154 27.253
+2700° (+1483°) 27.35227.45027.54827.647 27.745 27.842 27.940 28.038 28.135 28.232
+2800° (+1538°) 28.32928.42628.52328.619 28.715 28.812 28.908 29.003 29.099 29.194
+2900° (+1594°) 29.29029.38529.48029.575 29.669 29.764 29.858 29.958 30.046 30.139
+3000° (+1649°) 30.23330.32630.41930.512 30.605 30.698 30.790 30.882 30.974 31.066
+3100° (+1705°) 31.15831.24931.34031.432 31.522 31.613 31.703 31.794 31.884 31.974
+3200° (+1760°) 32.06332.15332.24232.331 32.420 32.508 32.596 32.685 32.772 32.860
+3300° (+1816°) 32.94833.03533.12233.209 33.295 33.381 33.467 33.553 33.369 33.724
+3400° (+1872°) 33.80933.89433.97934.063 34.147 34.231 34.314 34.398 34.481 34.563
+3500° (+1927°) 34.64634.72834.81034.892 34.973 35.054 35.135 35.215 35.295 35.375
+3600° (+1983°) 35.45535.53435.61335.692 35.770 35.848 35.926 36.003 36.080 36.157
+3700° (+2038°) 36.23336.30936.38436.460 36.535 36.609 36.683 36.757 36.831 36.904
+3800° (+2094°) 36.97637.04937.12037.192 37.263 37.334 37.404 37.474 37.543 37.612
+3900° (+2149°) 37.68137.74937.81637.884 37.950 38.017 38.082 38.148 38.213 38.277
+4000° (+2205°) 38.34138.40438.46738.530 38.591 38.653 38.714 38.774 38.834 38.893
+4100° (+2260°) 38.95139.00939.06739.124 39.180 39.236 39.291 39.346 39.400 39.453
+4200° (+2316°)39.506
Back to Index
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables
Type W5 (Tungsten 5% Rhenium-Tungsten 26% Rhenium)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32°F (0°C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°) 10°(-13°) 20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°) 90°(33°)
0° (-18°)
––
––0.060
0.135
0.211
0.288
0.366
0.444
+100° (+38°) 0.5230.602
0.6830.7640.8450.9271.0101.0941.178
1.263
+200° (+94°) 1.3481.434
1.5201.6071.6951.7831.8721.9612.051
2.141
+300° (+149°) 2.2322.323
2.4152.5072.6002.6932.7872.8812.975
3.070
+400° (+205°) 3.1663.261
3.3583.4543.5513.6483.7463.8443.943
4.041
+500° (+260°) 4.1414.240
4.3404.4404.5404.6414.7424.8444.945
5.047
+600° (+316°) 5.1495.252
5.3545.4575.5605.6645.7685.8715.976
6.080
+700° (+372°) 6.1856.289
6.3946.4996.6056.7106.8166.9227.028
7.134
+800° (+427°) 7.2407.347
7.4537.5607.6677.7747.8817.9888.096
8.203
+900° (+483°) 8.3118.418
8.5268.6348.7428.8508.9589.0669.174
9.282
+1000° (+538°) 9.3919.4999.607 9.716 9.8249.99310.04110.15010.259
10.367
+1100° (+594°) 10.47610.584
10.69310.80210.91011.01911.12811.23611.345
11.453
+1200° (+649°) 11.56211.670
11.77911.88711.99612.10412.21212.32112.429
12.537
+1300° (+705°) 13.64512.753
12.86112.96913.07713.18513.29313.40113.508
13.616
+1400° (+760°) 13.72313.831
13.93814.04514.15214.25914.36614.47314.580
14.686
+1500° (+816°) 14.79314.899
15.00515.11215.21815.32415.42915.53515.641
15.746
+1600° (+872°) 15.85215.957
16.06216.16716.27216.37616.48116.58516.690
16.794
+1700° (+927°) 16.89817.002
17.10617.20917.31317.41617.51917.62217.725
17.828
+1800° (+983°) 17.93018.033
18.13518.23718.33918.44118.54218.64418.745
18.846
+1900° (+1038°) 18.94719.048
19.14919.24919.34919.44919.54919.64919.749
19.848
+2000° (+1094°) 19.94820.047
20.14620.24420.34320.44120.54020.63820.736
20.833
+2100° (+1149°) 20.93121.028
21.12521.22221.31921.41621.51221.60921.705
21.801
+2200° (+1205°) 21.89621.992
22.08722.18222.27722.37222.46722.56122.656
22.750
+2300° (+1260°) 22.84422.937
23.03123.12423.21723.31023.40323.49623.588
23.680
+2400° (+1360°) 23.77223.864
23.95624.04724.13924.23024.32124.41224.502
24.593
+2500° (+1372°) 24.68324.773
24.86324.95225.04225.13125.22025.30925.397
25.486
+2600° (+1427°) 25.57425.662
25.75025.83825.92626.01326.10026.18726.274
26.361
+2700° (+1483°) 26.44726.553
26.62026.70526.79126.87726.96227.04727.132
27.217
+2800° (+1538°) 27.30127.386
27.47027.55427.63827.72227.80527.88827.971
28.054
+2900° (+1594°) 28.13728.219
28.30228.38428.46628.54828.62928.71128.792
28.873
+3000° (+1649°) 28.95429.034
29.11529.19529.27529.35529.43529.51429.593
29.673
+3100° (+1705°) 29.75229.830
29.90929.98730.06530.14330.22130.29930.376
30.453
+3200° (+1760°) 30.53030.60730.684 30.760 30.73630.912 30.98 31.064 34.13931.214
+3300° (+1816°) 31.28931.364
31.43931.51331.58731.66131.73531.80931.882
31.955
+3400° (+1872°) 32.02832.101
32.17432.24632.31832.39032.46232.53332.604
32.675
+3500° (+1927°) 32.74632.817
32.88732.95833.02733.09733.16733.23633.305
33.374
+3600° (+1983°) 33.44333.511
33.57933.64733.71533.78233.84933.91633.983
34.049
+3700° (+2038°) 34.11634.182
34.24734.31334.37834.44334.50834.57234.636
34.700
+3800° (+2094°) 34.76434.827
34.89034.95335.01635.07835.14035.20235.263
35.325
+3900° (+2149°) 35.38635.446
35.50635.56735.62635.68635.74535.80435.862
35.920
+4000° (+2205°) 35.97836.036
36.09336.15036.20736.26336.31936.37536.430
36.485
+4100° (+2260°) 36.54036.594
36.64836.70136.75536.80836.86036.91236.964
37.015
+4200° (+2316°)37.066
Back to Index
169
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Temperature - E.M.F. Tables - I.T.S. 90
Type N (Nicrosil-Nisil)
Temperature in degrees F (C) Reference junction at 32° F (0° C) Millivolts
Deg. °F (°C)
0°(-18°)
10°(-13°)
20°(-7°)
30°(-2°)
40°(5°)
50°(10°)
60°(16°)
70°(22°)
80°(27°)
90°(33°)
0° (-18°) -0.461
-0.318-0.174 -0.0290.1160.2610.4070.5550.7030.853
+100° (+38°) 1.0041.156 1.309 1.4631.6191.7761.9342.0932.2532.415
+200° (+94°) 2.5772.741 2.906 3.0723.2403.4083.5783.7483.9204.093
+300° (+149°) 4.2674.442 4.618 4.7954.9735.1525.3325.5125.6945.877
+400° (+205°) 6.0606.245 6.430 6.6166.8036.9917.1797.3697.5597.750
+500° (+260°) 7.9418.134 8.327 8.5208.7158.9109.1059.3029.4999.696
+600° (+316°) 9.89510.093 10.293 10.49310.69310.89411.09611.29811.50111.704
+700° (+372°) 11.90712.111 12.306 12.52112.72612.93213.13913.34613.55313.760
+800° (+427°) 13.96914.177 14.386 14.59514.80415.01415.22515.43516.64615.857
+900° (+483°) 16.06916.281 16.493 16.70516.91817.13117.34417.55817.77217.986
+1000° (+538°) 18.20018.414 18.629 18.84419.05919.27419.49019.70519.92120.137
+1100° (+594°) 20.35320.570 20.786 21.00321.22021.43721.65421.87122.08822.305
+1200° (+649°) 22.52322.740 22.958 23.17623.39323.61123.82924.04724.26524.483
+1300° (+705°) 24.70124.919 25.137 25.35625.57425.79226.01026.22926.44726.665
+1400° (+760°) 26.88327.102 27.320 27.53827.75627.97528.19328.41128.62928.847
+1500° (+816°) 29.06529.283 29.501 29.71929.93730.15430.37230.59030.80731.025
+1600° (+872°) 31.24231.459 31.677 31.89432.11132.32832.54532.76132.97833.195
+1700° (+927°) 33.41133.627 33.844 34.06034.27634.49134.70734.92335.13835.353
+1800° (+983°) 35.56835.783 35.998 36.21336.42736.64136.85537.06937.28337.497
+1900° (+1038°) 37.71037.923 38.136 38.34938.56238.77438.98639.19839.41039.622
+2000° (+1094°) 39.83340.044 40.255 40.46640.67740.88741.09741.30741.51641.725
+2100° (+1149°) 41.93542.143 42.352 42.56042.76842.97643.18443.39143.59843.805
+2200° (+1205°) 44.01244.218 44.424 44.62944.83545.04045.24545.44945.65345.857
+2300° (+1260°) 46.06046.263 46.466 46.66846.87047.07147.27247.473
Seebeck Coefficient of Thermoelements vs. Platinum 67
Thermoelement
JP
JN,TN, EN
TP
KP, EP
KN
RP
SP
BP
BN
Temperature, °CSeebeck Coefficient, µV/°C
-190
+6.3
-20.9
-4.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
-100 14.427.0+1.1 – – – – – –
0
17.8 32.2 5.9 +25.7 -13.5 +5.5 +5.5 –
–
200 14.641.012.032.7 7.4 8.5 8.5+9.2+7.2
400
9.745.516.234.6 7.710.5 9.511.7 7.6
600
11.7
46.8
–
33.8
8.8
11.5
10.0
13.8
7.9
800
17.8
46.4
–
32.2
8.8
12.5
11.0
15.8
8.2
1000 –––
30.8
8.3
13.0
11.5
17.7
8.5
1200 –––
29.1
7.4
14.0
12.0
19.1
8.7
1400 –––––
14.0
12.0
19.1
8.7
1600 –––––
13.5
12.0
20.4
8.7
Temperature, °FSeebeck Coefficient, µV/°F
-300
+2.5
-11.9
-2.1
–
–
–
–
–
–
-200
6.714.0+0.2 – – – – – –
-100 8.8
15.81.5– – – – – –
32
9.9 17.9
3.3 +14.3 -7.5 +3.0 +3.0
–
–
200
9.620.5 5.016.7 6.5 4.1 4.0+4.1+3.6
400
8.022.9 6.718.3 4.0 4.9 4.7 5.1 4.0
600
6.224.5 8.219.0 4.1 5.5 5.2 5.8 4.2
800
5.3
25.3
–
19.1
4.4
5.8
5.4
6.5
4.2
1000
5.7
26.0
–
18.9
4.8
6.2
5.5
7.4
4.3
1500
9.9
25.8
–
17.8
4.9
6.8
6.1
8.8
4.6
2000 –––
16.7
4.3
7.6
6.6
10.2
4.8
2500 –––
14.9
4.0
7.7
6.7
11.0
4.9
3000 –––––7.6
6.5
11.3
4.9
170
Back to Index
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Selection Guide for Protection Tubes
Application
Heal Treating
Annealing
Up to 1300°F (704°C) Over 1300°F (704°C)
Carburizing hardening
Up to 1500°F (816°C)
1500 to 2000°F (1093°C)
Over 2000°F (1093°C)
Nitriding salt baths
Cyanide
Neutral
High speed
Iron and steel
Basic oxygen furnace
Blast furnaces
Downcomer
Stove Dome
Hot blast main
Stove trunk
Stove outlet flue
Open hearth
Flues and stack
Checkers
Waste heat boiler
Billet heating slab heating
and butt welding
Up to 2000°F (1093°C)
Over 2000°F (1093°C)
Bright annealing batch
Top work temperature
Bottom work temperature
Continuous furnace section
Forging
Soaking pits
Up to 2000°F (1093°C)
Over 2000°F (1093°C)
Nonferrous metals
Aluminum
Melting
Heat treating
Brass or bronze
Lead
Magnesium
Tin
Zinc
Pickling tanks
Cement:
Exit flues
Kilns-heating zone
Ceramic:
Kilns
Dryers
Vitreous enameling
Protection Tube Material
Application
Wrought iron
28% chrome iron or Inconel®
Glass
For hearths and feeders
Lehrs
Tanks
Roof and wall
Flues and checkers
Wrought iron or 28% chrome iron
28% chrome iron or Inconel
Ceramic
28% chrome iron
Nickel
Ceramic
Quartz
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Silicon carbide
Inconel
Inconel
Wrought iron
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Inconel, Cermet
28% chrome iron, Inconel
28% chrome iron, Inconel
Ceramic, silicon carbide
Not required
(use bare Type J thermocouple)
28% Chrome iron
Inconel, ceramic
Silicon carbide, ceramic
Inconel
Ceramic, silicon carbide
Cast iron (white-washed)
Wrought iron
Not required
(use dip-type thermocouple)
28% chrome iron, wrought iron
Wrought iron, cast iron
Extra heavy carbon steel
Extra heavy carbon steel
Chemical lead
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Inconel
Ceramic and silicon carbide
Wrought iron, silicon carbide
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Paper
Digesters
Petroleum
Dewaxing
Towers
Transfer lines
Fractionating column
Bridgewall
Power
Coal-air mixtures
Flue gases
Preheaters
Steel lines
Water lines
Boiler tubes
Gas producers
Producer gas
Water gas
carburetor
Super heater
Tar stills
Protection Tube Material
Platinum thimble
Wrought iron
Ceramic
28% chrome iron, Inconel
Type 316 stainless steel,
28% chrome iron
Type 304 stainless steel or
carbon steel
Type 304 stainless steel or
carbon steel
Type 304 stainless steel or
carbon steel
Type 304 stainless steel or
carbon steel
Type 304 stainless steel or
carbon steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Wrought iron or 28% chrome iron
Wrought iron or 28% chrome iron
Type 347 or 316 stainless steel
Carbon steel
Type 309 or 310 stainless steel
28% chrome iron
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Inconel, 28% chrome iron
Carbon steel
Incinerators
Up to 2000°F (1093°C)
Over 2000°F (1093°C)
28% chrome iron, Inconel
Ceramic (primary)
Silicon carbide (secondary)
Food
Baking ovens
Charretort, sugar
Vegetables and fruit
Sanitary
Wrought iron
Wrought iron
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Chemical
Acetic acid
10 to 50%, 70°F
50%, 212°
99%, 70 to 212°F
Alcohol, ethyl, methyl
70 to 212°F
Ammonia
All concentration, 70°F
Back to Index
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 430 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
171
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Selection Guide for Protection Tubes
Application
Protection Tube Material
Chemical
Ammonium chloride
All concentration,
212°F (100°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Ammonium nitrate
All concentration, 70 to
212°F ( 22 to 100°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Ammonium sulphate
10% to saturated,
212°F (100°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Barium chloride
All concentration,
70°F (22°C)
Monel®
Barium hydroxide
All concentration,
70°F (22°C)
Carbon steel
Barium sulfate
Nichrome
Brines
Monel
Bromine
Tantalum
Butadiene
Type 304 stainless steel
Butane
Type 304 stainless steel
Butylacetate
Monel
Butyl alcohol
Copper
Calcium chlorate
Dilute, 70 to 150°F
(22 to 66°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Calcium hydroxide
10 to 20%, 212°F (100°C) Type 304 stainless steel
50%, 212°F (100°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Carbolic acid
All 212°F (100°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Carbon dioxide
wet or dry
2017-T4 aluminum, Monel
Chlorine gas
Dry, 70°F (22°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Moist, 20 to 212°F
(-7 to 100°C)
Hastelloy® C
Chromic acid
10 to 50%, 212°F (100°C) Type 315 stainless steel
Citric acid
15%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
15%, 212°F (100°C)
Type 315 stainless steel
Concentrated,
212°F (100°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Copper nitrate
Type 304 stainless steel
Copper sulphate
Type 304 stainless steel
Cresols
Type 304 stainless steel
Cyanogen gas
Type 304 stainless steel
DOWTHERM™
Carbon steel
Ether
Type 304 stainless steel
Ethyl acetate
Monel
Ethyl chloride
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Ethyl sulphate
70°F (22°C)
Monel
Ferric chloride
5%, 70°F (22°C) to boiling Tantalum
172
Application
Chemical
Ferric sulphate
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Ferrous sulphate
Dilute 70°F (22°C)
Formaldehyde
Formic acid
5%, 70 to 150°F
(22 to 66°C)
Freon
Gallic acid
5%, 70 to 150°F
(22 to 66°C)
Gasoline
70°F (22°C)
Glucose
70°F (22°C)
Glycerine
70°F (22°C)
Glycerol
Hydrobromic acid
98%, 212°F (100°C)
Hydrochloric acid
1%, 5%, 70°F (22°C)
1%, 5%, 212°F (100°C)
25%, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°)
Hydrofluoric acid
Hydrogen peroxide
70 to 212°F (22 to 100°)
Hydrogen sulphide
Wet and dry
Iodine
70°F (22°C)
Lactic acid
5%, 70°F (22°C)
5%, 150°F (66°C)
10%, 212°F (100°C)
Magnesium chloride
5%, 70°F (22°C)
5%, 212°F (100°C)
Magnesium sulphate
Hot and cold
Muriatic acid
70°F (22°C)
Naphtha
70°F (22°C)
Natural gas
70°F (22°C)
Nickel chloride
70°F (22°C)
Nickel sulphate
Hot and cold
Nitric acid
5%, 70°F (22°C)
20%, 70°F (22°C)
50%, 70°F (22°C)
50%, 212°F (100°C)
65%, 212°F (100°C)
Back to Index
Protection Tube Material
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Monel
Monel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy C
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Tantalum
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Tantalum
Monel
Nickel
Monel
Tantalum
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Thermocouple Engineering Data
Selection Guide for Protection Tubes
Application
Protection Tube Material
Chemical
Nitric acid
Concentrated, 70°F (22°C)Type 304 stainless steel
Concentrated,
212°F (100°C)
Tantalum
Nitrobenzene
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Oleic acid
70°F (22°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Oleum
70°F (22°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Oxalic acid
5%, hot and cold
Type 304 stainless steel
10%, 212°F (100°C)
Monel
Oxygen
70°F (100°C)
Steel
Liquid
Stainless steel
Elevated temperatures
Stainless steel
Palmitic acid
Type 316 stainless steel
Pentane
Type 304 stainless steel
Phenol
Type 304 stainless steel
Phosphoric acid
1%, 5%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
10%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
10%, 212°F (100°C)
Hastelloy® C
30%, 70°F, 212°F
(22°C,100°C)
Hastelloy B
85%, 70°F, 212°F
(22°C, 100°C)
Hastelloy B
Picric acid
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium bromide
70°F (22°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Potassium carbonate
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium chlorate
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium hydroxide
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
25%, 212°F (100°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
60%, 212°F (100°C)
Type 316 stainless steel
Potassium nitrate
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
5%, 212°F (100°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium permanganate
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium sulphate
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Potassium sulphide
70°F (22°C)
Type 304 stainless steel
Propane
Type 304 stainless steel
Pyrogalic acid
Type 304 stainless steel
Quinine bisulphate
Dry
Type 316 stainless steel
Quinine sulphate
Dry
Type 304 stainless steel
Sea water
Monel
Application
Chemical
Salicylic acid
Sodium bicarbonate
All concentration,
70°F (22°C)
Saturated, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°C)
Sodium carbonate
5%, 70 to 150°F
(22 to 66°C)
Sodium chloride
5%, 70 to 150°F
(22 to 66°C)
Saturated, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°C)
Sodium fluoride
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Sodium hydroxide
Sodium hypochlorite
5% still
Sodium nitrate
fused
Sodium peroxide
Sodium sulphate
70°F (22°C)
Sodium sulphide
70°F (22°C)
Sodium sulphite
150°F (66°C)
Sulphur dioxide
Moist gas, 70°F (22°C)
Gas, 575°F (302°C)
Sulphur
Dry-molten
Wet
Sulphuric acid
5%, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°C)
10%, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°C)
50%, 70 to 212°F
(22 to 100°C)
90%, 70°F (22°C)
90%, 212°F (100°C)
Tannic acid
70°F (22°C)
Tartaric acid
70°F (22°C)
150°F (66°C)
Toluene
Turpentine
Whiskey and wine
Xylene
Zinc chloride
Zinc sulphate
5%, 70°F (22°C)
Saturated, 70°F (22°C)
25%, 212°F (100°C)
Back to Index
Protection Tube Material
Nickel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Monel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy B
Hastelloy D
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 316 stainless steel
2017-T4 aluminum
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Copper
Monel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
Type 304 stainless steel
173
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals
I. The Control System
Thermocouple junctions are usually made by
welding the dissimilar metals together to form a
bead. Different thermocouple types are used for
various temperature measurements as shown in
Table 1. Thermocouples are the most commonly
used industrial sensor because of low cost
and durability.
The automatic control system consists of a process
as shown in Figure 1.
II. Sensors
Sensors commonly used in temperature control are:
1. Thermistor: A non-linear device whose
resistance varies with temperature. Thermistors
are used at temperatures under 500°F. Fragility
limits their use in industrial applications.
4. Other temperature sensors include non-contact
infrared pyrometers and thermopiles. These are
used where the process is in motion or cannot be
accessed with a fixed sensor.
2. Resistance Temperature Detector (RTD):
Changes in temperature vary the resistance
of an element, normally a thin platinum wire.
Platinum RTDs find application where high
accuracy and low drift are required. 3-wire
sensors are used where the distance between
the process and the controller is more than
several feet. The third wire is used for leadwire
resistance compensation.
III. Sensor Placement
Reduction of transfer lag is essential for accurate
temperature control using simple temperature
controllers. The sensor, heater and work load should
be grouped as closely as possible. Sensors placed
downstream in pipes, thermowells or loose-fitting
platen holes will not yield optimum control. Gas and
air flow processes must be sensed with an open
element probe to minimize lag. Remember that the
controller can only respond to the information it
receives from its sensor.
3. Thermocouple: A junction of two dissimilar
metals produces a millivolt signal whose
amplitude is dependent on (a) the junction
metals; (b) the temperature under measurement.
Thermocouples require cold-end compensation
whereas connections between thermocouple
wire and copper at the controller’s terminal
block produce voltages that are not related to
the process temperature. Thermocouple voltage
outputs are non-linear with respect to the range
of temperatures being measured and, therefore,
require linearization for accuracy.
Table 1.
Thermocouple Wire Color
Type
J
White
K
Yellow
T
Blue
R/S
Black
THE CONTROL SYSTEM
Final Control
Element
Feedback Controller
Setpoint
Comparator
Comparison
Process
Manipulated
Variable
Output
Error
Signal
Disturbances
Controlled
Variable
Measuring
Means
Figure 1.
Feedback
Signal
Figure 1.
174
Back to Index
Useful Temperature
Range °F
32 to 1300
-328 to 2200
-328 to 650
-32 to 2642
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals
VARIOUS PROCESSES
IV. Process Load Characteristics
Thermal lag is the product of thermal resistance
and thermal capacity. A single lag process has one
resistance and one capacity. Thermal resistance
is present at the heater/water interface. Capacity is
the storage capacity of the water being heated.
Lag
Flow
a. Single-lag
Single Lag
T/C2
a1. Single Lag with
Dead Time
T/C1
Sometimes the sensor location is distant from the
heated process and this introduces dead time.
Figure 2a.
Flow
Introduction of additional capacities and thermal
resistance changes the process to multi-lag.
Figure 2b & 2c.
T/C
Tank Wall =
Thermal Resistance
Multi-lag
b. Two
Lag
V. Control Modes
Strip Heater
Thermal
Resistance
Flow
ON
Figure 2.
Figure 2.
OFF
ON - OFF CONTROL
ON
Set Value
OFF
Temperature
Oscillation Set Value
Time
Controller
Output State
Figure 3.
Controller
Output State
Hysteresis
(Differential)
Figure 3.
Hysteresis
(Differential)
Temperature
Oscillation
Time
Figure 3.
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
Set Value
0% Power Above
Upper Band Edge
Droop or Offset
Error
PROPORTIONAL CONTROL
Figure 4.
Power Modulation Occurs Within Band
Set Value
Temperature
Temperature
2. Proportional. Figure 4.
Proportional controllers modulate power to the
process by adjusting their output power within
a proportional band. The proportional band is
expressed as a percentage of the instrument
span and is centered over the setpoint. At
the lower proportional band edge and below,
power output is 100%. As the temperature rises
through the band, power is proportionately
reduced so that at the upper band edge and
above, power output is 0%.
Thermal
Capacity
ON -Strip
OFFHeater
CONTROL
c. Multi-lag
Three Lag
Temperature
On-Off control can be used where:
(a) The process is underpowered and the
heater has very little storage capacity.
(b) Where some temperature oscillation
is permissible.
(c) On electromechanical systems (compressors)
where cycling must be minimized.
Thermocouple
in Well
Temperature
1. On-Off. Figure 3.
On-Off control has two states, fully off and fully
on. To prevent rapid cycling, some hysteresis is
added to the switching function. In operation,
the controller output is on from start-up until
temperature set value is achieved. After
overshoot, the temperature then falls to the
hysteresis limit and power is reapplied.
Immersion Heater
Back to Index
100% Power Below
Lower Band Edge
Proportional Band
0% Power Above
Upper Band Edge
Droop or Offset
Error
Figure 4.
Power Modulation Occurs Within Band
100% Power Below
Time
Lower Band Edge
Proportional Band
Figure 4.
Time
175
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals
MANUAL RESET
Proportional controllers can have two adjustments:
a) Manual Reset. Figure 5. Allows positioning the
band with respect to the setpoint so that more or
less power is applied at setpoint to eliminate the
offset error inherent in proportional control.
Band Band Up (Plus)
Moving
Applies More Power-Eliminates
Droop Error
Band
Moving Band Up (Plus)
Time
Applies More
Power-Eliminates
Droop Error
PROPORTIONAL BANDWIDTH
Wide Band=
Droop Error
4. Proportional with Derivative (PD), rate action.
Derivative moves the proportional band to
provide more or less output power in response
to rapidly changing temperature. Its effect is to
add lead during temperature change. It also
reduces overshoot on start-up.
5. Proportional Integral Derivative (PID). This type
of control is useful on difficult processes. Its
Integral action eliminates offset error, while
Derivative action rapidly changes output in
response to load changes.
Temperature
Temperature
Narrow Band=
Correct Bandwidth =
Narrow Band=
Oscillation
Correct Bandwidth =
Fast Response,
Minimum Droop
Oscillation
Fast Response,
PROPORTIONAL
BANDWIDTH
Minimum Droop
Wide Band=
Droop Error
3. Proportional with Integral (PI), automatic reset.
Figure 7. Integral action moves the proportional band to increase or decrease power
in response to temperature deviation from
setpoint. The integrator slowly changes power
output until zero deviation is achieved. Integral
action cannot be faster than process response
time or oscillation will occur.
176
Figure 5.
Band
Figure 5.
100%
Proportional Band in %
Proportional-only controllers may be used where
the process load is fairly constant and the setpoint
is not frequently changed.
Figure 5.
Time
Figure 6.
Figure 6.
Time
Time
Figure 6.
INTEGRAL ACTION
Setpoint
Temperature
Gain =
BandDroop
Temperature
Temperature
b) Bandwidth (Gain). Figure 6. Permits changing
the modulating bandwidth to accommodate
various process characteristics. High-gain,
fast processes require a wide band for
good control without oscillation. Low-gain,
slow-moving processes can be managed
well with narrow band to on-off control. The
relationship between gain and bandwidth is
expressed inversely:
MANUAL RESET
Droop
Back to Index
}
Proportional
Band
Reset Begins
Time
Figure 7.
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals
VI. Proportional Outputs
Load power can be switched by three different
proportioning means:
3 - 32V S.S. contactors switch power at zero
crossing of the ac sine wave.
2. Phase angle: This method of modulating
permits applying a portion of an ac sine wave to
the load. The effect is similar to light
dimmer function. See Figure 10.
3. Time proportioning:
A clock produces pulses with a variable duty
cycle. See Figure 11. Outputs are either director reverse-acting. Direct-acting is used for
cooling; reverse-acting for heating.
4. Cycle Time:
In time proportioning control the cycle time is
normally adjustable to accommodate various
load sizes. A low mass radiant or air heater
requires a very fast cycle time to prevent
temperature cycling. Larger heaters and heater
load combinations can operate satisfactorily
with longer cycle times. Use the longest cycle
time consistent with ripple-free control.
3. SCR power controllers. These devices switch ac
power by means of thyristors (SCRs). These are
solid-state devices that are turned on by gate
pulses. They have unlimited life and require no
maintenance. SCR controllers are available for
switching single- or three-phase loads in zero
crossing/burst firing (Figure 12)
Control Current vs. Power Output
or phase-angle modes (Figure 10)
100
Control Current vs. Power Output
Figure 9.
100
Figure 9.
% Power Output
% Power Output
1. Current proportional: A 4-20 mA signal is
generated in response to the heating %
requirement. See Figure 9. This signal is
used to drive SCR power controllers and
motor-operated valve positioners.
Figure 9.
0
Control Current
Milliamperes
4
0
20
Control Current
Milliamperes
4
20
PHASE ANGLE
Figure 10.
Figure 10.
VII. Power Handlers
Power is switched to an electric heating load
through the final control element. Small, singlephase 120/240 V loads may be connected directly
to the temperature controller. Larger, higher
voltage heaters must be switched through an
external power handler. Power handlers are either
large relays (contactors), solid-state contactors or
power controllers.
1. Mechanical contactors are probably the most
widely used power handlers. They:
- Will wear out in time due to contact arcing.
- Cannot be fast-cycled for low-mass loads.
- Produce RF switching noise.
Figure 10.
Phase Angle of Triggering = 113°
Power = 25%
90°
Phase Angle of Triggering = 90°
Power = 50%
113°
180°
Phase Angle of Triggering = 113°
Phase Angle
180°
Figure
11. of Triggering
TIME= PROPORTIONING
90°
Power = 25%
One Angle
Complete
Phase
of Cycle
Triggering = 90°
Power = 50%
}
- Are rugged. Fuses protect against burnout due to shorts.
113°
180°
Phase Angle of Triggering = 180°
Power = 100%
Power = 100%
PHASE ANGLE
ON
OFF
20 Seconds On/Full Power
ON
10 Seconds Off
2. Solid-state contactors are often used on loads
requiring fast switching times. They need heat
sinking and I2T fuse protection.
OFF
10 Seconds On/
50% Power
ON
15 Seconds Off
OFF
5 Seconds On
25% Power
Back to Index
177
Temperature and Power Control Fundamentals
SCR power control selection by switching method
can be simplified, as follows:
Proper fusing is essential to protect the SCR
devices from damage due to load short circuits.
PHASE ANGLE
The type of fuse is marked I2T or semiconductor.
Use zero crossing for all standard heater applications.
Only SCRs designed to drive transformers should
be used for that purpose.
Specify phase angle:
a) When soft start (ramp voltage to peak) is
required on high inrush heater loads.
b) If voltage limit is needed to clamp the
maximum output voltage to a level lower than
the supply voltage.
SCR power controllers must never be used as
113°
180°
applications.
Phase Angle of Triggering = 113°
high-limit
Phase disconnects
Angle of Triggering =in
180°
Power = 100%
ZERO VOLTAGE
Figure 12.
VIII. HEATER AND POWER
CONTROL CONNECTIONS
Power = 25%
90°
Phase Angle of Triggering = 90°
Power = 50%
0.2 Second
Time Base
2 Second
Time Base
Power controls are connected to the control signal
and load, per Figure 12.
The control signal to the power controller may
originate from a manual potentiometer, PLC or
temperature controller. This signal is normally
4-20 mA, but can be other currents or voltages.
An increase in the signal level produces a corresponding increase in power controller output.
114 Cycles
On
6
Cycles
On
114 = 95% Power Output
120
Calculation of SCR size for various voltages and
heater sizes is as follows:
6 = 50% Power Output
12
3 = 2.5% Power Output
120
Control
Signal
Single Phase
Heater
1Ø
Line
watts = total heater watts
volts = line voltage
Zero- Crossing
or
Phase- Angle
Fired
Control
Signal
amps = total line current
6
Cycles
Off
117 Cycles
Off
Loads
Single-phase watts = amps
volts
Three-phase watts = amps
1.73 x volts
6
Off
1
SCRs should not be sized at exactly the heater
current requirement because heaters have
resistance tolerances as do line supplies.
Example: A single-phase 240 volt heater is
rated at 7.2 kW. 7,2004240 = 30 A
2
3Ø
Line
3 Phase
Zero
Crossing
3
If the heater is 10% low on resistance, at 240 V,
the heater will draw 33 amperes. Damage to fuses
will result. Power controllers must be properly
cooled and, therefore, the mounting location
should be in a cool area. SCRs dissipate
approximately 2 watts per ampere per phase.
Heaters Delta Connected
Y Connected
Control
Signal
1
2
3Ø
Line
3 Phase
Phase-Angle
Fired
3
Power Controller
178
Back to Index
Glossary
ACCURACY: The difference between the reading of an
instrument and the true value of what is being measured,
expressed as a percent of full instrument scale.
DEVIATION ALARM: An alarm referenced at a fixed number of
degrees, plus or minus, from setpoint.
ACTION: The function of a controller. Specifically, what is done
to regulate the final control element to effect control. Types of
action include ON-OFF, proportional, integral and derivative.
ACTIVE DEVICE: A device capable of producing gain; for
example, transistors and ICs.
ALARM: A condition, generated by a controller, indicating that
the process has exceeded or fallen below the limit point.
AMBIENT TEMPERATURE: The temperature of the immediate
surroundings in which a controller must operate.
ANALOG SETPOINT INDICATION: A dial scale to indicate
setpoint as opposed to digital setpoint indication. The traditional
clock face is a good example of analog indication.
AUTOMATIC TUNING: Sometimes referred to as “self-tuning.”
The ability of a control to select and adjust the three control
parameters (Proportional, Integral, and Derivative) automatically
via a complex algorithm. Generally no operator input is required.
BANDWIDTH: See “Proportional Band”
BUMPLESS TRANSFER: When transferring from auto to manual
operation, the control output(s) will not change (“bumpless”- a
smooth transition).
CLOSED LOOP: A signal path which includes a forward path, a
feedback path and a summing point, and forms a closed circuit.
COLD JUNCTION COMPENSATION: Measurement of
temperature at thermocouple connections to controller and
compensation for the “cold end” junction millivoltage
generated here.
DIN: Deutsche Industrial Norms, a widely-recognized German
standard for engineering units.
DIFFERENTIAL: The temperature difference between the points
at which the controller turns the heater on and off. Typically used
when discussing an on/off controller.
DIRECT ACTING: Increase in value of output as the measured
value increases.
DRIFT: A deviation of the system from setpoint that typically
occurs over a long period of time. Drift may be caused by such
factors as changes in ambient temperature or line voltage.
DROOP: Occurs when the actual system temperature stabilizes
at some value below the desired setpoint. If system droop is
unacceptable, a common solution is the use of a control
incorporating an automatic or manual reset feature.
DUTY CYCLE: Percentage of load “ON” time relative to total
cycle time.
FEEDBACK CONTROLLER: A mechanism that measures the
value of the controlled variable, compares with the desired value
and as a result of this comparison, manipulates the controlled
system to minimize the size of the error.
FREQUENCY RESPONSE: The response of a component,
instrument, or control system to input signals at varying
frequencies.
GAIN: Amount of increase in a signal as it passes through any
part of a control system. If a signal gets smaller, it is attenuated.
If it gets larger, it is amplified.
GUARANTEED SOAK: On a ramp and soak controller, a feature
that stops the clock if the temperature drops below a preset
value, then continues the timing when the temperature recovers.
COMMON MODE: The noise signal that is common to all
sensor wires.
COMMON-MODE REJECTION: The ability of an instrument to
reject interference from a common voltage at its input terminals
with relation to ground, usually expressed in dB.
COMPENSATION: See “Cold Junction Compensation”
HEAT GAIN: In Athena microprocessor-based temperature
controllers, a reference Gain value that is expressed in terms of
the controller’s Span, divided by the heating proportional band,
in degrees.
HYSTERESIS: Temperature sensitivity between turn on and turn
off points on on-off control. Prevents chattering.
CONTROL POINT: See “Setpoint”
COOL GAIN: In Athena microprocessor-based temperature
controllers, a reference Gain value that is expressed in terms of
the controller’s Span, divided by the cooling proportional band,
in degrees.
I2T: A measure of maximum one time overcurrent capability for a
very short duration. Value used for fuse sizing to protect SCRs.
CURRENT PROPORTIONING: An output from a controller which
provides current proportional to the amount of
power required.
INTEGRAL FUNCTION: This automatically adjusts the position
of the proportional band to eliminate offset.
IMPEDANCE: The total opposition to electrical flow in an
ac circuit.
CYCLE TIME: The time necessary to complete a full
ON-through-OFF period in a time proportioning control system.
ISOLATION: Electrical separation of sensor from high voltage
and output circuitry. Allows for application of grounded or
ungrounded sensing element.
CURRENT ALARM: Provides an alarm signal when a current
level is detected below or above a preselected level.
LAG: The time delay between the output of a signal and the
response of the instrument to which the signal is sent.
DV/DT: Rate of change of voltage over time. A rapidly rising
voltage waveform could induce false firing of an SCR. MOV’s or
R-C Snubber Circuits are used to prevent this false firing.
LATCHING ALARM: Requires operator intervention to reset
even though the alarm condition on the input may have
disappeared.
DEAD BAND: The range through which an input can be varied
without initiating observable response.
MOV: Metal Oxide Varistor: A semiconductor device that acts
as a safety valve to absorb high voltage transients harmlessly,
thereby protecting the SCRs and preventing false firing.
DERIVATIVE: The process by which a controller senses the rate
of temperature change and alters output.
Back to Index
179
Glossary
NOISE: An unwanted electrical interference.
NORMAL-MODE REJECTION: The ability of an instrument to
reject interference; usually of line frequency across the input
terminals (common mode).
OFFSET: A sustained deviation of the controlled variable from
setpoint (this characteristic is inherent in proportional controllers
that do not incorporate reset action). Also referred to as Droop.
RATE (ACTION): Control function that produces a corrective
signal proportional to the rate at which the controlled variable is
changing. Rate action produces a faster corrective action than
proportional action alone. Also referred to as Derivative Action.
Useful in eliminating overshoot and undershoot.
ON/OFF CONTROL: Control of temperature about a setpoint by
turning the output full ON below setpoint and full OFF above
setpoint in the heat mode.
R.C. SNUBBER CIRCUIT: Resistor - Capacitor Snubber Circuit:
Controls the maximum rate of change of voltage and limits the
peak voltage across the switching device. Used to prevent false
firing of SCRs.
OPEN LOOP: Control system with no sensory feedback.
REFERENCE JUNCTION: See “Cold Junction Compensation”
OUTPUT: Action in response to difference between setpoint and
process variable.
REPRODUCIBILITY: The ability of an instrument to duplicate
with exactness, measurements of a given value. Usually
expressed as a % of span of the instrument.
OVERSHOOT: Condition where temperature exceeds setpoint
due to initial power up.
PARAMETER: A physical property whose value determines the
response of an electronic control to given inputs.
PD Control: Proportioning control with rate action.
PHASE: The time-based relationship between two alternating
waveforms.
PHASE-ANGLE FIRING: A form of power control where the
power supplied to the process is controlled by limiting the phase
angle of the line voltage as opposed to burst firing.
PI Control: Proportioning control with auto reset.
PID: Proportional, integral and derivative control action.
POSITIVE TEMPERATURE COEFFICIENT: A characteristic of
sensors whose output increases with increasing temperature.
PROCESS VARIABLE: System element to be regulated, such
as pressure, temperature, relative humidity, etc.
PROPORTIONAL ACTION: Continuously adjusts the
manipulated variable to balance the demand.
PROPORTIONAL BAND: The amount of deviation of the
controlled variable required to move through the full range
(expressed in % of span or degrees of temperature). An
expression of Gain of an instrument (the wider the band, the
lower the gain).
PROPORTIONING CONTROL PLUS DERIVATIVE FUNCTION:
A controller incorporating both proportional and derivative action
senses the rate temperature change and adjusts controller
output to minimize overshoot.
PROPORTIONING CONTROL PLUS INTEGRAL: A controller
incorporating both proportional and integral action.
PROPORTIONAL, INTEGRAL AND DERIVATIVE CONTROL:
A PID controller is a three-mode controller incorporating
proportional, integral, and derivative actions.
RAMP: Automatic adjustment for the setpoint for the temperature
increase or decrease from process temperature. The target
value can be either above or below the current measured value.
The ramp value is a combination of time and temperature.
RAMP TO SETPOINT: Allows the operator to enter a target time
for the controller to reach setpoint.
RANGE: The difference between the maximum and the minimum
180
values of output over which an instrument is designed to operate
normally.
RESET ACTION: Control function that produces a corrective
signal proportional to the length of time and magnitude the
controlled variable has been away from the setpoint. Accommodates load changes. Also called Integral Action.
REVERSE ACTING: Reduces the output as the measured value
increases.
RFI: An acronym for radio frequency interference. RFI is
commonly generated by devices that switch the output power
at some voltage other than zero. Typically, phase-angle fired
SCRs may generate RFI while zero-cross fired SCRs virtually
eliminate RFI.
RTD: An acronym for a resistance temperature detector.
Typically a wire wound device that displays a linear change in
resistance for a corresponding temperature change. An RTD has
a positive temperature coefficient.
SCR: This term has two separate and distinct meanings: 1) A
solid-state semiconductor component that conducts or resists
current flow depending upon whether a trigger voltage is present
at the gate terminal. 2) A complete power controller that utilizes
SCRs or TRIACs as the switching devices to control current flow.
SEGMENT: In a ramp and soak controller, one part of a profile.
SOAK: One segment with no setpoint change.
SSR: An acronym for solid-state relay. Semiconductor device
that switches electrical current on and off in response to an
electrical signal at the control terminals.
SENSITIVITY: The minimum change in input signal required to
produce an output change in the controller.
SERIES MODE: A condition in which a noise signal appears in
series with a sensor signal.
SETPOINT: The position to which the control point setting
mechanism is set, which is the same as the desired value of the
controlled variable.
SPAN: The difference between the top and bottom scale values
of an instrument. On instruments starting at zero, the span is
equal to the range.
STANDBY: Method of putting controller into the idle mode.
SURGE CURRENT: A high current of short duration that
generally occurs when the power is first applied to inductive
loads. The surge generally lasts no more than several ac cycles.
Back to Index
Glossary
THERMISTOR: A bead-like temperature sensing device
consisting of metallic oxides encapsulated in epoxy or glass.
The resistance of a thermistor typically falls off sharply with
increasing temperature, making it a particularly good sensing
device.
A thermistor has a negative temperature coefficient.
THERMOCOUPLE: The junction of two dissimilar metals. A small
voltage is generated at this junction, increasing as its
temperature rises.
THERMOCOUPLE BREAK PROTECTION: Fail-safe operation
that ensures output shutdown upon an open thermocouple
condition.
THREE-MODE CONTROL: Proportioning control with reset
and rate.
THYRISTOR: Any of a group of solid-state controlling devices.
These devices are referred to as TRIACs, SCRs and DIACs.
TIME PROPORTIONING CONTROL MODE: In this mode,
the amount of controller “on” time depends upon the system
temperature. At the beginning of each time base interval, the
signal from the sensor is analyzed and the controller is kept “ON”
for a percentage of the time base.
TRIAC: A device, similar to a controlled rectifier, in which both
the forward and reverse characteristics can be triggered from
blocking to conducting (Also see Thyristor).
ZERO SWITCHING: Action that provides output switching only
at the zero voltage crossing point of the ac sine wave.
Back to Index
181
Appendix
Quote Request Form for BEDROS™ Non-Modular Hot Runner Control System
1: Specify Incoming Voltage
o 240Vac, 3 Phase, 4 Wire
o 240Vac, 3 Phase, 5 Wire
2: Specify Market for System
o Domestic (D) (Continental USA)
o Export (X) (Outside Continental USA)
o Europe (E) (CE Compliant)
3: Specify Total Number of Zones
Number of Tips:
Heater Wattage of Tips:
Number of Manifolds:
Heater Wattage of Manifolds:
Number of Spures:
Heater Wattage of Spures:
4: Specify Thermocouple Type
o Type “J” Grounded o Type “J” Un-Grounded o Type “J” Grounded or Un-Grounded
o Unknown (assume Type “J” Grounded)
o Type “K” Grounded
o Type “K” Un-Grounded
o Type “K” Grounded or Un-Grounded
5: Specify Connector Plate Layout (Reference attached pages)
Domestic (D) or Export (X) Systems
o 8 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-DX-08-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 12 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-DX-12-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 16 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-DX-16-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 24 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-DX-24-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 32 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-DX-32-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
Europe (E) CE Compliant
o 8 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-E-08-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 12 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-E-12-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 16 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-E-16-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 24 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-E-24-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
o 32 Zone Connector Layout and Wiring (BED-C-E-32-00-000-(LAY/WIR)
Special Connector Layout and Wiring
Consult Sales at Athena
BEDROS XL
Custom units for 32 to 64 zones, Consult Sales at Athena
Contact Information
Company Name
Contact
PhoneExt
E-mail
182
Back to Index
Back to Index
183
184
Back to Index
Back to Index
185
186
Back to Index
Back to Index
187
188
Back to Index
Back to Index
189
190
Back to Index
Back to Index
191
192
Back to Index
Back to Index
193
194
Back to Index
Back to Index
195
196
Back to Index
Back to Index
197
198
Back to Index
Back to Index
199
200
Back to Index
Back to Index
201
Was this manual useful for you? yes no
Thank you for your participation!

* Your assessment is very important for improving the work of artificial intelligence, which forms the content of this project

Download PDF

advertisement